volume 11 – construction management

GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA

DEPARTMENT OF IRRIGATION

AND DRAINAGE

Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran Malaysia Jalan Sultan Salahuddin 50626 KUALA LUMPUR

Volume 11 – Construction Management

DID MANUAL Volume 11

Revision 0 : March 2009 i

Disclaimer

Every effort and care has been taken in selecting methods and recommendations that areappropriate to Malaysian conditions. Notwithstanding these efforts, no warranty or guarantee,express, implied or statutory is made as to the accuracy, reliability, suitability or results of themethods or recommendations.

The use of this Manual requires professional interpretation and judgment. Appropriate designprocedures and assessment must be applied, to suit the particular circumstances underconsideration.

The government shall have no liability or responsibility to the user or any other person or entitywith respect to any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused, directly or indirectly,by the adoption and use of the methods and recommendations of this Manual, including but notlimited to, any interruption of service, loss of business or anticipatory profits, or consequentialdamages resulting from the use of this Manual.

Volume 11 DID MANUAL

ii Revision 0 : March 2009

Foreword

The first edition of the Manual was published in 1960 and was actually based on theexperiences and knowledge of DID engineers in planning, design, construction, operations andmaintenance of large volume water management systems for irrigation, drainage, floods and riverconservancy. The manual became invaluable references for both practising as well as officers newlyposted to an unfamiliar engineering environment.

Over these years the role and experience of the DID has expanded beyond an agriculture-based environment to cover urbanisation needs but the principle role of being the country’s leadingexpert in large volume water management remains. The challenges are also wider covering issuesof environment and its sustainability. Recognising this, the Department decided that it is timely forthe DID Manual be reviewed and updated. Continuing the spirit of our predecessors, this Manual isnot only about the fundamentals of related engineering knowledge but also based on the conceptof sharing experience and knowledge of practising engineers. This new version now includes thelatest standards and practices, technologies, best engineering practices that are applicable anduseful for the country.

This Manual consists of eleven separate volumes covering Flood Management; RiverManagement; Coastal Management; Hydrology and Water Resources; Irrigation and AgriculturalDrainage; Geotechnical, Site Investigation and Engineering Survey; Engineering Modelling;Mechanical and Electrical Services; Dam Safety, Inspections and Monitoring; ContractAdministration; and Construction Management. Within each Volume is a wide range of relatedtopics including topics on future concerns that should put on record our care for the futuregenerations.

This DID Manual is developed through contributions from nearly 200 professionals from theGovernment as well as private sectors who are very experienced and experts in their respectivefields. It has not been an easy exercise and the success in publishing this is the results of hardwork and tenacity of all those involved. The Manual has been written to serve as a source ofinformation and to provide guidance and reference pertaining to the latest information, knowledgeand best practices for DID engineers and personnel. The Manual would enable new DID engineersand personnel to have a jump-start in carrying out their duties. This is one of the many initiativesundertaken by DID to improve its delivery system and to achieve the mission of the Department inproviding an efficient and effective service. This Manual will also be useful reference for non-DIDEngineers, other non-engineering professionals, Contractors, Consultants, the Academia,Developers and students involved and interested in water-related development and management.Just as it was before, this DID Manual is, in a way, a record of the history of engineeringknowledge and development in the water and water resources engineering applications in Malaysia.

There are just too many to name and congratulate individually, all those involved inpreparing this Manual. Most of them are my fellow professionals and well-respected within theprofession. I wish to record my sincere thanks and appreciation to all of them and I am confidentthat their contributions will be truly appreciated by the readers for many years to come.

Dato’ Ir. Hj. Ahmad Hussaini bin Sulaiman,Director General,Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia


Revision 0 : March 2009 iii

Acknowledgement

Steering Committee:

Dato’ Ir. Hj. Ahmad Husaini bin Sulaiman, Dato’ Nordin bin Hamdan, Dato’ Ir. K. J. Abraham, Dato’Ong Siew Heng, Dato’ Ir. Lim Chow Hock, Ir. Lee Loke Chong, Tuan Hj. Abu Bakar bin Mohd Yusof,Ir. Zainor Rahim bin Ibrahim, En. Leong Tak Meng, En. Ziauddin bin Abdul Latiff, Pn. Hjh. Wardiahbte Abd. Muttalib, En. Wahid Anuar bin Ahmad, Ir. Hj. Zulkefli bin Hassan, Ir. Dr. Hj. Mohd. Nor binHj. Mohd. Desa, En. Low Koon Seng, En. Wan Marhafidz Shah bin Wan Mohd. Omar, Sr. Md Fauzibin Md Rejab, En. Khairuddin bin Mat Yunus, Cik Khairiah bt Ahmad,

Coordination Committee:

Dato’ Nordin bin Hamdan, Dato’ Ir. Hj. Ahmad Fuad bin Embi, Dato’ Ong Siew Heng, Ir. Lee LokeChong, Tuan Hj. Abu Bakar bin Mohd Yusof, Ir. Zainor Rahim bin Ibrahim, Ir. Cho Weng Keong, En.Leong Tak Meng, Dr. Mohamed Roseli Zainal Abidin, En. Zainal Akamar bin Harun, Pn. NoraziaIbrahim, Ir. Mohd. Zaki, En. Sazali Osman, Pn. Rosnelawati Hj. Ismail, En. Ng Kim Hoy, Ir. Lim SeeTian, Sr. Mohd. Fauzi bin Rejab, Ir. Hj. Daud Mohd Lep, Tn. Hj. Muhamad Khosim Ikhsan, En.Roslan Ahmad, En. Tan Teow Soon, Tn. Hj. Ahmad Darus, En. Adnan Othman, Ir. Hapida Ghazali,En. Sukemi Hj. Sidek, Pn. Hjh. Fadzilah Abdul Samad, Pn. Hjh. Salmah Mohd. Som, Ir. Sahak CheAbdullah, Pn. Sofiah Mat, En. Mohd. Shafawi Alwi, En. Ooi Soon Lee, En. Muhammad KhairudinKhalil, , Tn. Hj. Azmi Md Jafri, Ir. Nor Hisham Ghazali, En. Gunasegaran M., En. Rajaselvam G., CikNur Hareza Redzuan, Ir. Chia Chong Wing, Pn Norlida Mohd. Dom, Ir. Lee Bea Leang, Dr. Hj. Md.Nasir Md. Noh, Pn Paridah Anum Tahir, Pn. Nurazlina Mohd Zaid, PWM Associates Sdn. Bhd.,Institut Penyelidikan Hidraulik Kebangsaan Malaysia (NAHRIM), RPM Engineers Sdn. Bhd. andJUBM. Sdn. Bhd.

Working Group :

Dato’ Ong Siew Heng, En. Mohd Said Bin Dikon, Tn. Hj. Shahimi Bin Sharif, En. Ng Kim Hoy, Ir. Dr.Ng Chee Hock, Tn. Hj. Hussin bin Haron, Tn. Hj. Zul bin Mohammad, En. Wan Mohd. Sulaiman binWan Ismail, En. Roslan bin Hussin, Tn. Hj. Shaharuddin Bin Ibrahim, En. Alexander Anak Ngindang,En. Khairuddin Bin Sulaiman, Pn. Norazia Binti Ibrahim, En. Teo Siaw Chung, En. Mohd Adnan binAhmad Fauzi, En. Mohamad Radzi Bin Abdul Talib, Ir Hj. Mohd Razali bin Husain, En. Wan MohdAzam bin Wan Long, En. Hj. Rashiddi Bin Hj Hussein, En. Adnan bin Abd. Latif, En. Abd. Rahmanbin Che Mud, Pn. Nurliza binti Zakaria and Sr Nur Aziz Abu Bakar, Lt Kol (B) Ir Shahar Abdullah,Wong Wing Cheong, Meor Ahmad Saifuddin Mohd Nordin, Khairil Hafiz Rahmat Ali Malim.


iv Revision 0 : March 2009

Registration Of Amendments

Amend No Page No Date ofAmendment

Amend No Page No Date ofAmendment


Revision 0 : March 2009 v

Table Of Content

Disclaimer……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...i

Foreword……………….……………………………………………………………………………………..………………….…..ii

Acknowledgements…………..…………………………………………………………………………..…………………..….iii

Registration of Amendments…………………………………………………………………………..………………..……iv

Table of Contents……….…….………..……………………..…………………………………………..………………….…v

List of Volumes……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………vii

List of Abbreviations……………….….……………………………………………………..………….……...……………..ix

List of Glossary………………..…………………………………………………..………………………....................…xiii

PART I – INTRODUCTION

Chapter 1 Introduction to Volume 11

Chapter 2 Construction Management – Overview

PART II – CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Chapter 3 Project Construction Start Up

Chapter 4 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

Chapter 5 Project Monitoring – Inspection and Supervision

Chapter 6 Time Control

Chapter 7 Cost Control

Chapter 8 Health, Safety and Environmental Protection

Chapter 9 Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers

Chapter 10 Progress Report

Chapter 11 Records, Drawings and Documentation

Chapter 12 Testing and Commissioning / Final Inspection


vi Revision 0 : March 2009

PART III – COMPLETION AND HAND OVER STAGE

Chapter 13 As-Built, O&M Manual and Other Deliverables

Chapter 14 Training

Chapter 15 Final Inspection and Hand Over

PART IV – DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

Chapter 16 Maintenance / Defects Management

Chapter 17 Final (Completion) Report


Revision 0 : March 2009 vii

List Of Volumes

Volume 1 FLOOD MANAGEMENT

Volume 2 RIVER MANAGEMENT

Volume 3 COASTAL MANAGEMENT

Volume 4 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES

Volume 5 IRRIGATION AND AGRICULTURAL DRAINAGE

Volume 6 GEOTECHNICAL MANUAL, SITE INVESTIGATION AND ENGINEERING SURVEY

Volume 7 ENGINEERING MODELLING

Volume 8 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES

Volume 9 DAM SAFETY, INSPECTIONS AND MONITORING

Volume 10 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

Volume 11 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT


viii Revision 0 : March 2009

(This page is deliberately left blank)


Revision 0 : March 2009 ix

List Of Abbreviations

AHU Air Handling Unit

ATDA As Tendered Detailed Abstract

BCS Building Control System

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CCC Certificate of Completion and Compliance

CF Certificate of Fitness for Occupation

CIDB Construction Industry Development Board

CMGD Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects

CNC Certificate of Non Completion

COC Condition of Contract

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPC Certificate of Practical Completion

CPM Critical Path Method

CV Curriculum Vitae

DB Design and Build

DG Director General

DID Department of Irrigation and Drainage

DLP Defects Liability Period

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DOE Department of Environment

DOSH Department of Occupational Safety and Health

EI Employer’s Instruction

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMCP Environmental Management Compliance Plan

EMS Environmental Management System

EMSB Emergency Main Switch Board

EOT Extension of Time

EQA Environmental Quality Act

ER Employer Representative

FAT Factory Acceptance Test

FC Final Certificate

FCU Fan Coil Unit

FIDIC Federation Internationale des Ingenieurs Conseils – French for InternationalFederation of Consulting Engineers.

HSE Health, Safety and Environment

HSSE Health, Safety, Security and Environment

HVAC High Vent Air Conditioning


x Revision 0 : March 2009

I/O Input / Output

IPC Interim Payment Certificate

ITP Inspection and Test Plan

JBA Jabatan Bekalan Air

JBEG Jabatan Bekalan Elektrik dan Gas - Suruhanjaya Tenaga

JKKP Jabatan Keselamatan dan Kesihatan Pekerjaan

JKR Jabatan Kerja Raya

JPP Jabatan Perkhidmatan Pembetungan

JPS Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran

LAD Liquidated and Ascertained Damages

L&E Loss & Expense

LOA Letter of Award / Acceptance

LV Low Voltage

MATV Master Antenna Television

MCB Main Circuit Breaker

MEP Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing

MOH Ministry of Health

MSB Main Switch Board

NCR Non Compliance Report

NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health

NSC Nominated Sub-Contractor

O&M Operation and Maintenance

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act

PA Public Address

P&A Profit and Attendance

PD Project Director

PE Professional Engineer

PERKESO Pertubuhan Keselamatan Sosial

PM Project Manager

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

PQP Project Quality Plan

PT Project Team

PTG Pengarah Tanah dan Galian

PWD Public Works Department

QA/QC Quality Assurance / Quality Control


Revision 0 : March 2009 xi

RFI Request For Inspection

RWDP Rainwater Down Pipe

SI Soil Investigation

SO Superintendent Officer

SOCSO Social Security Organization

SOP Standard Operating Procedure

SYABAS Syarikat Bekalan Air Selangor Sdn Bhd

T&C Testing and Commissioning

TMB Telekom Malaysia Berhad

TNB Tenaga National Berhad

TSP Total Suspended Particulate

TSS Total Suspended Solids

UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

VO Variation Order

WBS Work Breakdown Structure

WMS Work Method Statement


xii Revision 0 : March 2009



Revision 0 : March 2009 xiii

List Of Glossary

TERM DEFINITION

AAcceleration The use of methods for completing work in a shorter time than previously

planned or required by the contract.

Acceptance The formal process of accepting delivery of a product or a deliverable.

Action Plan A description of what needs to be done, when and by whom.

Activity A task or set of tasks that are carried out in order to create a deliverable

Actual Cost Incurred costs that are charged to the project budget and for whichpayment has been made, or accrued.

Added Value The addition of some worthwhile quality or performance improvement asa result of some action taken, which may or may not have been part ofthe original understanding, agreement or contract.

Agenda A list of things to be done or discussed, typically at a meeting.

Agreement A term often used to refer to contracts between an owner and itsprofessional consultants.

AlternativeDisputeResolution

Any procedure or combination of procedures voluntarily used to resolveissues in controversy without the need to resort to litigation. Theseprocedures may include, but are not limited to, assisted settlementnegotiations, conciliation, facilitation, mediation, fact-finding, mini-trials,and arbitration.

Approval A process for sanctioning a proposed course of action usually followingsome form of review. It should involve the transfer of the necessarysupporting Authority and Responsibility with the expectation of Reliabilityand Accountability.

Arbitration A formalized system for dealing with grievances and administeringcorrective justice as part of collective bargaining agreements.

As-builtDocumentation

Drawings and diagrams that provide an accurate representation of howthe product or facility is actually built.

Award Letter A letter sent in response to an offer that accepts that offer.

BBar Chart A scheduling tool (also called a Gantt chart) in which the time span of

each activity is shown as a horizontal line, the ends of which correspondto the start and finish of the activity as indicated by a date line at thebottom of the chart.


xiv Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

BaselineSchedule

A fixed project schedule that is the standard by which projectperformance is measured. The current schedule is copied into the baselineschedule which remains frozen until it is reset. Resetting the baseline isdone when the scope of the project has been changed significantly, forexample after a negotiated change. At that point, the original or currentbaseline becomes invalid and should not be compared with the currentschedule.

Benchmark A standard by which something can be measured or judged.

Best Practices Techniques that agencies may use to help detect problems in theacquisition, management, and administration of service contracts. Bestpractices are practical techniques gained from experience that have beenshown to produce best results.

Bid Documents A set of documents issued for purposes of soliciting bids in the course ofthe acquisition process.

Bond A written instrument executed by a bidder or contractor (the principal),and a second party (the surety or sureties), to assure fulfillment of theprincipal’s obligations to a third party (the obligee or agent identified inthe bond. If the principal’s obligations are not met, the bond assurespayment, to the extent stipulated, of any loss sustained by the obligee.

Budget When unqualified, usually refers to an estimate of funds planned to covera fiscal period. Also a planned allocation of resources.

Buildability The practical ease with which parts can be put together to form a unifiedwhole.

CCertification A written testimony to certain facts. Used to satisfy regulatory bodies or

customers that a person's or thing's capability, qualities, performance, etc.are up to specified standards.

Change Order A unilateral written order to a contractor to modify a contractualrequirement within the scope of contract and consistent with the terms ofthat contract.

Checklist A list of items to help in the process of checking.

Claim The assertion of one of the contracting parties against the other seekingfinancial adjustment or interpretation with financial implications of anexisting contract, subject to the terms of the contract's dispute clause.

Clarification As a contractual term, refers to communication between a buyer and aseller to eliminate minor irregularities or apparent clerical errors in aproposal.

Closeout The completion of project work once the project has been implemented.The phase at the end of the project lifecycle just before the operationsbegin.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xv

TERM DEFINITION

Coding The assignment and use of code numbers for each project activity tofacilitate control and reporting.

Commissionand Handover

The completion, testing and transfer of a facility to the "Care, custody andcontrol" of the operators.

Commissioning Advancement of an installation from the stage of static completion to fullworking order and achievement of the specified operational requirements.

Compatibility The characteristic or ability of systems to coexist and function in the sameenvironment without mutual interference.

Competency In project management, the measurement of both a person's knowledgeand their demonstrated capability in project management.

Concept Phase The first phase of a project in which the need is examined, alternativesare assessed, the goals and objectives of the project are established and asponsor is identified.

ConceptualDesign

An early stage in the life of a project that should result in the preparationof a document containing a functional program, sketches and outlinedrawings, a concept estimate and a set of design standards.

ConcurrentDelays

Two or more delays that take place or overlap during the same period,either of which occurring alone would have affected the ultimatecompletion date. In practice it can be difficult to apportion damages whenthe concurrent delays are due to the owner and contractor respectively.

Conditions The existence of, or setting of, certain requirements before agreementcan be reached or work can begin, etc.

ConflictResolution

To seek a solution to a problem, five methods in particular have beenproven through confrontation, compromise, smoothing, forcing andwithdrawal.

Consent In project team decision-making, acquiescence or agreement to a courseof action commonly characterized by comfort with the general directionthough not necessarily with all the specific details. In project decision-making, consent is considered a more practical approach than consensus.

Consistency The degree of uniformity, standardization, and freedom from contradictionamong the documents or parts of a system or component.

Constructability The extent to which the design of a structure facilitates ease ofconstruction, subject to the overall requirements for the completed form.

Construction All the work involved in assembling resources and putting together thematerials required to form a new or changed facility.

ConstructionCost

Any of the cost types (appropriations, commitment, expenditure orestimate to complete) associated with the scope of the construction work.


xvi Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

ConstructionManagement

The process by which a potential owner of a capital facility engages aprofessional agent, referred to as a construction manager, to coordinate,communicate and direct the entire process of construction from theproject planning stage through design, procurement, construction andstartup, in terms of scope, quality, time and cost.

ConstructionStage

That part of a project life cycle during which the construction work iscarried out.

Consultant One who provides some specialized service based on their specialqualifications, education or experience.

Contingencies Specific provision(s) to mitigate random or unknown project risks fromcausing project failure or frequent baseline changes.

Contract A mutually binding agreement in which the contractor is obligated toprovide services or products and the buyer is obligated to providepayment for them. Contracts fall into three categories: fixed price, costreimbursable or unit price.

ContractCloseout

Contract closeout activities which assure that the contractor has fulfilledall contractual obligations and has released all claims and liens inconnection with work performed.

ContractCompletionDate

The date established in the contract documents for the completion of allor specified portions of the work. This date may be expressed as acalendar date or a number of work days from the issuance of the NoticeTo Proceed. When time extensions are issued by the owner, this revisedcontract completion date is referred to as the Adjusted ContractCompletion date.

ContractDispute

Disagreement between the parties. This may occur during contractexecution or at completion and may include misinterpretation of technicalrequirements and any terms and conditions or due to changes notanticipated at the time of contract award.

Contract Pre-award Meetings

Meetings with prospective suppliers before final award determination toaid ranking and/or finalize terms of agreement between parties.

Contract Termsand Conditions

The stated legal, financial, and administrative aspects of a contract.

Contract Types The various forms of contracts by which goods/services can be acquired.

ContractualConditions

Conditions that bind parties to a performance in exchange for payment(lawful consideration.)

Coordination The act of ensuring that work carried out by different organizations and indifferent places fits together effectively. It involves technical matters,time, content and cost in order to achieve the project objectiveseffectively.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xvii

TERM DEFINITION

CorrectiveAction

Action for the purpose of adjusting for deviations from a project plan. InQuality Management, Corrective Actions are those measures taken torectify conditions adverse to specified quality, and where necessary, topreclude repetition.

Cost Analysis The analysis of the cost elements of a proposal or on-going work. Itincludes verification of cost data, evaluation of all elements of costs, andprojection of these data to determine the effect on price.

Cost Control The work of ensuring that costs fall within budgeted estimates bymonitoring actual costs against control estimates, flagging actual orpotential deviation, preparing forecasts and recommending actions to betaken to keep costs in line with target.

Cost Estimate The expected costs to perform a task or to acquire an item. Costestimates may be a single value or a range of values.

CostManagement

The effective financial control of the project through evaluating,estimating, budgeting, monitoring, analyzing, forecasting and reportingthe cost information.

Cost Plan A budget which shows the amounts and expected dates of incurring costson the project or on a contract.

Cost Reviews Planned, systematic and rigorous reassessments of the estimated cost atcompletion of the scope of work in a cost class. Every design reviewshould be accompanied by a reforecast of cost.

Criteria A statement that provides objectives, guidelines. procedures, andstandards that are to be used to execute the development, design, and/orimplementation portions of a project.

Critical Activity An activity that has zero or negative float. This activity has no allowancefor work slippage. It must be finished on time or the whole project will fallbehind schedule. (Non-critical activities have float or slack time and arenot on the critical path. Super-critical activities have negative float.)

Critical Path The path (sequence) of activities which represent the longest total timerequired to complete the project. A delay in any activity in the critical pathcauses a delay in the completion of the project. There may be more thanone critical path depending on durations and work flow logic.

Critical PathAnalysis

Procedure for calculating the critical path and floats in a network.

Critical PathMethod

A technique used to predict project duration by analyzing which sequenceof activities has the least amount of scheduling flexibility. Early dates arefigured by a forward pass using a specific start date and late dates arefigured by using a backward pass starting from a completion date.


xviii Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

DDefect Any condition or characteristic in any supplies or services furnished by the

Contractor under the contract that is not in compliance with therequirements of the contract.

Defective A unit of product which contains one or more defects.

Delay An interruption or hindrance to planned progress.

Deliverables End products of a project or the measurable results of intermediateactivities within the project organizationNote: Deliverables may be in the form of hardware, software, services,processes, documents or any combination thereof.

Design In construction, defining the construction requirement (including thefunctional relationships and technical systems to be used, such asarchitectural, environmental, structural, electrical, mechanical, and fireprotection), producing the technical specifications and drawings, andpreparing the construction cost estimate.

Design &DevelopmentPhase

The second phase in the generic project life cycle encompasses detailedtechnical, commercial and organizational decisions. There is oftensubstantial opportunity to optimize these decisions without theexpenditure of significant resources. Modeling, prototyping and testingmay thus be effort well spent. Management approval gates will benecessary where major decisions are to be made, for example, technicaland design or procurement and commercial. In some industries this phaseis dealt with as two separate phases with a management gate betweenthe two. This is to allow the design to be developed in further outlinebefore approval is given for significant resource expenditure on fulldesign/development. Equally, the gate may be required before majorprocurement decisions and commitments are made after initial design butprior to full design/development.

Design Brief The design synopsis of a project, usually at the end of the feasibilityphase.

DesignDevelopment

The process of identifying and verifying technical solutions to meet therequirements of the Conceptual Design. It brings a Conceptual design tothe next level of detail, but not as detailed as the Detailed Design Stage.Depending on the size and nature of the project, it may be a separateStage in the Project Life Cycle.

Design Review A formal, documented, comprehensive and systematic examination of adesign to evaluate the design requirements and the capability of thedesign to meet these requirements and to identify problems and proposesolutions

DetailedDesign Stage

That part of a project life cycle during which working drawings, standards,specifications and tender documents are prepared.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xix

TERM DEFINITION

DetailedEstimate

An estimate based on complete or nearly complete details of quantity,specifications, conditions and the like. Suitable for major commitments,cost tracking and control. Also known as Definitive Estimate, or "bottomup estimate".

Dispute Disagreements not settled by mutual consent which could be decided bylitigation or arbitration.

Disruption A major interference with the orderly progress of a project or majoractivity. Usually on the part of a group or individuals who are dissatisfiedwith conditions as they are.

Document Any official or authoritative paper containing instructions, information,evidence, facts and the like.

DocumentControl

A system for controlling and executing project documentation in a uniformand orderly fashion.

DocumentManagement

The orderly and appropriate organization, distribution, storage andretrieval of project documents.

Documentation The collection of reports, user information and references for distributionand retrieval, displays, back-up information and records pertaining to theproject.

Duration The length of time needed to complete an activity.

EEarly Finish The earliest calculated date on which an activity can end. It is based on

the activity's Early Start which depends on the finish of predecessoractivities and the activity's duration. Most PM software calculates earlydates with a forward pass from the beginning of the project to the end.

Early Start The Early Start date is defined as the earliest calculated date on which anactivity can begin. It is dependent on when all predecessor activities finish.Most PM software calculates early dates with a forward pass from thebeginning of the project to the end.

Endorsement Written Approval. Endorsement signifies personal understanding andacceptance of the thing endorsed, and recommends further endorsementby higher levels of authority if necessary. Endorsement of commitment bya person invested with appropriate authority signifies authorization.

EnvironmentalRequirements

Regulatory conditions that pertain to the natural environment that mustbe met in the planning and execution of a project.

Estimate The prediction of a quantitative result. It is usually applied to projectcosts, resources and durations.

EstimatedCompletion Date

The predicted date at which all requirements for a defined task will becompleted.


xx Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

Estimated Costat Completion

Actual Direct Costs, plus all related indirect costs, plus the estimate ofcosts, both direct and indirect for all the work remaining.

Evaluation The process of determining satisfaction of requirements. Evaluations mayinclude methods such as analyses, inspections, reviews, and tests. Foracquisition, evaluations are conducted throughout the contract period ofperformance.

Evaluation ofProgress

A careful assessment of the work completed to date as compared to thebaseline plan.

Expediting Facilitating and accelerating progress by the removal of obstacles.

Expert One who is skilled by virtue of learning and experience. One who hasacquired special knowledge, skill or mastery of something.

FFabrication The making, building, construction, or assembly of parts into a whole.

Facilitating Enabling activities to proceed or be completed through encouragingcompromise and acceptance and/or by removing obstacles or otherwisemaking the activities easier.

Failure A deficiency, defect, nonperformance or non-conformance with specifiedrequirements.

Fast Tracking Compressing the project schedule by doing some or all of certain activitiesin parallel that would normally be done in sequence (such as design andconstruction).

FeasibilityStudy

The methods and techniques used to examine technical and cost data todetermine the economic potential and the practicality of projectapplications. It involves the use of techniques such as the time value ofmoney so that projects may be evaluated and compared on an equivalentbasis. Interest rates, present worth factors, capitalization costs, operatingcosts, depreciation, etc., are all considered.

Field Inspection An inspection at the site of the work or job site.

File A group of records.

FinalCompletion

When the entire work has been performed to the requirements of thecontract, except for those items arising from the provisions of warranty,and is so certified.

Final Payment Final settlement paid at contract completion of the contractually obligatedamount including retention.

Final Report Post-implementation report. Normally a retrospective report that formallycloses the project having handed over the project deliverables foroperational use.Note: The report should draw attention to experiences that may be ofbenefit to future projects and may form part of the accountability of theproject team


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxi

TERM DEFINITION

Findings The conclusions of an assessment, evaluation, audit, or review thatidentify the most important issues, problems, or opportunities within thearea of investigation.

Float The difference between the time available for performing a task and thetime required to complete it. If the total float for a task equals zero, thenthat task is on the critical path.

FunctionalManagement

The standard departments of a business organization that representindividual disciplines eg. engineering, marketing, purchasing, accounting,etc.

GGantt Chart A Gantt chart is a time-phased graphic display of activity durations. It is

also referred to as a bar chart. Activities are listed with other tabularinformation on the left side with time intervals over the bars. Activitydurations are shown in the form of horizontal bars.

GeneralProvisions

The mandatory clauses (by law or regulation) for contracts of a type.Unique clauses are called Special Provisions.

GeneralRequirements

Non-technical specifications defining the scope of work, payments,procedures. implementation constraints, etc. pertaining to the contract,

GovernmentRegulations andRequirements

Those laws, regulations, rules, policies, and administrative requirementsimposed upon organizations by government agencies.

Guideline A recommended or customary method of working to accomplish anobjective. A guideline is not enforced but is generally followed.

HHand-Over A process of transfer of responsibility for all or part of a project or its

deliverables. Typically, this takes place at the end of a project or a majorpart thereof.

Hand-OverPhase

The phase in the generic project life cycle covers completion of the projectto the satisfaction of the sponsor. It includes management of theintroduction of the product or service being delivered by the project.During Hand-Over, project records together with an audit traildocumentation include any operations and maintenance plans, arecompleted and delivered to the sponsor.

Holdback orRetention

A sum of money withheld from a construction contractor is paymentaccording to the terms of its contract, and/or statutory obligation toensure protection against valid third party claims.

IImplementation That part of the project life-cycle during which working drawings,

specifications and contract documents are prepared, contracts aretendered and awarded, and the construction work undertaken.

ImplementationPhase

The project phase that develops the chosen solution into a completeddeliverable.


xxii Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

IndependentVerification andValidation

The process of proving compliance to a specification by using personnelthat are technically competent and managerially separate from thedevelopment group.

InexcusableDelays

Project delays that are attributable to negligence on the part of thecontractor which lead in many cases to penalty payments.

Inspection Activities such as measuring, examining, testing, gauging one or morecharacteristics of a product or service and comparing these with specifiedrequirements to determine conformity.

InspectionRecord

Recorded data concerning the results of inspection action.

Instrumentation The application of instruments for observation, measurement, or control.

Integration The process of bringing people, activities and other things together toperform effectively.

Interface The functional and physical characteristics required to exist at a commonboundary or connection between persons, or between systems, orbetween persons and systems.

Invitation to Bid The invitation issued to prospective suppliers to submit a bid/quotation/proposal for the supply of goods/ services.

JJurisdiction The extent of territory over which legal or other power extends, e.g.

authority to interpret and apply the law.

KKick-OffMeeting

A meeting of representatives of all groups (stakeholders) involved in theproject execution, to come to a common understanding of the projectresponsibilities, scope of work and safety program.

LLate Finish The latest dates by which an activity can finish to avoid causing delays in

the project. Many PM software packages calculate late dates with abackward pass from the end of the project to the beginning.

Lead Time The time required by one task before another task can begin.

Lessons Learned The capture of what went well as well as past errors of judgment resultingin material failures, wrong timing or other mistakes, all for the purposes ofimproving future performance.

Letter of Intent A type of letter sometimes issued to a contractor to confirm the award ofa contract and pending the signing of formal contract documents. It is acommitment document. It allows the contractor to prepare formobilization. Permitting work to start on site before the contract is signedis not recommended as the Owner is without full protection at that pointuntil the construction contract is signed.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxiii

TERM DEFINITION

Limits ofAuthority

A corporate policy that provides guidelines for issuing proposals andbidding in the interest of risk detection and evaluation.

LiquidatedDamages

A stipulation in a contract of a monetary amount that must be paid by thecontractor if the contractor fails to deliver supplies or perform services asspecified in the contract or any subsequent modification. Payments are inlieu of actual damages related to the failure.

Long Lead Items Those components of a system or piece of equipment for which the timesto design and fabricate are the longest and for which an earlycommitment of funds may be desirable or necessary in order to meet theearliest possible date of system completion.

MMaintenance Upkeep of property, equipment, or conditions (such as working

conditions.)

Major Defect A defect other than critical, that is likely to result in failure, or to reducematerially the usability of the unit of product for its intended purpose.

Manuals Books of reference providing standard operating management or technicalinformation.

Master Plan Plan showing the main project structure

Methodology A documented process for management of projects that containsprocedures, definitions and roles and responsibilities.

Milestone A point in time representing a key or important intermediate event in thelife of a project. A milestone should be capable of validation by meeting allof the items prescribed in a defining checklist as agreed with thestakeholders.

Minor Defect A defect that is not likely to reduce materially the usability of the unit ofproduct for its intended purpose, or is a departure from establishedstandards having little bearing on the effective use or operation of theunit.

Mitigation Working to lessen risk by lowering its chances of occurring or by reducingits effect if it does occur.

Mobilization Organizing people, resources, etc. for starting up a project or an activity.

Mock-up A physical demonstration model, built to scale, to verify proposed designfit, critical clearances, and operator interfaces.

Module A self-contained unit of code that accomplishes a particular processnetwork diagram. A scheduling tool in which activities or events aredisplayed as arrows and nodes in which the logical precedence conditionsbetween the activities or events are shown.

Multi-Disciplined Activity or project involving several professions.


xxiv Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

NNegligence In legal terms, the omission to do something which a reasonable person,

guided by those ordinary considerations, which ordinarily regulate humanaffairs, would do, or the doing of something that a reasonable andprudent person would not do.

Negotiation A bargaining process between two or more parties seeking to reach amutually satisfying agreement.

Non-Conformance

A deficiency in characteristics, documentation or procedure that rendersthe quality of material/service unacceptable or indeterminate.

Nonconformity The non-fulfillment of specified requirements.

Non-DestructiveTesting

A method of testing which does not destroy or alter the item being tested.

OObligation A duty to make a future payment of money. The duty is incurred as soon

as an order is placed, or a contract is awarded for the delivery of goodsand/or the performance of services. The placement of an order issufficient. An Obligation legally encumbers a specified sum of moneywhich will require outlay(s) or expenditures in the future.

Obsolete No longer current.

Off the ShelfItem

An item produced and placed in stock by a contractor, or stocked by adistributor, before receiving orders or contracts for its sale.

OffsiteFabrication

The assembly of materials, components, systems and parts away from thesite of the project. For example, the parts of fixed furnishings for abuilding may be pre-assembled in a manufacturing plant.

On-siteAssembly

The assembly of materials, components, systems and parts on the siterather than offsite.

On-the-jobTraining

Training by acquiring direct experience in the job environment. Usuallyimplemented by a team or mentor approach

Operations andMaintenance

Usually covers field operations, training, repair, logistics support,upgrades, and related items.

Operations andMaintenanceManual

A document that describes the required operations and maintenanceprocedures for an entity or a system.

Overhead Costs arising from management and supervision, office expenses, interest-during-construction, and any other general costs associated with theproject not directly attributable to design or construction.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxv

TERM DEFINITION

PParameters Any of a set of physical properties whose values determine the

characteristics or behavior of something. In project work, typically refersto the range or limits within which the item must work.

Penalties Sums to be forfeited to which the organization has agreed to be subjectedin case of non-fulfillment of requirements. Typically, sums forfeited undercontract for late delivery or non-performance or both.

PerformanceBond

A bond that secures performance and fulfillment of the contractor isobligations under the contract.

Phase The time between two major project milestones, during which a well-defined set of objectives is met, artifacts are completed, and decisions aremade to move or not move into the next phase.

Post ProjectReview

A formal review of the project that examines the lessons that may belearned and used for the benefit of future projects.

Practice The usual, traditional, or commonly recommended way of doing things.

Pre AwardMeetings

Meetings to aid ranking of prospective suppliers before final awarddetermination and to examine their facilities or capabilities.

PreCommissioning

That work which is carried out prior to commissioning in order todemonstrate that commissioning may be safely undertaken.

Precedence When one task must be completed before another task can be started,the first task is said to have precedence over the other.

PrecedenceDiagramming

An activity oriented system in which activities are displayed in uniformboxes complete with activity number, start duration and finish dates. Thelogical relation between activity boxes is shown by logic connector lines.Lead and lag times can also be shown. The display is more effective thanArrow Diagramming and is also easier to revise, update, and program oncomputer.

Preliminary Something that precedes or is introductory or preparatory. Coming beforeand usually forming a necessary prelude to something else.

PreliminaryDesign

The design prepared in the planning stage of a project and submitted aspart of the project brief. The drawings and specifications that comprisethe Preliminary Design should be clearly specified as a matter of policyand provide the basis for the Appropriation estimate.

Prequalification An assessment of capabilities, current capacity, etc. as an initial part of aselection process. Used to narrow the number of bidders when invitingtenders for contract work and thereby reduce the amount of work for boththose bidders unlikely to be successful on these grounds as well as theamount of work in reviewing the submissions and making a final selectionfor award.


xxvi Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

PreventiveMaintenance

All actions performed in an attempt to retain an item in specified conditionby providing systematic inspection, detection, and prevention of incipientfailures.

ProblemResolution

The interaction between the project manager and an individual teammember with the goal of finding a solution to a technical or personalproblem that affects project accomplishment.

Procedure A prescribed method for performing specified work.

ProceduresManual

A book of reference describing standard project procedures.

Process A set of interrelated work activities in which value is added to the inputsto provide specific outputs.

Procurement A process for establishing contractual relationships to accomplish projectobjectives. The assembly, tendering and award of contracts orcommitment documents. Specific procedures should be established for theProcurement Process.

ProcurementStrategy

A macro view of the manner or approach to securing the necessaryresources for carrying out the work of the project. Procurement strategyshould be established early on in the project planning phase, sinceprocurement strategy decisions will affect the design of the workbreakdown structure. Procurement strategy may range from completingall of the work in-house, or a single complete contract to a number ofseparate trade contracts under the direction of a coordinating (e.g.construction) manager.

ProductLiability

A generic term used to describe the onus on a producer or others to makerestitution for loss related to personal injury, property damage or otherharm caused by a product or service.

ProgressMilestones

Those project milestones identified as the basis for making ProgressPayments.

Project Brief Statement that describes the purpose, cost, time and performancerequirements/constraints for a project.

ProjectCompletion

The point at which the results are handed over to the client, and theproject group disbanded.

Project Control A project management function that involves comparing actualperformance with planned performance and taking corrective action (ordirecting or motivating others to do so) to yield the desired outcome whensignificant differences exist.

ProjectCoordination

Communication linking various areas of a project to ensure the transfer ofinformation or hardware at interface points at the appropriate times andidentification of any further necessary resources.

Project HandOver

The acceptance of the facility by the facility operators for occupancy andtraining even though construction may not be fully completed.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxvii

TERM DEFINITION

Project Life Cycle The four sequential major time periods through which any project passes,namely:

1. Concept2. Definition3. Execution (Implementation or Development)4. Finishing (Commissioning or Close Out)

Each period may be identified as a Phase and further broken down intostages that typically reflect the area of project management applicationand the size and complexity of the specific project.

ProjectManagement

The planning, monitoring and control of all aspects of a project and themotivation of all those involved in it to achieve the project objectives ontime and to specified cost, quality and performance.

ProjectManagementTeam

The members of the project team who are directly involved in projectmanagement activities. On some smaller projects, the projectmanagement team may include virtually all of the project team members.

Project Milestone An important or key event in the project plan.

ProjectStakeholders

People or organizations who have a vested interest in the environment,performance and/or outcome of the project.

Project Startup The complex sequence of activities that are required to start the project,mobilize the team, initiate the project definition process, obtainagreement to the project's objectives and plan to deliver them.

Project Team The central management group headed by a project manager andresponsible for the management and successful outcome of the project.

Project TeamMembers

The people who report either directly or indirectly to the project manager.

Punch List A list made near to the completion of a project showing the items of workremaining in order to complete the project scope.

QQualitative Subjective opinion of quality based on judgment and not on quantitative

measurement.Quality The composite of all attributes or characteristics, including performance,

of an item or product required to satisfy stated or implied needs.Conformance to requirements.

QualityAssurance

All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequateconfidence that a product or service will satisfy given requirements forquality.

QualityAssurance

All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequateconfidence that a product or service will satisfy given requirements forquality.

QualityAssurance Plan

A plan that guarantees a quality approach and conformance to allcustomer requirements for all activities in a project.


xxviii Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

Quality Audit A systematic and independent examination to determine whether qualityactivities and related results comply with planned arrangements andwhether these arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitableto achieve objectives.

Quality Control The process of monitoring specific project results to determine if theycomply with relevant standards and identifying ways to eliminate causesof unsatisfactory performance.

QualityManagement

The function required to determine and implement quality policythroughout the project life cycle. Quality management encompasses thesub-functions of Quality Assurance and Quality Control.

Project QualityPlan

A document setting out the specific quality practices, resources andsequence of activities relevant to a particular product, service, contract orproject.

Quality Policy The overall quality intentions and direction of an organization as regardsquality, as formally expressed by top management.

RRecordRetention

The necessity to retain records for reference for a specified period aftercontract closeout, in case they are needed.

Records The collection of related items of information assembled during the courseof a project.

RecordsManagement

The effective and efficient receipt, processing, storage and retrieval of allproject records, in whatever form (hardcopy, electronic, etc.) A goodRecords Management program should:1. Encompass all records having a bearing on the project's activities

including procurement and technical aspects2. Establish policies for standardizing required forms, reports,

procedures and manuals3. Ensure smooth and consistent distribution of information throughout

the project organization on a need-to-know basis4. Expedite all required or outstanding information5. Ensure security of vital records6. Provide necessary retention for historical purposes7. Meet legal retention requirements8. Withdraw and destroy obsolete duplicates

Every project large and small is involved in records management to agreater or lesser degree whether recognized or not. A conscious effort inthis area can greatly reduce the time and effort required to traceinformation or to avoid duplication of work in the field due to oversight ormisplaced information.

RecoverySchedule

A special schedule showing special efforts to recover time lost comparedto the master schedule.

Regulations Rules or orders issued by an executive authority or regulatory agency of agovernment and having the force of law.

Reliability The ability of an item to perform a required function under statedconditions for a stated period of time.


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxix

TERM DEFINITION

Request forChange

A buyer or seller request to spend contract funds on an engineeringchange proposal for a change. The request states the technical orcontractual issue being addressed, the impact on or benefit to the project,and an assessment of the cost and schedule impact.

Request forInformation

A formal inquiry in the market place for information, typically concerning"Expressions of Interest", capacity, capability and availability ofcontractors to undertake and bid on work described in the solicitation.

Request forProposal

A document issued by one organization to another organization (or to severalother organizations) describing work that the issuer wishes to have undertaken bythe recipient(s) and inviting the recipient(s) to respond with a proposal.

Request forQuotation

A formal invitation to submit a price for goods and/or services asspecified.

Resource Any personnel, material or equipment required for the performance of anactivity.Note: - Time is not a resource. It is the measure of the duration for whicha resource is needed or used. Also, money is better not thought of as aresource, except in financing. It is better seen as the basis of evaluationof the resources used by an activity or task.

ResourceManagement

The planning, allocating and scheduling of resources to tasks, generallyincluding manpower, machine (plant and equipment), money, andmaterials. Resource Management typically covers resource allocation andits impact on schedules and budgets, as well as resource leveling andsmoothing.

Retention A sum of money retained by the customer from each stage paymentwhich is paid at the end of the project when the end product is accepted.

RiskManagement

An organized assessment and control of project risks.

SS Curve A display of cumulative costs, labor hours or other quantities plotted

against time.Note: The name derives from the S-like shape of the curve, flatter at thebeginning and end and steeper in the middle, which is typical of mostactivities (and whole project). The beginning represents a slow, deliberatebut accelerating start, while the end represents a deceleration as the workruns out.

Safety The condition of being safe from undergoing or causing hurt, injury, orloss. Protection against failure, breakage, or accident.

Sample One or more units of product drawn from a lot or batch, the units of thesample being selected at random without regard to their quality.

Sampling The technique of selecting a representative part of a population for thepurpose of determining parameters or characteristics of the wholepopulation. A small part selected as a sample for inspection or analysis

Satisfaction Fulfillment of a need or want; acceptability.


xxx Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

Schedule A time sequence of activities and events that represent an operatingtimetable. The schedule specifies the relative beginning and ending timesof activities and the occurrence times of events. A schedule may bepresented on a calendar framework or on an elapsed time scale.

ScheduleDevelopment

Developing a project schedule based on activity sequences, activitydurations and resource requirements.

ScheduleManagement

The management or rearrangement of the activities in a project scheduleto improve the outcome based on the latest available information.

Scope The definition that describes the project's product deliverables.

Shop Drawings Drawings submitted by the construction contractor or a subcontractorshowing in detail:

1. The proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements2. The installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment details) of

materials or equipment, or3. Both

Sign-Off The formal acceptance of a planned or proposed course of action,constituting authority for the planner or proposer to proceed with theaction. Key sign-offs in the project life-cycle, by Owner and User, occur atthe conclusion of the concept and planning phases.

Specialist One who specializes in a particular occupation, practice, or branch oflearning.

Specification The document that prescribes the requirements with which the product orservices has to conform.

Stakeholders Specific people or groups who have a stake in the outcome of the project.Normally stakeholders are from within the company, and could includeinternal customers, management, employees, administrators, etc. Aproject may also have external stakeholders, including suppliers,investors, community groups and government organization.

Stand Alone A system which performs its function requiring little or no assistance frominterfacing systems.

Standard A specific statement of the rules and constraints governing the naming,contents, and operations of deliverables. The rules and constraints aredesigned to support specific objectives.

StandardProcedure

Prescribes that a certain kind of work be done in the same way whereverit is performed.

Status The comparison of actual progress against the plan to determine varianceand corrective action.

Stop Work Order Request for interim stoppage of work due to non-conformance, or fundingor technical limitations


Revision 0 : March 2009 xxxi

TERM DEFINITION

SystemSpecification

Defines the system baseline in terms of system description, functionalrequirements, quantitative technical parameters, design constraints andthe criteria for acceptance. It must be formulated in terms that arequantifiable and verifiable.

SystemVerification

Proof of compliance with system specifications. Verification may bedetermined by test, analysis, inspection, or demonstration.

TTender andAward Stage

That part of the project life-cycle during which contractors are invited toprepare and submit bids, a selection is made and contracts are awarded.

Termination The discontinuation of a project, project phase, stage, activity, or person.

Terms ofReference

A specification of a team member's responsibilities and authorities withinthe project.

Test Any procedure designed to obtain, verify, or provide data for theevaluation of a system, service or product.

Test Criteria Standards by which test results and outcomes are judged.

Test Plan A description of the tests needed to complete a project properly. Adocument that describes the approach to all development, integration,qualification, and acceptance testing.

Time Extension An increase in the time allowed for completion of the project, usuallythrough the issuance of a Change Order.

Time Line A Schedule line showing key dates and planned events.

Total Float The maximum number of work periods by which an activity can bedelayed without delaying project completion or violating a target finishdate.

Traceability The ability to trace the history, application or location of an item oractivity, or similar items or activities, by means of recorded identification.

Tracking Collecting actual time, cost and resource information and feeding themback into the project plan.

Turnkey A form of contract in which a facility or equipment is to be designed, built,supplied, or installed complete and ready for operation.

VValidation As in Project Validation, the process of providing evidence that a system

meets the needs of the user, i.e. "Are we building the 'Right Thing'?"

ValueEngineering

The structured approach to optimizing project value through examinationof the project's design. It is concerned with optimizing the design,engineering and configuration aspects of value.


xxxii Revision 0 : March 2009

TERM DEFINITION

ValueManagement

This technique is a creative, organized approach designed to optimize thetotal cost and/or performance of the project. Usually applied only to themost significant elements of a project by analyzing their contribution andidentifying functionally acceptable substitution. VM often results inimproved performance and/or appearance and simplification at a payoffmany times the cost of the VM program. It is best applied in the earlieststages of a project. VM is not popular because of its "real" front end costcompared to "notional" downstream savings.

Variation A change in scope or timing of work which a supplier is obliged to dounder a contract.

Variation Order The term used in the construction industry for an approved technicalchange to the project.

Vendor A supplier of material or services offered from a catalog or price list andpurchased with a purchase order.

Verification Proof of compliance with specification performance requirements.Verification may be determined by test, analysis, inspection, ordemonstration.

WWaiver Buyer action that grants contract relief from achieving specified

performance. Usually applied when the required performance is not worththe cost and/or schedule to achieve full compliance.

WorkingDrawings

The detailed graphical representations resulting from the detailed designeffort and which are necessary for the proper construction, assembly orcreation of the thing designed.

Workmanship The art and skills of the operative performing the work and the resultingstyle and character of the work performed.

Workshops A usually brief and intensive program for a relatively small group ofpeople that focuses especially on techniques and skills in a particular field,e.g. a training workshop. Unlike a briefing or lecture, a workshop formatencourages interaction and creative participation. Workshops areespecially useful at the commencement of a project to "educate andmotivate" team members by examining the project's goals, objectives,organization, etc. and promotes team building through development ofschedules, coordination and problem solving activities.

ZZero Float A condition where there is no excess time between activities. An activity

with zero float is considered a critical activity. If the duration of anycritical activity is increased the project finish date will slip.

DID MANUAL VOLUME 11CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

PART I : INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11

Revision 0 : March 2009 1-i

Table of Contents

Table of Contents.……………………..……………………………………………………….…………………………......1-i

1.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 1-1

1.2 SCOPE OF VOLUME 11................................................................................................ 1-1

1.3 AUTHORISED PARTY AND LIMITS OF AUTHORITY ....................................................... 1-1

1.3.1 Chapter 4 of Volume 10 - Superintending Officer (SO)/ Project Director (PD)....... 1-1

1.3.2 Chapter 5 of Volume 10 – Authorised Party ....................................................... 1-1

1.4 DOCUMENT STRUCTURE AND CONTENTS.................................................................... 1-2

1.4.1 Structure – Procedures And Appendices ............................................................ 1-2

1.4.2 Contents.......................................................................................................... 1-2

1.4.3 Samples/Pro-Forma.......................................................................................... 1-3

1.5 DOCUMENT UPDATES & CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL ............................................... 1-3

Appendix 1A Document Change Control / Approval ....…………………………………………………..….1A- 1

Appendix 1B Amendments Record Sheet …………………………………………………………………………1A- 2


1-ii Revision 0 : March 2009



Revision 0 : March 2009 1-1

1 INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME 11

1.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides:

An overview of the scope, document structure and contents of Volume 11.

Procedures on updating the document.

1.2 SCOPE OF VOLUME 11

Volume 11 covers the general procedures and practices pertaining to constructionmanagement, commencing from the award of contract stage until the completion ofdefects liability stage.

It aims to be the first point of reference for matters pertaining to the constructionmanagement procedures of the Department of Irrigation and Drainage (DID), forexample:

1. The construction start-up processes and liaison with other Government agenciesand service providers;

2. The Quality Assurance (QA) documents and Quality Control (QC) procedures;

3. Project schedule and cost control;

4. Project monitoring – records, reports and Health, Safety and Environmentalprotection (HSE) concerns;

5. Training, Testing and Commissioning (T&C) and hand over inspection anddeliverables; and

6. Defects management during Defects Liability Period (DLP).

1.3 AUTHORISED PARTY AND LIMITS OF AUTHORITY

The officers who are empowered to exercise the relevant powers under the conditions ofcontract on behalf of DID, with the corresponding limits of authority are set out inVolume 10 as follows:

1.3.1 Chapter 4 of Volume 10 - Superintending Officer (SO)/ Project Director (PD)

The administration of the construction contract is the responsibility of the SO/PD dulynamed in the contract. The appointment of the SO/PD depends on a number of factors,including value of the works; whether the project is undertaken at HQ or State level andthe location of the works.

The supervision of the construction work is generally carried out by the SO/PDRepresentative. The SO/PD may delegate powers to more than one officer to performdifferent duties on his behalf.

1.3.2 Chapter 5 of Volume 10 – Authorised Party

The DID complies with the procurement guidelines set under the current relevantTreasury Instructions. Accordingly, only the person who is duly authorized (‘AuthorisedParty’) may accept, approve, certify or otherwise act on behalf of the Government, inmatters of procurement or administration of contract, regardless who the SO/PD may be.


1-2 Revision 0 : March 2009

Such person may be an officer, by virtue of his office, or a board or committee dulyconvened and comprising the relevant officers. The limit of authority is usuallydependent on the value or estimated value of the contract.

1.4 DOCUMENT STRUCTURE AND CONTENTS

1.4.1 Structure – Procedures And Appendices

Where applicable, the information is presented in the following manner and order:

a) Procedures

The procedures section describes the relevant work processes/activities. Theguidelines or guidance notes on salient processes within construction managementpractices, if any, are included in the respective appendix.

b) Appendices

The Appendices may include the following, as may be relevant to the chapter.

a. Checklist of procedures

b. Forms

c. Pro forma documents

d. Flow charts - provides an overview of a particular process set out within thechapter, and the sequence and interrelationship between the processes.

e. Guidelines

1.4.2 Contents

The chapters within the Volume 11 are grouped into 4 parts, covering the followingsubjects:

a) Part I : Introduction

Part I gives a description on the structure and components of Volume 11. It alsoprovides a brief description of the overall process involved in the implementation ofconstruction management.

b) Part II : Construction Stage

Construction management can be defined as the coordination of actions requiredfor the performance of site construction activities including procedures andelements of control and monitoring necessary to assure that all contractualobligations under construction stage are fulfilled by the parties to the contract.

Part II covers the general construction management process from the award ofconstruction contract to the Contractor, up to the stage prior to initiation of theissuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).

It also includes guidelines, explanatory notes, checklists, flowcharts and samplepro-forma on various construction management processes such as sample pre-construction meeting agenda; sample project quality plan (PQP) and workinspection forms; management of work programme flowchart; guidelines ontesting and commissioning (T&C) administration and environmental complianceaudit checklist.



c) Part III : Completion And Hand Over Stage

Part III covers the general management process on works completed by theContractor to be handed over to DID. The procedures provide elements of controlnecessary to assure that all contractual obligations are fulfilled by the parties to thecontract, before the issuance of CPC and hand over certificate.

It also includes guidelines, explanatory notes, checklists, flowcharts and samplepro-forma on the processes involved such as sample defects list form; sampletraining agenda; guideline for operation and maintenance (O&M) manual and as-built drawings including the flowchart on review and approval cycle for testrecords, O&M manual and as-built drawing; CPC and hand over certificatechecklist.

d) Part IV : Defects Liability Stage

Part IV covers the general management process from the commencement ofdefects liability period up to the stage of issuance of certificate of making gooddefects (CMGD). The procedures provide elements of control necessary to assurethat all defects and/or outstanding works rectified or closed out before issuingCMGD to the Contractor. Checklists for CMGD and final certificate are included.

Sample Project final (completion) report is included as a guide to the Project Team.This document is prepared by Project Team involved. It serves to facilitate thedissemination of knowledge gained from the projects undertaken by DID. It willalso serve as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking other projects in thefuture.

1.4.3 Samples/Pro-Forma

Samples/Pro-forma are included for reference and ease of comprehension of theprocedures only. Users should exercise care in its use in accordance with the specificrequirements of the respective projects.

1.5 DOCUMENT UPDATES & CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL

Volume 11 is a “live document” and is to be updated from time to time. The document isring bound for this purpose.

An officer may propose changes to the contents or procedures set out in Volume 11, byusing the Document Change Control Form. The officer should state the proposedamendments together with reasons for the amendments in the Amendment RecordSheet. Refer to Appendix 1A and 1B respectively.

Upon approval, the superseded page or document shall be replaced by the new/updatedpage/document. The changes must be recorded in the ‘Registration of Amendments’sheet at the front of the Manual.

DID MANUALVolume 11

Construction Management

Revision Number : Revision 0

Revision Date : March 2009

Chapter 1– Introduction to Volume 11

APPENDIX 1A

Document Change Control / Approval


Revision 0 : March 2009 1A- 1

APPENDIX 1A DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL/APPROVAL

TO :…………………………………………….

CHANGE REQUEST

DOCUMENT REFERENCE PROPOSED AMENDMENT

DID MANUAL VOLUME 11

................................................................... ........................................[OFFICER] Date

Name :Designation:Contact No :

APPROVAL RECORD

Approved for Implementation Not Approved

Remarks :

.............................................................[APPROVING OFFICER]

Name :Designation:Contact No :

..............................….......Date

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 1– Introduction to Volume 11

APPENDIX 1B

Amendment Record Sheet for Revision



APPENDIX 1B AMENDMENTS RECORD SHEET FOR REVISION

AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET FOR REVISION : _______

TO:……………………………………….

The amendment enclosed herewith is the revision to your DID Manual.

DOCUMENTS ISSUED

1.1 REMOVEINSERT AMENDMENT/

DOCUMENTEDPROCEDURE

REASON FORAMENDMENT/DOCUMENTEDPROCEDURE

Volume 11, Chapter ……….

Page ____ toPage ___, Rev.___

Page ___ toPage ___, Rev. ___

Attachment ___,Page ___ to Page___ , Rev. ___


Volume 11, Chapter ……….

Page ____ toPage ___, Rev.___

Page ____ toPage ___, Rev. ___



After Revision : ____ has been inserted, please complete the Registration of Amendments Sheet on

Page ___ of your Manual


PART I : INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 2

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT- OVERVIEW

Chapter 2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT - OVERVIEW


Table of Contents

Table of Contents…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….2-i

List of Figures…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….2-ii

2.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 2-1

2.2 FUNCTION OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT ............................................................ 2-2

2.3 CONSTRUCTION STAGE.............................................................................................. 2-2

2.3.1 Construction Start-Up ..................................................................................... 2-2

2.3.2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control ............................................................. 2-3

2.3.3 Project Monitoring – Inspection and Supervision............................................... 2-3

2.3.4 Time Control .................................................................................................. 2-3

2.3.5 Cost Control ................................................................................................... 2-4

2.3.6 Health, Safety and Environmental.................................................................... 2-4

2.3.7 Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers......................... 2-5

2.3.8 Progress Report.............................................................................................. 2-5

2.3.9 Records, Drawings and Documentation ............................................................ 2-5

2.3.10 Testing and Commissioning............................................................................. 2-5

2.4 COMPLETION AND HAND OVER .................................................................................. 2-6

2.4.1 Final Inspection and Defects/Outstanding Works .............................................. 2-6

2.4.2 Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings ............................................. 2-6

2.4.3 Training ......................................................................................................... 2-6

2.4.4 Hand Over Certificate and Certificate of Practical Completion ............................ 2-7

2.5 DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE......................................................................................... 2-7

2.5.1 Defective Works During Defects Liability Period ................................................ 2-7

2.5.2 Certificate of Making Good Defects .................................................................. 2-7

2.5.3 Final Certificate .............................................................................................. 2-7

2.5.4 Final (Completion) Report ............................................................................... 2-7



List of Figures

Figure 2.1 Project Life Cycle Flow Chart...…………………..……………………………………..2-1

Figure 2.2 Construction Management Methodology…………..…………………………………..2-2



TENDER STAGE

CONSTRUCTION STAGE

COMPLETION AND

HAND OVER

DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT - OVERVIEW

2.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides an overview of the processes involved in the following three stagesof a project life cycle:

i. Construction stageii. Completion and Hand-Over stageiii. Defects Liabilities stage

Figure 2.1 indicates these stages with respect to the overall project life cycle.

START

Volume 11PROJECT INITIATION STAGE Construction

Management

PROJECT PLANNING STAGE

CONCEPT DESIGN STAGE

SCHEMATIC DESIGN STAGE

DETAILED DESIGN

DEVELOPMENT STAGEEND

Figure 2.1 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE FLOW CHART (Outline)



The overview provides a quick reference of the procedures within the ConstructionManagement module. Refer to Figure 2.2 for the flowchart on the ConstructionManagement methodology (Please see attachment Figure 2.2).

This procedure is written in anticipation that events would unfold in a chronological order(although it is not always possible) in the management of a project. There are activitiesthat run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.

In general, the following procedures address the common approaches to bothconventional and design and build type of contracting method. In the case ofconventional type of contracting method, there can be projects whereby supervision isfully undertaken by DID and also projects where consultants assume supervisory roles.Where there are exceptions or departures from the conventional contracting, specificmention is made in the procedure in reference to design and build practice.

2.2 FUNCTION OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

The function of construction management is to provide overall procedures and describethe major tasks and elements of control in construction management, from the award ofconstruction contract to the stage of issuing the Certificate of Practical Completion to theContractor. This volume also covers procedures in handing over completed works anddefects management during the defects liability/maintenance period.

The Project Team administers and monitors the Consultant’s services and theContractor’s progress on site with respect to time, quality, cost, environment, safety andhealth.

Relevant procedures are stipulated in Chapters 3 to 17 of this volume and whereapplicable, cross-referred to corresponding procedure on contract administration inVolume 10 of the Manual.

2.3 CONSTRUCTION STAGE

2.3.1 Construction Start-Up

Chapter 3 provides the procedures and elements of control from the award of theconstruction contract to the commencement of works on site. The procedure is readtogether with Chapter 5, 8 and 20 of Volume 10 on contract administration for Limit ofAuthority; Tender Evaluation and Acceptance and Nominated Sub-contract, respectively.

Upon the issuance of Letter of Award, such as Surat SetujuTerima Tender, JKR 203D(Pind. 6/2005), a Pre-construction or kick off meeting is conducted to inform local leadersand the public about the development. The first site meeting with the Contractor is heldbefore the commencement of work on site, to address contractual deliverables and otherstandard requirements with respect to site operations. A sample of the agenda in suchmeetings is provided.

The Project Team should ensure that the site is ready for handover to the Contractor andthat the Consultants have secured the necessary Authority approvals before thecommencement of works on site. If no approvals are obtained, the Authorized Person willdecide whether to commence with the works or otherwise.

� Issue letter of Acceptance /

Award to Contractor.

� Issue to Contractor, letter of

Employer’s delegation of powers

and its authority.

Contractor Organisation & Program Submittals

• Project Quality Plan

• Organisation Chart

• Site Office requirements

• Materials Approvals

• Work Programme

• Drawings Management

• Product Technical Information

• Inspection and Test Plan

• QA/QC, Safety, Health, Logistic, Environmental

Requirements

Statutory Permits

• Temporary Structures

• Tower Crane

• Project Signage

• Temporary Utility Supply

Pre Construction Meeting

Review and Approval of Contractors

Submissions ( Consultant )

Minutes of Meeting ( Consultant )

Client Information & Project Files

Client Endorsement of Claims & Interim

Payment Certificate

( Client )

Mobilisation

Contractor Submittals

• Shop Drawings

• Work Method Statements

• Manufacturing Programs

• Updated / Revised Work Programme

• Testing Programs and Results

• Mock-Up / Sample / Cut Sheet / Catalog

Consultant Review & Approval

Contract Administration Ongoing Contract Correspondence

Project Meetings

Approval and Recommendations

( DID )

Progress Reports

• Monthly

• Quarterly

Construction Survey ( Contractor ):

• Setting out based on Land Surveyor

Demarcation Plan

• Establish control points from given TBM

DID Final ApprovalComments /

Status C

DID

Review & ApprovalComments

Final Approval

( DID )Comments

Consultants Review & Recommendations

Comments

Contract Variation Request ( EI / VO )

Contractor EOT & IPC.

Comments

� Agenda for Contractor’s pre-

construction meeting – advise on

procedure to be used.

� DID brief Contractor on

specific procedures. (i.e.: Drawings

Management, Programming, NCR,

Testing, Commissioning, Reporting

etc.).

� Ensure acceptance of Contractor’s

work programme and project quality

plan.

� Contractor’s Development of Request

for Information and Request for

Inspection Proforma based on its

Inspection & Test Plan.

� Implement cost and contract

management procedure.

� Prepare, bind and sign off construction

contract documents.

Comments

Contract Award

Figure 2.2 Construction Management Methodology

Construction – Civil & Structures,

Architectural, ID.

Quality Assurance / Control

( Contractor )

Temporary Works / Mock–ups

( Contractor )

Construction Activities

( Contractor )

Site Supervision of

Works

( Consultant )

Repair Procedures

( Contractor )

Element Acceptance

( Consultant )

Civil & Building Complete

As Built Drawings

( Contractor )

Civil & Building Inspection

( Consultant )

Defects List

( Consultant )

Issuance of Certificate of Practical

Completion ( Client, DID )

Defects Liability Period

( Contractor )

Correct Defects

( Contractor )

Equipment, Warranty

Certificates Acceptance

( Consultant , DID )

Commissioning

( Contractor )

Defects List

( Consultant )

Equipment Inspection

( Consultant )

Correct Defects

( Contractor )

O & M Training

Site Witness Testing of Equipment

( Consultant & DID )

Field Validation Testing

( Contractor )

As Built Drawings

( Contractor )

Site Installation

( Contractor )

Plant Performance Verification

( Consultant )

Final O & M Manuals

(Consultant Approval)

Draft O & M Manuals

Factory Witness Testing of Equipment

( Consultant, DID, Client )

Manufacture Equipment

Construction – Mechanical,

Electrical & Special Systems

Pass Testing

Pass Testing

Testing, QC

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Final Certificate

( Client, DID , Consultant )

Delivery to Site

• Inspect Equipment

• Storage on Site

� DID ensures continuous

update of Contractor’s work

programme and Inspection & Test

Plan.

� Contractor’s development of

Testing and Commissioning

procedures and acceptance by

Consultant.

� DID develops handing over

procedures to owner / operator.

� DID develops procedures to

ensure safe keeping of contract–

end records :

– CPC

– CMGD Certificate

– Operation & Maintenance

Manual

– As–built drawings

– Warranty Certificates

– Contract Documents

– Final Certificate

� The flow chart is also applicable to

infrastructure works with modification

of elements referred i.e. Omission of

ID, Architectural and Special Systems.

� Owner’s appointment of Building

Maintenance Operator.

Operator O & M training.

� Closure of all NCRs.

� Closure of EOT and Loss and

Expense claim.

� Contractor prepare Draft Final

Account.

� Ensure all defects corrected before

issuance of Certificate of Making

Good Defects.

� Secure Certificate of Fitness for

Occupation/Certificate of Completion

and Compliance ( Could be Consultant

or Contractor’s role depending on

types of construction contract ).

� Closure of all Consultants and

Contractors contract.

� Owner taking Operational Insurance.

Certificate of Making Good Defects

( Client, DID, Consultant )

Handing Over to DID

Recommendation for Practical Completion

( Consultant )

Revision 0 : October 2008 2-2



2.3.2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

The quality procedures and controls to ascertain that the works comply with the designand specifications, and confirm the required standards of work and materials quality areattained are described in Chapter 4.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to formulate the quality procedures and controlsfor the works, and submit the quality assurance documents meeting the specificationsand other quality requirements in the contract, for review and approval of the ProjectTeam. Quality is assured using the Contractor’s Project Quality Plan (PQP) and Inspectionand Test Plan (ITP).

On-site Quality control on works performed by the Contractor is supervised by theConsultant with the Project Team carrying out random checks to verify that such controlsare in place.

Inspections of works on site use the appropriate inspection forms before allowing thenext stage of physical works to proceed. Rejections of works are indicated in theinspection forms or through a Construction Non Conformance Report (NCR).

2.3.3 Project Monitoring – Inspection and Supervision

Chapter 5 describes the quality procedures and controls for monitoring of project and isread together with Chapter 4.

The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible to comply with thequality procedures and quality controls set out in the Contractor’s quality assurancedocuments. The Consultants and the Project Team monitors such compliance by theContractor to the approved quality assurance documents and in carrying out theinspection and supervision throughout the project period as required by the constructioncontract.

The PQP, ITP or other relevant document submitted by the Contractor and approved bythe Consultant forms the basis for inspection and testing during construction. A sampleof Quality Audit of the Consultants/Supervisory Team is provided to help determine theeffectiveness of the project monitoring.

2.3.4 Time Control

Chapter 6 provides the procedure in the management and control of time to meet theClients requirement. The procedure is read together with Chapter 13, 15 and 16 ofVolume 10 on contract administration for Extension of Time; Loss and Expense andDetermination of contract, respectively.

The Project Team evaluates the Contractor’s submitted work programme and approvesthe necessary baseline or revised programme.

The Project Team ascertains whether the Contractor is ahead or behind approved workprogramme by evaluating and monitoring the physical works on site. Assessment on theschedule is based on physical observation and through the Contractor’s submittedprogress report. The Project Team evaluates any entitlement for extension of time (EOT)and recommends to the Authorized Person in a timely manner or in accordance with thecontract provisions.



2.3.5 Cost Control

Chapter 7 provides the procedure in the management and control of cost to ensure theoverall management and control of cost is within the approved budget and Clientsrequirement. The procedure is read together with Chapter 11, 12 and 19 of Volume 10for related procedure on contract administration for Variations, Adjustment of ContractSum and Final Accounts and Final Certificate, respectively.

This procedure covers the preparation of cost report and control of cost duringconstruction stage until final account. It also recommends steps to minimize variationsbased on a research1 conducted amongst government officers, consultants andcontractors involved in DID’s projects.

A cost report is produced periodically to advise DID on actual cost incurred, anticipatedcost and future commitments against the cost plan/budget approved.

Instructions to the Contractor involving Variations or Expenditure of Provisional Sums andP.C. Sums items are issued in accordance with the construction contract and formalizedby the Authorized Person depending on the type of construction contract. Such SO’sInstruction is based on JKR’s Contract Administration standard form, Arahan PegawaiPenguasa, JKR 203U/82-Pin.1/92.

Procedures to manage Progress Payment and Claims are also included.

2.3.6 Health, Safety and Environmental

Chapter 8 describes the procedure for the management of health, safety andenvironmental aspects of projects as required by statutory regulation of OccupationalSafety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514), Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act139) and the Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Act 127).

It aims to reduce occupational and environmental risks in construction to an acceptablelevel and covers the conduct of site safety, health and environmental disciplines. Therelevant standards for water quality, air quality and noise level is included forcomparison.

Samples of Safety and Health Daily Report, Observation Report and Audit Checklist aswell as Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist and Soil Erosion and Sediment ControlRegulations are included for reference.Checklist for Worksite Safety and sample of Accident/Incident Reporting procedure is alsoincluded.



2.3.7 Liaison with Other Government Agencies and Service Providers

Chapter 9 describes the procedures and elements of control in dealing and working withgovernment agencies and service providers at construction phase of a project.

The Consultant will assist the Project Team in applying for the planning, building, orother approvals such as land matters; and in obtaining clearance and approval from therelevant authorities as well as make payments for the respective fees or charges.

Consultant shall liaise with Utility Providers/ Concessionaires on any diversion of existingutilities infrastructure i.e. electric and telecommunication cables, fiber optic, water andgas pipes before start of construction.

The consultants prepare reports, certificates and other documents of the project asrequired by the relevant authorities, and applies and obtains approvals and any otherpermission required by any authority having jurisdiction over the project, for and onbehalf of DID.

2.3.8 Progress Report

The Contractor prepares and submits the project progress report to the Project Teamwith a copy of the report submitted to the Client and Consultants. The interval andtiming of submission is as agreed by the Client or as per the requirement of constructioncontract.

The project progress report contains information on the overall status of the project withrespect to time, quality, cost, financial, physical progress and other pertinent issues. Asample project progress report is included in Chapter 10.

2.3.9 Records, Drawings and Documentation

Chapter 11 outlines the fundamentals in the management of records, drawings anddocuments. Proper administration of project records, drawings and documents isessential to aid retrieval of information throughout the duration of the project as well asfor future reference.

A tracking system is established so that only the latest information or drawings are used.These records, drawings and documents are properly maintained and stored for purposeof hand over to DID or other beneficiary at the completion of the project.

2.3.10 Testing and Commissioning

Chapter 12 describes the procedure and elements of control in the administration andimplementation of testing and commissioning (T&C) activities by the Contractor,Consultant and Project Team. The procedure is read together with Chapter 17 and 18 ofVolume 10 on contract administration for Pre-Completion Inspection and DefectsManagement respectively.

For a successful T&C, the Contractor is required to thoroughly plan, organize, scheduleand implement the testing and commissioning activities. The Project Team needs toreview and approve the Contractor’s submitted T&C plans and procedure prior to itscommencement. The Project team confirms the schedule and ensures attendance of keypersonnel from all relevant parties for the respective T&C activity.



2.4 COMPLETION AND HAND OVER

2.4.1 Final Inspection and Defects/Outstanding Works

Chapter 15 provides the procedure and elements of control in the implementation of finalinspection, review and acceptance of the construction works and deliverables up to thestage of issuance of Hand Over Certificate to the Contractor. The procedure is readtogether with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 on contract administration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively. This procedure is also readin conjunction with Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of theManual.

Final inspection of the completed works is jointly carried by representatives from theClient, the Project Team, the Consultants and the Contractor to determine defects andacceptable outstanding works (if any). The Client may include departments/agenciesunder Ministry of National Resources and Environment, Ministry of Agriculture andothers.

The Contractor prepares and submits the list of defects, acceptable outstanding works (ifany) and the programme in remedying the defects and the outstanding works for areview and acceptance by the Consultants and the Project Team.

2.4.2 Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings

Chapter 13 covers the relevant documents to be handed over to DID and/or rightfulbeneficiary by the Contractor prior to the issuance of certificate of practical completion.The procedure is also read together with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 on contractadministration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.

In general, there is a requirement for the Contractor to hand over relevant documentssuch as As-built drawings, Operation and Maintenance manual (O&M), test records andwarranties to DID and other rightful beneficiary. Sufficient copies are made fordistribution to all the beneficiaries.

For Design and Build type of contract, the Contractor’s Consultants are to prepare andsubmit the recommendation report, the Defects List and list of acceptable works (if any)through the Contractor to the Project Team for checking and validation.

2.4.3 Training

Chapter 14 describes the procedure and guideline on the requirement of training for theDID’s operational personnel before hand over. The procedure is read together withChapter 17 of Volume 10 on contract administration for Pre-Completion Inspection.

Training is crucial to ensure DID’s operational personnel are fully trained with adequateknowledge, information and skills so as to have the ability to operate and maintain thefacility handed over by the Contractor to DID.



2.4.4 Hand Over Certificate and Certificate of Practical Completion

The Project Team ensures the Contractor meets the prerequisites as per the constructioncontract (or such allowable provisions in the construction contract) before the issuance ofthe Hand Over Certificate or Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).

The Hand Over Certificate and CPC are only issued to the Contractor upon acceptance ofConsultant’s and Project Team’s recommendations by the Authorized Person. Theprocedure is read together with Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 - Pre-CompletionInspection and Defects Management respectively as well as the 3 preceding chapters,Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of the Manual.

The Defects Liability Period starts from the date of issuance of the Certificate of PracticalCompletion.

2.5 DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

2.5.1 Defective Works During Defects Liability Period

Chapter 16 describes the procedure and elements of control in the maintenance andmanagement of defects from the period of the initiation of Certificate of PracticalCompletion up to the issuance of Final Certificate to the Contractor. The procedure isread together with Chapter 18 and 19 of Volume 10 on contract administration forDefects Management and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.

The Project Team ensures that all defective works and acceptable outstanding works (ifany) are monitored, rectified and properly closed out before the expiry of the DefectsLiability Period.

2.5.2 Certificate of Making Good Defects

Upon the expiry of the Defects Liability Period, the Schedule of Defects is established andthe Contractor is required to rectify the defects in the instructed period of time.Certificate of Making Good Defects will then be issued upon acceptance of theConsultant’s and Project Team’s recommendations by the Authorized Person. Refer toChapter 16 for detailed procedure.

2.5.3 Final Certificate

The issuance of the Final Certificate to the Contractor is detailed in Chapter 19 (FinalAccounts and Final Certificate) of Volume 10.

2.5.4 Final (Completion) Report

The final Chapter 17 of Volume 11 sets out the format and guidelines in preparingproject final (completion) report. This procedure is read in conjunction with Chapter 11(Records, Drawings and Documentation) and Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Handover) of the Manual.

The project final report is prepared by the Project Team at the completion of the project.This document facilitates the dissemination of knowledge gained from the projectsundertaken by DID. It will also serves as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking otherprojects in the future.


PART II : CONSTRUCTION STAGE

CHAPTER 3

PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP

Chapter 3 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP


Table of Contents

Table of Contents………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..3-i

3.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 3-1

3.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 3-1

3.3.1 General.......................................................................................................... 3-1

3.3.2 Delegation of Power ....................................................................................... 3-1

3.3.3 Commencement of Works ............................................................................... 3-2

3.3.4 Appointment Of Nominated Sub-Contractor/Supplier......................................... 3-3

Appendix 3A Sample Pre-Construction Meeting Agenda…………..………………………………………...3A- 1

Appendix 3B Sample 1st Site Meeting Agenda…………..………………………………………………..……..3A- 2



3 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION START-UP

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides an overall procedures and elements of control in theimplementation of construction management from the award of the construction contractto the commencement of works on site. Refer to Chapter 8 of Volume 10 for theprocedure on tender/award of contract.

3.2 SCOPE

The procedure covers both the conventional, and design and build type of contracting.Any specific requirements of a Project shall be addressed in the Project Quality Plan orthe Construction Contract.

3.3 PROCEDURE

3.3.1 General



3.3.2 Delegation of Power

It is to be noted that under certain contracts, delegation of powers in administering thecontract can be as follows:

1. Superintending Officer (SO) as in JKR form of Contract – JKR 203D(Pind. 6/2005)2. Project Director (PD) as in JKR Design and Build form of Contract ie. PWD Form

DB/T-A2002.3. Engineer as in FIDIC form of Contract.

Assignment of limited powers in Item (1) as Superintending Officer’s representative, item(2) as Project Director’s representative and item (3) requires DID's internal approval.

Refer also to Chapter 5 of Volume 10 for the limit of Authority.



3.3.3 Commencement of Works

The Project Team ensures that the required Letter of Award, such as Surat SetujuTerimaTender, JKR 203D (Pind. 6/2005) or other accepted (latest) form is issued to theContractor prior to the site possession. The Letter of Award outlining the terms ofagreement is endorsed and returned by the Contractor to the contract administratorwithin a certain specified period (generally stated in the Letter of Award/Acceptance).

Upon the receipt of Letter of Award/Acceptance returned by the Contractor, the contractadministrator proceeds to execute the compilation of Contract Documents. Thecompilation of contract documents will need to be completed within a certain specifiedperiod (generally stated in the Letter of Award/Acceptance). Upon compilation, theContract Document is issued to the Contractor for acceptance and endorsement.

Pre-construction or kick off meeting is conducted to inform local leaders and the publicon reasons for the development, the time frame, type of building, benefit to thecommunity as well as the Consultants and Contractors involved. A sample of the agendain such meetings is as per Appendix 3A.

The first site meeting with the Contractor is held before or on site possession date (orsuch other practicable time) before the commencement of work on site, to addresscontractual deliverables and other standard requirements with respect to site operations.The purpose of the meeting is to set the framework for the overall monitoring andcoordination of the construction stage until the end. This may includes the following:

1. Performance bond, insurances, CIDB and SOCSO

2. QA/QC policy and procedures

3. Work Programme submission and approval

4. Contractor’s work force approval

5. Environment, safety and health regulations

6. Local authority and other related agencies regulations

7. Logistic plan and site services

8. Document and drawings submission and approval guidelines

9. Contractor’s Project Quality Plan (PQP) submission guidelines.

10. Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)

11. Lines of communication

A sample of the agenda used for the meeting with Contractor is as per Appendix 3B.

For Design and Build contract, the following (where applicable) is also addressed:

1. Guarantee Bond (Design Warranty Bond)

2. Approval procedures for Contractor’s drawings developed during the detailed designcarried out by Contractor’s consultant.

3. Various submissions for authority approval e.g. building plans, Bomba’s approval,Certificate of Fitness for Occupancy (CF)/Certificate of Completion and Compliance(CCC) or other such provisions addressed in the construction contract.

4. Approval procedures for Contractor’s material

5. Samples to be used in construction

6. Site inspection/Joint site inspection procedure and documentation/reporting



Project Team ensures that the Consultant has secured the necessary authority approvalsprior to commencement of works on site. If no such approval has been obtained, theAuthorized Person will decide whether to commence the work.

Project Team also ensures that the Contractor comply with the relevant CIDBrequirements.

3.3.4 Appointment Of Nominated Sub-Contractor/Supplier

The Client can nominate sub-contractors and/or suppliers to the main Contractor. In suchinstance, the Project Team needs to notify the main Contractor accordingly. An exampleof such letter of nomination is the ‘Surat Pemberitahuan Penamaan kepada Sub-kontraktor’, JKR 203N 6/88 for Nominated Sub-Contractor and ‘Surat PemberitahuanPenamaan kepada Pembekal Dinamakan’, JKR 203P 6/88 for Nominated Supplier.

Refer to Chapter 20 of Volume 10 for procedure on Nominated Sub-contract.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 3– Project Construction Start-Up

APPENDIX 3A

Sample Pre-ConstructionMeeting Agenda



APPENDIX 3A SAMPLE PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA

(PROJECT NAME)

PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

(DATE)

(VENUE)

AGENDA:

1. Opening speech by S.O or S.O representative.

Attendees include representatives from DID, Consultants, Contractors, relevant Authoritiesand Agencies, local community and leaders as well as other relevant stakeholder.

2. General Briefing

a) The development e.g. type of building, works, etc.b) Purpose and benefitc) Timeline

3. Discussion, requests, comments and other issues related to the contract works.

4. Action to be taken / follow ups

5. Conclusion

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 3– Project Construction Start-Up

APPENDIX 3B

Sample 1st Site Meeting Agenda



APPENDIX 3B SAMPLE 1ST SITE MEETING AGENDA

(PROJECT NAME)(PROJECT NO.)

1ST SITE MEETING

(DATE)

(VENUE)

Authority : Kerajaan MalaysiaClient : Jabatan Pengairan dan SaliranProject Team :Consultant/s :

Contractor :

AGENDA

1. Opening speech by S.O or S.O representative.

Attendees include representatives from DID, Consultants, Contractors as well as fromrelevant Authorities and Agencies – BOMBA, TNB etc.

2. Deliverable

a. Letter of Acceptance

b. Performance Bond

c. Design Warranty Bond (for Design and Build type of Contract)

d. Insurance

e. CIDB levy / requirement

f. Registration of Works under SOCSO

g. Site Possession

h. Environment, Safety & Security Policy, Rules & Regulation

i. QA/QC Policy

j Temporary Building (site office) & Logistic Plank. Nomination of Licensed Surveyor

l. Project Signboard

m. Contractor's Project Teami. Organization Chart and Contact No.ii. Detailed CVs

n. Logistic & Site Services (underground services, soil investigation, etc)


3A- 3 Revision 0 : March 2009

o. Planning & Scheduling

i. Submission and Approval

ii. Initial Works & Two Month Look Ahead Schedule

iii. Work Summary Schedule

iv. Work Method Statement

v. Labour Histogram

vi. Machinery Histogram

vii. Detailed Works Schedule

viii. Detailed Works Method Statement

p. Reportsi. Site Report (daily)

ii. Weekly Report

iii. Monthly Report

iv Progress Photographs (before, during & after construction

progressively)

v. Monthly Safety Report

vi. Monthly Sub-letting Report on Bumiputra Participation

(as per Contract requirements)

vii. Monthly Status Report on Sub-Contract Works

viii. Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Monthly Report

q. Line of Communication & Correspondence

i. Reference used on correspondence and drawings

ii. Limit of Authority of Designated Personnel

iii. Named personnel for Contract communication

r. Document & Drawing Submission and Approval

i. Reference used on drawings and documents submission

ii. Approval cycles and copies required

iii. Approval procedures for Contractor's drawings

(for Design and Build type of Contract)

iv. Approval procedures for Contractor's material samples to be used inconstruction. (for Design and Build type of Contract)

s. Contractor's Project Quality Plan Submission and Approval

t. Contractor's Inspection and Test Plan

u. Interim Payment Applications and Progress Payments

v. Facilities for Project Director / Superintending officer / Project Team e.g. site office,vehicles, boats, computers, etc.

3. Local Authorities and Other Related Agencies Regulation

Various Contractor's submissions for Authority approval e.g. building plans, Bomba'sapproval, diversion for Permanent Utilities, Certificate of Completion and Compliance orother such provisions addressed in construction contract.



4. Project Controls

a. Site Meeting

b. Coordination Meeting

c. Senior Management Meeting

5. Contract Inputs(Relevant Documents/Drawings listed to be issued to the Contractor and selected from thefollowings according to each project Contract requirements)

a. Drawings for Construction

b. Survey Control Point Layout & Coordinates

c. Logistic Plan

d. Guidelines on Road & Street Works Safety

e. Guidelines on Progress Report

f. Subcontractor / Supplier Registration Form

g. Contractor's Project Quality Plan Submission Guidelines

h. Contractor's Inspection and Test Plan Submission Guidelines

i. Request for Information Guidelines

j. Documents & Drawings Submission Guidelines

k. Environment, Safety, Security and Health Regulations

6. Provisional Sum Items



CHAPTER 4

QUALITY ASSURANCEAND QUALITY CONTROL

Chapter 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL


Table of Contents

Table of Contents .................................................................................................................... 4-i

4.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 4-1

4.2 SCOPE… .................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3.1 Quality Assurance ........................................................................................... 4-1

4.3.1.1 Work Method Statement (WMS) ....................................................... 4-2

4.3.1.2 Project Quality Plan (PQP)................................................................ 4-2

4.3.1.3 Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) ............................................................ 4-2

4.3.1.4 Testing & Commissioning (T&C) Manual............................................ 4-2

4.3.1.5 Training Manual............................................................................... 4-3

4.3.2 QUALITY CONTROL (QC) ................................................................................ 4-3

Appendix 4A Contractor’s PQP Document Guideline………..……………………..………………..……..4A- 1

Appendix 4B ITP Document Guideline……………………………………………………………………..…..4A- 18

Appendix 4C Sample of Non Compliance Report……………………………………………………………4A- 42

Appendix 4D Sample of WMS…………………………………………………………………..……………..….4A- 43



4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

4.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter of Construction Management deals mainly with overall procedures andelements of control in managing construction activities from the award of constructioncontract to Contractor up to stage prior to the issuance of Certificate of PracticalCompletion (CPC).


4.2 SCOPE

The Procedure addresses the common approaches to both conventional and design andbuild type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions or departures from theconventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedures in reference todesign and build practices.

The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. All specific requirements of aparticular Project are addressed in the project quality plan or the construction contract.

4.3 PROCEDURE

4.3.1 Quality Assurance

The quality procedures and controls ascertain that the works comply with the design andspecifications, and confirm the required standards of work and materials quality areattained.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to formulate the quality procedures and controlsfor the works, and submit the quality assurance documents meeting the specificationsand other quality requirements in the contract.

The Contractor’s Quality Assurance documents may include but not limited to thefollowing items:

Method statement covering specific construction and installation method on site.

Contractor’s Project Quality Plan (PQP)

Contractor’s Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)

Client’s Inspection and Test Plan (if used)

Testing and Commissioning (T&C) manual

Training manual

The Contractor’s Quality Assurance documents include the type and extent of theindependent quality auditing, timing of the inspections and procedures of signing for thecompleted work.



The Project Team ensures proper management of review and approvals are carried outtogether with the Consultants on the various Quality Assurance documents submitted bythe Contractor. This ensures relevant matters are in conformance with the specificationsand other requirements of the construction contract and aid the next stage of qualitycontrol.

The Project Team, together with the Consultants, reviews and approves the qualityprocedures and controls set out in the Contractor’s Quality Assurance documents. Thereview and approval process cycle of these documents is included in the respectivedocument guideline.

For design and build contract, some Quality Assurance documents may requireendorsement from the Contractor’s consultant before submission to the Project Team.Specific requirements are as per the construction contract.

The Project Team and the Consultants will conduct proper monitoring to ensureadherence upon acceptance of the Contractor’s Quality Assurance documents.

4.3.1.1 Work Method Statement (WMS)

A WMS describes the job to be completed, outlines the steps involved, the hazardsidentified (to the contractors and all relevant parties) and the controls to be implementedto ensure the work is completed efficiently and safely. Refer to Appendix 4D for samplework method statement.

4.3.1.2 Project Quality Plan (PQP)

PQP sets the specific tasks and requirements necessary for the execution of the project.The PQP is used in conjunction with the Quality Manual and Standard OperationProcedure of the organization to ensure consistency in the overall implementation ofquality management.

Guideline on the preparation and submission of Contractor's PQP is included in Appendix4A, Attachment 1. The review and approval process cycle of this document is as perAppendix 4A, Attachment 2.

4.3.1.3 Inspection & Test Plan (ITP)

The ITP sets out the framework of the various inspections and testing to be carried out(and responsibilities of) the relevant parties.

Guideline on the preparation and submission of Contractor's ITP is included in Appendix4B. The review and approval process cycle of this document is as per Appendix 4B,Attachment 5.

4.3.1.4 Testing & Commissioning (T&C) Manual

The T&C manual provides a common framework of standards and the Client'sexpectations of the project. It does not substitute the individual project specificationrequirements. It is, however, a minimum standard that all Contractors must recognize ascomplementing the construction contract specifications, providing a framework for facilitycompletion and the Client's acceptance.

Refer to Chapter 12 - TESTING & COMMISSIONING/ FINAL INSPECTION for guideline onT&C manual.



4.3.1.5 Training Manual

Training Manual defines the scope and content of the training required for the operationspersonnel prior to handing over of equipment or systems by the Contractor. It spells outthe necessary training in order to meet the requirements of the contract and theOccupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514)

See Chapter 14 TRAINING for guideline on Training Manual.

4.3.2 QUALITY CONTROL (QC)

The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible for ensuring qualityprocedures and controls set out in the Contractor’s Quality Assurance documents arefollowed.

QC is implemented through on site inspection and supervision. The Project Team andConsultants supervises quality control on works performed by the Contractor by carryingout random checks to verify that such controls are in place. This ensures that the worksare in accordance with the requirements of the construction contract.

QC and inspection forms on site are developed by Contractor from the approved ITP(following the guidelines provided by the Project Team) or other pertinent documentbased on the specification required in the construction contract.

See Chapter 5 PROJECT MONITORING: INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION for the qualitycontrol (where applicable) required during construction stage.

For design and build, the Contractor informs the Project Team when the relevant work isready for inspection. The Contractor’s Consultant will jointly inspect the works.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 4– Quality Assurance and

Quality Control

APPENDIX 4A

Contractor’s Project Quality PlanDocument Guideline



APPENDIX 4A CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT QUALITY PLAN DOCUMENTGUIDELINE

Content

1.0 General Overview

2.0 Document Control Principle

3.0 Document Format

4.0 Implementation Requirements

5.0 List of Attachment

Attachment 1 - Contractor's Project Quality Plan Sample

Attachment 2 - Contractor's Project Quality Plan Review And Approval Process Flowchart



1.0 General Overview

This document provides the general guideline to the preparation and submission ofdocuments pertaining to the Contractor's Project Quality Plan (PQP). This document alsoincludes the process flow for the submission and review of the Contractor's PQP.

2.0 Document Control Principle

All documents is prepared and issued in accordance with the approved procedures, format,and coding structure (where applicable) as outlined in this document and the Document &Drawing Submission Guideline.

The Contractor and Consultant are required to implement and maintain a full record of alldocuments transmitted.

All document intended for submission to the Project Team is accordingly documented asper procedure.

3.0 Document Format

3.1 Contractor's Project Quality Plan (PQP)

3.1.1 The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type. Thedocument is to be properly bound.

3.1.2 Cover Page

The cover page is indicated with the following:

a. Name of Contractor

b. Title of Project with the Contract no.

c. Title of quality document

d. The document reference no. , issue no. and revision no. and the associated dates.

e. Restriction/distribution of quality document

f. Name and signatures of each person responsible for the document for the preparation,review and approval.

Refer the sample of the Contractor's PQP cover in Attachment 1.

3.1.3 The title block is maintained on each page of the Contractor's PQP. The title block includesthe following:

a. Name of Company

b. Title of Document (eg. Project Quality Plan)

c. Section title of Document

d. Document reference no.

e. Revision no.

f. Issue no.

g. Date of document.

h. Page no.



3.1.4 PQP Contents

3.1.4.1 The PQP is divided into relevant sections but not limited to the following;

a. Distribution List

b. Project Description

c. Project Organization

d. Contractor’s Site Organization

e. Project Administration

f. Forms and Checklist

3.1.5 Distribution List

The section on the distribution list should indicate and include the key personnel of thecontractor for the project and may include the contractor's consultants in the case of a"Design and Build " type of contract.

3.1.6 Project Description

The section on the project description includes the following items:

a. Project brief

b. Scope of work that includes the Contractor's responsibilities and the Sub Contractor'sresponsibilities, and the Contractor's Consultants responsibilities (where applicable).

c. Project particulars that include the date of commencement and date of completion.

d. Programme/Schedule

e. Contract Documents and Drawings that include the list of contract drawings.

3.1.7 Project Organization

The section on the project organization includes the particulars of the contact person,office address, telephone and fax no. of the following:

a. DID

b. Project Manager

c. Architect

a. 4 Civil and Structural Consultant

d. Mechanical and Electrical Consultant

e. Quantity Surveyor Consultant

f. Nominated Sub-Contractors (where applicable)

g. Sub Contractors

h. Key Material Suppliers



3.1.8 Contractor’s Site Organization

The section on the site organization includes the following:

a. Site organization chart for the project. The organization chart includes the staff/personnel by appointment and name. Contact (handphone) number of Contractor’spersonnel are included in the organization chart (as a minimum to include from theConstruction manager and Project manager to the Foreman and Supervisor level).Please refer to the sample in the Attachment 1.

b. Responsibilities is outlined for all the identified staff/ personnel in the organizationchart.

3.1.9 Project Administration/ Quality System

The section on the project administration includes the following:

a. Quality procedures on Preparation, Design and Change Control, Construction andQuality Control.

b. Quality procedures on Control of Documents and Drawings.

c. Quality procedures on Quality Records for survey drawings, inspection and approvalfor concreting, rectification of defective works, tests on materials, manufacturer'scertificates, etc.

d. Quality procedures on Quality Audits.

3.1.10 Forms and Checklist

The section on the Forms and Checklist includes the list of identified forms and checklist tobe used for the project under the major disciplines but not limited to the following:

a. Civil Works

b. Structural Works

c. Architectural Works

d. Electrical Works

e. Mechanical Works

f. Building Control System

g. Landscape Works



4.0 Implementation Requirements

4.1 The overall Contractor's PQP submission implementation flow is illustrated in the processflowchart in Attachment 2.

4.2 PQP Review and Approval

4.2.1 The PQP Document Guidelines is issued to the Contractor and also distributed to therelated Consultants.

4.2.2 The Contractor shall prepare the PQP for submission and review based upon the PQPDocument Guidelines.

4.2.3 The Contractor submits the completed documents for review. The submission and reviewprocess flow is as shown in Attachment 2.

4.2.4 Should the documents be rejected then the Contractor is required to correct and revise thedocuments in accordance to the review comments and resubmit for review.

4.2.5 Upon approval, the Contractor is required to implement the Contractor's PQP in the project.


Attachment 1 - Contractor's Project Quality Plan Sample

Attachment 2 - Contractor's Project Quality Plan Review and Approval Process Flowchart




SAMPLE OF CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT QUALITY PLAN - ATTACHMENT 1

(Name of Company) (Name of Doc. ie. ProjectQuality Plan)

(Title of Project)

Issue No: Revision no.

Issue date: Page No.

(NAME OF COMPANY)

(TITLE OF DOCUMENT)

(TITLE OF PROJECT)



SAMPLE OF CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – ATTACHMENT 1

(Name of Company) Project Quality Plan (Title of Project)



CONTENTS

1. DISTRIBUTION LIST

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3. PROJECT ORGANIZATION

4. SITE ORGANIZATION

5. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/ QUALITY SYSTEM

6. FORMS AND CHECKLIST







DISTRIBUTION

The Project Quality Plan (PQP) should be distributed to the key officers in the project. As theproject quality plan, the key decisions are live and there must be a system of updating the plans.

In most projects, the KEY or MASTER COPY is kept by the Project Team who transmits the newinformation to the holders of the other copies.

A typical distribution list would include:

Contracts manager,

Project engineers,

Main sub contractors.







PROJECT DESCRIPTION (eg. below)

Project Brief

The proposed secondary school includes the following buildings:

1. Block A:Administration (3 storeys)

2. Block B:Classrooms (5 storeys)

3. External works

Scope of Works

The company is responsible for the construction of the secondary school buildings -administration offices and staff rooms, classrooms, laboratories, extra curricular activitiesrooms, auditorium and canteen - and external works.

The following works are executed by nominated sub contractors:

1. Mechanical and electrical installations,2. Supply and installation of laboratory equipment, etc.

Project particulars

Date of commencement:

Date of completion:

Programme

See attached programme/schedule.

Contract Documents and Drawings

The Contractor is required to identify the drawing list or refer to the location of the currentdrawings.







PROJECT ORGANIZATION

DID/ Project Team/ Consultants/ Authorities

DID:Address:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Project Team:Address:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

ArchitectAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

C&S EngineerAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

M&E EngineerAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Quantity surveyorAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:







Nominated Sub contractor

Electrical SubcontractorAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Air conditioning subcontractorAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Sub-contractors

CarpenterAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

ConcretorAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Others




(Name of Company)Project Quality Plan (Title of Project)



Key Material Suppliers

Ready mixed concreteAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

CementAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

SandAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Steel barsAddress:Contact person:Tel:Fax:

Roofing Sheets

Others







SITE ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Site Organization

The site organization should reflect the company's organization at the site with theresponsibilities of each staff clearly stated. The organization chart should be attached andincludes the staff by appointment and by name.

Responsibilities

The responsibilities outlined in this section should include all the staff indicated in theorganization chart.







PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/ QUALITY SYSTEM

The following Quality Procedures are to be observed:

Preparation (below are examples only)

QPS-PEP-01 Site possession and mobilizationQPS-PEP-02 Planning and schedulingQPS-PEP-03 Site organizationQPS-PEP-04 Health Safety, security, & EnvironmentQPS-PEP-05 Material Procurement

Construction (below are examples only)

QPS-CON-01 Handling and StorageQPS-CON-02 DID supplied materialsQPS-CON-03 Product identification and traceabilityQPS-CON-04 Maintenance of plant and machineryQPS-CON-05 Meetings with DID and ConsultantsQPS-CON-06 ReportsQPS-CON-07 ClaimsQPS-CON-08 Payment for work and materialsQPS-CON-09 Final Inspection and Handing over

Quality Control (below are examples only)

QPS-QAC-01 Project Quality PlansQPS-QAC-02 Work InstructionsQPS-QAC-03 Inspection and Test PlansQPS-QAC-04 Sub Contractor Quality PlansQPS-QAC-05 Inspection of subcontractor's worksQPS-QAC-06 Maintenance of inspection and test equipmentQPS-QAC-07 Non conformance controlQPS-QAC-08 Corrective Action and Preventive Action







Control of Documents and Drawings

All correspondence is to be registered by the site clerk and signed by the project manager of hisassigned staff.

All drawings are to be registered with the site clerk and the master copies are to be kept at thehead office.

Method Statements

Contractor defines the structure and organization of the associated work method statementdocuments.

Quality Records

The following are classified as quality records for the project and should be kept and maintained asin Quality Procedure

1. Survey drawings

2. Records of inspection and approval

3. Rrecords of rectification of defective work

4. Records of tests on batches of material

5. Manufacturer's certificates

6. Others

Quality Audits

The internal quality audits on the project will be carried out periodically as in the approved internalaudit schedule. The procedures for conducting internal quality audits will be observed.







LIST OF FORMS AND CHECKLISTS

Contractor to list:




ATTACHMENT 2 - PROJECT QUALITY PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE

Process Flowchart Description Action By

The Project Quality Plan (PQP) Project TeamIssue Guidelines Document Guidelines to be

issued to the Contractor

Contractor prepare The Contractor prepares the ContractorDocuments PQP documents, based on the

PQP Document Guidelines

Contractor submission Contractor’s submission of Contractorthe Completed PQP documents

Project Team / Consultants Project Team /Project Team/Consultants check and review of the Consultants

Check and review of submission submission

NO Approve

YES

Contractor to implement Contractor to implement the ContractorApproved PQP documents

DID MANUALVolume 11





Quality Control

APPENDIX 4B

Inspection and Test PlanDocument Guideline



APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. GENERAL OVERVIEW

2. DOCUMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLE

3. DOCUMENT FORMAT

3.1 Inspection and Test Plan

3.2 Request for Work Inspection

3.3 Inspection Forms

4. IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Stage 1 - Inspection and Test Plan

4.2 Stage 2 - Request for Work Inspection

4.3 Stage 3 - Inspection Forms

5. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

Attachment 1 - Sample Inspection and Test Plan Cover

Attachment 2 - Sample Inspection and Test Plan

Attachment 3 - Sample Request for Work Inspection

Attachment 4 - Sample Inspection Forms

Attachment 5 - Process Flowchart



1. GENERAL OVERVIEW

This document provides the general guidelines for the preparation and submission ofdocuments pertaining to the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) inclusive of the Request forInspections (RFI), and sample Inspection Forms. This document also includes theprocess flow for the submission and review of the ITP and the document process flow forthe RFI and the Inspection Forms.

2. DOCUMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLE

All documents are prepared and issued in accordance with the approved procedures,format, and coding structure (where applicable) as outlined in the Document & DrawingSubmission Guidelines.

The Contractor and Consultant are required to implement and maintain a full record of alldocuments transmitted.

All document intended for submission to the Project Team must be sent through theProject Clerk.

3. DOCUMENT FORMAT

3.1 INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN

3.1.1 The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type.The document is to be properly bound.

3.1.2 Cover Page

The cover page is indicated with the following:

a. Name of Contractor

b. Title of project with the Contract no.

c. Title of quality document

d. The document reference no., issue no. and revision no. and the associated dates.

e. Restriction/distribution of quality document

f. Name and signatures of each person responsible for the document for thepreparation, review and approval.

Refer the sample of the ITP cover in Attachment 1.



3.1.3 ITP Schedule

3.1.3.1 The ITP is divided into sections of main trades but not limited to the following;

a. Civil Worksb. Structural Worksc. Architectural Worksd. Mechanical Workse. Electrical Worksf. Building Control Systemg. Landscape Worksh. Final Inspection and Testingi. Certificate of Practical Completionj. Handover

3.1.3.2 The title block is maintained on each page of the ITP. The title block includes thefollowing:

a. Name of Companyb. Title of Document (ie. Inspection and Test Plan)c. Section title of Documentd. Document reference no.e. Revision no.f. Issue no.g. Date of document.h. Page no.

3.1.3.3 The fields of the ITP consist of the following:

a. Description of Workb. Reference to Specificationsc. Frequency of Inspectiond. Point of Inspection/ Teste. Responsibility (Contractor's Personnel)f. Acceptance Criteria and Test Formsg. Verifying Documentsh. Action by

1. NSC/ Sub Contractor2. Contractor3. Consultant4. Project Team/ DID

Refer to the sample of the ITP in Attachment 2.



3.1.3.4 For the Design & Build type contract, the detailed topics of the following design controlshould be included for all main trades and systems into the ITP. The design controlrequirements are as listed below but not be limited to the following:

a. Concept Design Report/Proposalb. Concept Design Schematicc. Option Studiesd. Design Calculationse. Design Drawings

The detailed topics of the main trades to be included into the ITP for conventional Buildtype contract and Design & Build type contract are as listed below but not be limited tothe following:

a. Civil Works1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors2. Material and Technical data Submission3. Calculations Submission4. Shop drawings5. Method Statements Submission6. Bricks

i. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

7. Box Culvertsi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

8. Cement Lined MS Pipesi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspectioniii. Mirror Testiv. Pressure Test

9. Backfill Materiali. Grading Test

10. VCP Pipesi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspectioniii. Mirror Testiv. Pressure Test

11. Pavementi. Field Density Testii. Sand Placement testiii. Crusher-run Sieve Analysisiv. Grading & Binder Content of Mixv. Marshall Testvi. Cores Testvii. In-process installation inspection

12. Earthworki. CBR Test



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

b. Structural Works1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors2. Material and Technical data Submission3. Calculations Submission4. Shop drawings5. Method Statements Submission6. Ready Mixed Concrete

i. Slump Testii. Concrete Cube Test

7. Steel Barsi. Receiving Inspectionii. Bend Testiii. Tensile Test

8. BRC Meshi. Tensile Testii. Weld Strength Test

9. Form & Reinforcementi. Pre-concreting Inspection

10. Reinforced Concretei. Pre-concreting Inspectionii. Floor hardener Inspection

c. Architectural Works1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors2. Material and Technical data Submission3. Manufacturing Drawings4. Shop drawings5. Method Statements Submission6. Sample submission7. Mock-up inspections8. Material/Equipment delivery inspections9. Bricks


10. Door Framei. Receiving Inspection

2. Installation Inspection11. Window Frame


12. Ironmongery & Fittingsi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

13. Light Weight Blocksi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

14. Tilesi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

15. Waterproofing Systemi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspectionii. Ponding test



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

c. Architectural Works (cont'd)

16. Railing Worksi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

17. Skim Coatingi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

18. Stones/ Granitei. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

19. Roller Shutteri. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

20. Sanitary Wares & Fittingsi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

21. Paintsi. Receiving Inspectionii. Installation Inspection

22. Cement Mortar (Walls and Floors)i. Inspection of Plastering Worksii. Inspection of Screeding Works

d. Mechanical Works1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors2. Material and Technical data Submission3. Calculations Submission4. Manufacturing Drawings5. Shop drawings6. Combined services drawings7. Method Statements Submission8. Sample submission9. Mock-up inspections10. Equipment delivery inspections11. Air conditioning

i. Internal chilled water piping Welding Inspection Pressure test Pump test Chilled water balancing

ii. Ducting Installation Inspection Pressure Test Air balancing

iii. AHU/FCU Installation Inspection Equipment test

iv. Control System Equipment test Fire alarm interface BCS interface



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

d. Mechanical Works (cont'd)

v. Overall System Chilled water balancing and measurement Air balancing and measurement Temperature measurement Noise measurement

12. Mechanical Ventilationi. Ducting

Installation inspection Pressure test Air balancing and measurement

ii. Fans Installation inspection Equipment test

iii. Overall System Air balancing and measurement Smoke extract interface test Control system test Fire alarm interface BCS interface

13. Fire Fighting Systemi. Fire Alarm system

Installation inspection Fire alarm device test Main control testing Output interface testing BCS and other system interface

ii. CO2 System CO2 system test Fire alarm system interface test Hose Reel System

o Installation Inspectiono Pipe pressure testo System test including pump testo Fire alarm interface

iii. Wet Riser Installation Inspection Pipe pressure test Pipe flushing System test including pump test Fire alarm interface

iv. Sprinkler System Installation Inspection Pipe pressure test Pipe flushing System test including pump test Fire alarm interface



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

d. Mechanical Works (cont'd)

v. Firemen Intercom System Installation Inspection Cable continuity test Cable termination Equipment test Numbering, identification & verification Interface to Bomba

14. Sanitary Plumbing/ Seweragei. Installation Inspectionii. Leak/ Level testiii. System test

e. Electrical Works

1. Approval of Specialist Sub contractors2. Material and Technical data Submission3. Calculations Submission4. Manufacturing Drawings5. Shop drawings6. Combined services drawings7. Method Statements Submission8. Sample submission9. Mock-up inspections10. Equipment delivery inspections11. HT switchgear

i. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation inspectioniii. CT and VT testiv. OC & EF Relay testv. Primary Injection testvi. Secondary Injection testvii. Insulation testviii. Pressure testix. Functional test

12 HT cablesi. Installation inspectionii. Phasing checkiii. Insulation testiv. Pressure test

13 Transformersi. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation Inspectioniii. Insulation testiv. Ratio checkv. Pressure testvi. Functional testvii. Noise Level test



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

e. Electrical Works (cont'd)

14. Generator Setsi. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation Inspectioniii. Load testiv. Droop testv. safety devices testvi. AMF panel testvii. Fuel pump and discharge fan inspectionviii. Acoustic treatment inspection and sound measurement

15. LV main switchboardsi. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation inspectioniii. OC & EF Relay testiv. Primary Injection testv. Secondary Injection testvi. Insulation testvii. Pressure testviii. Functional test

16. LV sub-boardsi. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation inspectioniii. OC and EF Relay testiv. Primary Injection testv. Secondary Injection testvi. Insulation testvii. Pressure testviii. Functional test

17. LV mains/Busducti. Installation inspectionii. Phase checkiii. Insulation testiv. Pressure test

18. Power points and Lighting Points/Fittingsi. Installation inspectionii. Insulation testiii. Polarity testiv. Earthing testv. Fault discrimination testvi. Light switching zone checkvii. Lux measurement

19. UPSi. Factory Acceptance testingii. Installation Inspectioniii. Equipment Test

20. Earthingi. Installation Inspectionii. Earthing resistance test

21. Lightning Protection Systemi. Installation Inspectionii. Earthing resistance test



3.1.3.4 (cont’d)

f. Landscape Worksi. Approval of Specialist Sub contractorsii. Material and Technical data Submissioniii. Shop drawingsiv. Method Statements Submissionv. Nursery Visit/ Inspectionvi. Planting Media preparation Inspectionvii. Mock-up inspectionviii. Setting out inspectionix. Planting Works Inspectionx. Turfing Works Inspectionxi. Pre-maintenance inspection prior to CF/CCCxii. Maintenance Works Inspection

g. Testing and Commissioningi. Civil Worksii. Structural Worksiii. Architectural Worksiv. Mechanical Worksv. Electrical Works

h. Certificate of Practical Completioni. Civil Worksii. Structural Worksiii. Architectural Worksiv. Mechanical Worksv. Electrical Works

i. Authorities Inspection (Before Hand Over)i. Water Supply - JBA/SPANii. Electrical Power Supply - TNB and JBEiii. Telephone Service - TMBiv. Sewerage Reticulation - SPANv. Building and Fire Fighting System - Bombavi. Gas Reticulation - Gas Malaysiavii. Overall Project - Majlis Daerah/ Perbandaran/ Perbadanan

j. Handoveri. Civil Worksii. Structural Worksiii. Architectural Worksiv. Mechanical Worksv. Electrical Works



3.2 REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION (RFI)

3.2.1 The format of the RFI forms should have a title block. The title block includes thefollowing:

a. Name of Companyb. Title of Document (eg. Inspection and Test Plan)c. Document reference no.d. Revision no.e. Page no.

3.2.2 Other information required to be indicated into the request for work inspection forms areas follows:

a. Project name and reference no.b. Attention and distribution list. The distribution list for the RFI shall be as below:

i. Consultantsii. Other Consultants (if applicable)iii. Project Teamiv. DID

c. Inspection no.d. Requested date and time of inspectione. Details of the Work

i. Discipline/Tradeii. Description of Work to be inspected (Schematic of system to be attached

together with the form.)iii. Location of works to be inspected. (Location and layout plan to be attached

with form.)iv. Specific inspection and test forms to be attached.

f. Signatures with designations and date of parties requesting the inspection as follows:i. NSCii. Sub Contractoriii. Contractor

g. Acknowledgment of receipt by the Consultant.h. Acknowledgment response by the Consultant.i. Inspection comments and response by the approver. (Consultant)j. Reference no of the corresponding inspection and test forms/ recordsk. Inspection signatures as follows:

i. NSCii. Sub Contractoriii. Contractoriv. Consultantv. Project Teamvi. DID

Refer to the sample of the RFI Form in Attachment 3.

3.2.3 As a general rule, only one (1) set of RFI forms may be used for a particular test for eachdiscipline.



3.3 INSPECTION FORMS/ RECORDS

3.3.1 The document is prepared in white plain paper of A4 size and 70 to 80 gm paper type.

3.3.2 The format of the Inspection forms/ records should have a title block. The title blockincludes the following:

a. Name of Companyb. Title of Document (eg. Inspection Form)c. Document reference no.d. Date of document.e. Page no.

3.3.3 Other information required to be indicated into the request for work inspection forms areas follows: (Refer to the sample of the Inspection Form in Attachment 4)

a. Project name and Contract package no.b. Reference of previous Inspection reference no.c. Reference no. of the corresponding Request for Work Inspection formsd. Date and time of inspectione. Details of the Workf. Discipline/Trade

i. Description of Work to be inspected (Schematic of system to be attachedtogether with the form.)

ii Location of works to be inspected. (Location and layout plan to be attached withform.)

a. Acceptance criteriab. Inspection comments and remarks by the approver. (Consultant)c. Inspection status ie. pass or faild. Inspection signatures and dates for the following:

i. NSCii. Sub Contractoriii. Contractoriv. Consultant (as "Approver")v. Project Team (as "Witness").vi. DID



4. IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

4.1 The overall ITP implementation flow is illustrated in the process flowchart in theAttachment E and is indicated as Stages 1 to 3.

a. Stage 1 - ITP, RFI Form and Sample Inspection Form Submission Reviewb. Stage 2 - RFIc. Stage 3 - Inspection Records

4.2 Stage 1 - ITP

4.2.1 The ITP Document Guidelines is issued to the Contractor and also distributed to therelated Consultants.

4.2.2 The Contractor shall prepare the ITP, RFI Form and sample Inspection Records forsubmission and review based upon the ITP Document Guidelines.

4.2.3 The Contractor submits the completed documents/forms for review. The submission andreview process flow is as shown in Attachment 5.

4.2.4 Should the documents/forms be rejected then the Contractor is required to correct andrevise the documents/forms in accordance to the review comments and resubmit forreview.

4.2.5 Upon approval, the Contractor is required to implement the ITP with the approvedformats of the RFI forms and the Inspection Records.

4.3 Stage 2 - RFI

4.3.1 For the identified stages of the inspections and tests in the ITP, the Contractor isrequired to submit the properly completed RFI forms as in the process flowchart inAttachment 5.

4.3.2 The Project Team (or Lead Consultant, where applicable according to the type ofcontract) checks the completeness of the submitted RFI forms. If the RFI forms are inorder, the Project Team shall sign both the original and the copy of the RFI forms for theacknowledgment of the inspection date and return the copy of the acknowledgmentsigned RFI form to the Contractor. If the submission of the RFI is incomplete, the RFI isrejected and returned to the Contractor.

4.3.3 Should the Project Team reject and return the RFI, the Contractor is required to resubmita revised, corrected and complete RFI form.

4.3.4 Should the RFI be acceptable then the Contractor begins the preparation of the works forinspection.

4.4 Stage 3 - Inspection Forms

4.4.1 The inspection is to be carried out in the presence of the Project Team and theContractors with the accepted RFI forms and the correct Inspection forms.

4.4.2 Upon completion of the inspection and the associated testing, the Project Team completethe original inspection forms and marked their comments, if any, and indicate theinspection status of pass or fail onto the inspection form and to be verified by the SORepresentative.



4.4.3 The SO Representative includes comments, if any into the inspection form.

4.4.4 The Project Team sign and affix the overall status of the inspection, ie. Pass or Fail ontothe inspection form. The Project Team allows the witness of the inspection that includesClient to sign the inspection form.

4.4.5 The Contractor collects the completed inspection forms immediately from the ProjectTeam and makes duplicate copies for submission to the SO Representative and DID fortheir retention.

4.4.6 If the inspection receives a Fail status, the Contractor is required to make good andcorrect the faults and non-compliance of the works/system and generate a new RFIforms and Inspection forms for the re-inspection with the indication of the previousreference no. of the RFI and the Inspection forms together with the new reference no.

4.4.7 It is to be noted that a Non Compliance Report (NCR) may be issued by the Consultantsor Project Team or SO Representative for the following:

a. Routine checks and inspection where defective and non-compliant items are found.

b. Inspections that needs rectification but was covered up.

c. Lead-in tests. (ie. cube tests).

Refer to Appendix D of Chapter 5 on the guideline of closing the NCR.

5. LIST OF ATTACHMENT

Attachment 1 - Sample Inspection And Test Plan Cover

Attachment 2 - Sample Inspection And Test Plan

Attachment 3 - Sample Request For Work Inspection

Attachment 4 - Sample Inspection Form

Attachment 5 - Process Flowchart



APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE - ATTACHMENT 1

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN COVER

Contractor’s Company Name

Title of Project and Contract Package No.

Inspection and Test Plan

Document Reference No.

Signature:Name:Date:

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Signature:Name:Date

Issue No. Revision No. Prepared by Review by Approved by

Distribution

Controlled copy

Uncontrolled copy



APPENDIX 4B INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN DOCUMENT GUIDELINE – ATTACHMENT 2

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN

Contractor’s Company Name Page No.

Title of Project and Contract Package No. Document Reference No.

Inspection and Test Plan Revision No.

Section Title (eg. Civil, Structure, etc.) Date:

DescriptionOf Work

ReferenceToSpecification

FrequencyOfInspection

Point ofInspection/Test

Responsi-Bility

AcceptanceCriteriaand TestForms

VerifyingDocuments

NSC/Sub-Contractor

Contractor Consultant ProjectTeam/Client/ERA

SAMPLE

HTSwitchgear

SpecificationSection16415

FactoryAcceptanceTesting

SpecificationSection16415Item 3.1.3

Prior todelivery

Factory Manufacturer& Contractor

ApprovedShopDrawingsand TestForm 001,Test Form002, etc

TestRecords

Prepare Prepare Approver Witness

InstallationInspection


Uponcompletionofinstallation

Site SpecialistTester &Contractor


TestRecords


VisualInspection


UponcompletionofInstallation



TestRecords


InsulationTest




1000V andTest Form200

TestCertificates


Pressuretest/PowerFrequencyWithstandVoltageTest




24,000Vfor 1 minand TestForm 200

TestCertificates


CT Tests SpecificationSection16415Item 3.1.4



Shopdrawingsand TestForm 300,etc

TestCertificates


VT Tests SpecificationSection16415Item 3.1.4



Shopdrawingsand TestForm 300,etc

TestCertificates


PrimaryInjectionTest




Test Form400, etc

TestCertificates





INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN

Contractor’s Company Name Page No.

Title of Project and Contract Package No. Document Reference No.

Inspection and Test Plan Revision No.

Section Title (eg. Civil, Structure, etc.) Date:

DescriptionOf Work

ReferenceToSpecification

FrequencyOfInspection

Point ofInspection/Test

Responsi-Bility

AcceptanceCriteriaand TestForms

VerifyingDocuments

NSC/Sub-Contractor

Contractor Consultant ProjectTeam/Client/ERA

PrimaryInjectionTest




Test Form400, etc

TestCertificates


SecondaryInjectiontest

SpecificationSection16420 Item3.1.4



Test Form500, etc

TestCertificates


FunctionalTest




Test Form600, etc

TestRecords


MechanicalOperationtest




Test Form700, etc

TestRecords


CalibrationandSetting ofProtectionDevices




Test Form800, etc

TestRecords





REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION

Contractor’s Company Name Document Reference No.

Request for Work Inspection Revision No

Page No.

Title of project with the Contract Package No. Inspection No.

Attention to: Consultant Requested Inspection

Distribution List Other consultants (if applicable) Day

Project Team Date

DID Time

Details of Work:

Discipline/Trade:

Description of Works to be Inspected:

Attached Relevant Approved Construction Drawing:

Location of Works to be inspected:

Attached inspection Forms:

Inspection requested byNSC (If applicable) Sub-Contractor (if applicable) Contractor

Signature Signature Signature

Name Name Name

Date Date Date

Acknowledgment response Received and Acknowledgment byConsultant:

Request for Inspection Incomplete – resubmit requestfor inspection

SignatureInspection is postponed, resubmit request for

inspection Name

Inspection date acknowledgment and distribution toDate

Other consultants (if applicable)Project TeamDID




REQUEST FOR WORK INSPECTION

Inspection response Refer Test Forms:

Inspection passed. Work allowed to proceed.

Inspection failed. Remedial work and re-inspectionRequired. New Request for Inspection to be submitted

Inspection failed. Rectification required. See NCRNew Request for Inspection to be submitted

Inspection postponed. New Request for Inspection tobe Submitted

Consultant Witness Project Team Witness DID


Name Name Name

Date Date Date

Contractor’s Company Name Document Reference No.

Request for Work Inspection Revision NoPage No.

Title of project with the Contract Package No. Inspection No.

Attention to: Consultant Requested Inspection

Distribution List Other consultants (if applicable) Day

Project Team Date

DID Time

Acknowledgment byNSC (If applicable)

Sub-Contractor (if applicable) Contractor


Name Name Name

Date Date Date




INSPECTION FORM


Inspection Form

Project Name Document Reference No.

Reference no. ofPrevious inspection Forms

Reference no. ofAssociated RequestFor Inspection Forms

Contract Package No. Inspection date:

Inspection time:

Page No.

Discipline/Trade Attached SchematicDescription of Work to be inspected e.g. Piling Works

Location of Works to be Inspected:

DESCRIPTION Acceptable Remarks

A Prerequisite Yes No.

1 Approved Material Submission2 Approved Method of Statement3 Endorsed Construction / Shop Drawings4 Comply with Authority requirement

DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST (example forPiling below)

AcceptanceCriteria

TestResults

Pass orFail

Remarks

A PILING

1 Indicate a number each on all the pile point layoutplan

2 Check and record the whole platform pile point level

3 Check Position of peg with Reference to Drawing

4 Check Whether Piles Are Pitched Accurately as PerDrawing

5 Check Verticality of Piles Before Driving in

6 Check for Welded Joints with Reference to Drawings

7 Check for Final Set As Per Requirement

8 Pile Condition

i Check the end plate of pile

ii Check if any crack line on pile

iii Check if the pile is straight

iv Check if markings are at 300mm interval



INSPECTION FORM

DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST (example forPiling below)

AcceptanceCriteria

TestResults

Pass orFail

Remarks

9 Check the test cube result from supplier

10 Pile frame condition

i Check type of hammer used

ii Check and measure each hammer ring fromthe top of hammer

iii Check and measure the top of hammer to thetop of casing after theThe hammer has been dropped in

iv Compare the ram stroke height from thedetails / specification given by thesubcontractor

v Check the helmet condition (should not betoo loose to cap the pile head)

Comments:

NSC (if applicable) Sub-Contractor (if applicable) Contractor

Signature: Signature: Signature:

Name: Name: Name:

Time and Date Time and Date: Time and Date:

Approver Witness Witness

Consultant Project Team DID


Name Name Name

Time and Date Time and Date Time and Date




INSPECTION FORM


Inspection Form

Project Name Document Reference No.

Reference no. ofPrevious inspection Forms

Reference no. ofAssociated RequestFor Inspection Forms

Contract Package No. Inspection date:

Inspection time:

Page No.

Discipline/Trade Attached SchematicDescription of Work to be inspected eg. Cable ladderfor electrical sub mainsCabling from main switchboard No. 1 to Sub-BoardNo. 02

Location of Works to be Inspected:

DESCRIPTION Acceptable Remarks

A Prerequisite Yes No.

1 Design concept / design brief2 List / Register of Design Drawings3 Relevant design drawings4 Approved Material / Technical Data Submission5 Approved Method of Statement6 Approved Sample submission7 Endorsed Construction / Shop Drawings8 Material Delivery Inspection9 Approved Mock up

DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST(example for Cable below)

AcceptanceCriteria

Test Results Pass orFail

Remarks

A PILING

1 Records / Attachment

Location

1.1 Attached shop drawing

2 General

2.1 Clearing of debris

2.2 Setting out / alignment

2.3 Painting and labeling

2.4 Fire slopping



INSPECTION FORM

DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION / TEST(example for Cable below)

AcceptanceCriteria

Test Results Pass orFail

Remarks

3 Specific Inspection

3.1 Inspect material and finish

3.2 Inspect size of cable tray

3.3 Inspect erection / installation in accordance tomethod statement

3.4 Inspect erection / installation in accordance toshop drawing

3.5 Inspect material and finish of accessories (tie-rods, hangers, etc)

3.6 Inspect earth links

Comments:

NSC (if applicable) Sub-Contractor (if applicable) Contractor

Signature: Signature: Signature:

Name: Name: Name:

Time and Date Time and Date: Time and Date:

Approver Witness Witness

Consultant Project Team DID


Name Name Name

Time and Date Time and Date Time and Date




Stage 1 – Inspection and Test Plan, Request for Work Inspection andSample Inspection Form Submission, Review Process Flow Chart


The Inspection and Project TeamTest Plan Document

Issue of Guidelines Guidelines to be issuedto the Contractor

The Contractor prepares ContractorContractor prepare Documents / forms the

Inspection and Test PlanDocuments, Request froWork Inspection Formsand the sample Inspectionforms based on the ITPdocument guidelines

Contractor submission Contractor’s submission Contractorof the Completed ITPdocuments. Request forWork Inspection forms andsample Inspection forms

Project Team/Consultants/Site Project Team / Consultants / Project Team /Representative Site Representative check Consultants /Check and review of submission and review of the submission Site Re-

presentatives

NO Approve

YES

Contractor to implement the ContractorContractor to implement approved ITP documents

DID MANUALVolume 11





Quality Control

APPENDIX 4C

Sample ofNon Compliance Report



APPENDIX 4C QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

SAMPLE OF NON COMPLIANCE REPORT

4.2.1 Form: F/NCR/01PROJECT NAME

PROJECT REFERENCE NO.

Drafted By Name Signature

Company Date

Location

Contractor /Subcontractor

Activity

Non Compliances :

* Use separate sheet if necessary

PRELIMINARY COPY passed to:

Contractor Name Signature

Company Date

The Firm/Company Name Signature

Company Date

OFFICIAL COPY :

Registered by Name Signature

QA/QC Dept NCR Ref. Date

Issued to Name Signature

Contractor Company Date

Issued by Name Signature

Project Team/Consultant

Company Date

Corrective / Preventive Actions :


The Work is Now in Accordance with the Specifications

Complied by Name Signature


Verified By Name Signature

NCR Originator Company Date

Approved by Name Signature

Consultant Rep.(If applicable)

Company Date

Accepted by Name Signature

Project Team Company Date

Recorded & Filedby

Name Signature

QA/QC Dept Company Date

DID MANUALVolume 11





Quality Control

APPENDIX 4D

Sample Work Method Statement



APPENDIX 4D SAMPLE WORK METHOD STATEMENT

SAMPLE OF CONTRACTOR’S WORK METHOD STATEMENT– EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY

(Name of Company) Work Method Statement (Title of Project)



(NAME OF COMPANY)

(TITLE OF DOCUMENT)

(TITLE OF PROJECT)



SAMPLE OF CONTRACTOR’S WORK METHOD STATEMENT– EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY

(Name of Company) Work Method StatementEarthworks Methodology

(Title of Project)



CONTENTS

1.1 PURPOSE

1.2 REFERENCES

1.3 SCOPE OF WORKS

1.3.1 Pre-Construction Activities

1.3.2 Site clearing and earthworks activities including testing

1.4 PROCEDURES

1.4.1 Mobilization of Plant

1.4.2 Survey Works

1.4.3 Temporary Access

1.4.4 Pre-Earthworks Drainage

1.5 SITE CLEARING AND EARTHWORKS ACTIVITIES

1.5.1 Site Clearing

1. Clearing

2. Grubbing

3. Stripping topsoil

1.5.2 Earthworks

1.5.3 Earthwork Bulk Cut and Fill Procedures

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND CONTROL MEASURE

1.6.1 General

1.6.2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control

1.7 QUALITY OF WORKS

1.7.1 Inspection

1.7.2 Testing

1.8 COMPLETION OF EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDING AND ROADWORKS




WORK METHOD STATEMENT – EARTHWORKS METHODOLOGY

1.1 PURPOSE

The procedure outlines the process of site clearing, survey works, temporary works,earthwork and environmental control measure at the beginning stage of earthworks.

The method statement give guidelines to site personnel in the performance of theearthworks activity. The method also serves to inform the client that the contractor hasstudied the requirement and is capable of undertaking scope of works.

1.2 REFERENCES

a. BS1377 : Part 1 to Part 9:1990 – Method of test for soil for Civil EngineeringPurposes

b. BS 6031 – Code Practice for Earthworksc. Approved Environmental Management Compliance Plan

1.3 SCOPE OF WORKS

The scope of earthworks activities shall follow the following works stages:-

1.3.1 Pre-Construction Activities

a. Mobilization of equipment and plantb. Survey workc. Temporary Accessd. Environmental Control measure. (Silt trap, earth drain, earth bund silt fence,

water browser and wash trough)

1.3.2 Site clearing and earthworks activities including testing.

1.4 PROCEDURES

1.4.1 Mobilization of Plant

Prior to the start of earthwork the appropriate plant will be mobilized to the site.Examples of initial plant being used.

a. Bulldozerb. Backhoec. Excavatord. Tipper trucks / lorries and equipmente. Breakers if required

The list of plant and equipment shall be added as the site clearance and earthworkprogress increase. The numbers of plant will depend on the actual amount of work to bedone at each stages of earthworks activities.

1.4.2 Survey Works

Survey Information: Survey Control point shall be given by the consultant or S.O. inorder to establish the control survey information on site.

Setting-out shall be done by the Surveyor prior to commencement of works.



1.4.3 Temporary Access

Temporary access roads shall follows as per approved Logistic Plan.

The access road shall be maintained to facilitate vehicular movement during theconstruction period. Access road shall be make good on completion of the project.

1.4.4 Pre-Earthworks Drainage

Several temporary earth drain or catch drain will be constructed to drain surface run-offduring the construction stage. These drains are aligned and directed to the existingdrainage or water body. Sand bags, silt fence or rock fence will be used to filter surfacerunoff within the working area before being discharge to existing drainage.

All temporary perimeter earth drains shall be maintained regularly especially duringmonsoon season.

The silt trap is located at strategic areas to cater the overflow water prior to channel outto the existing drainage.

In addition to this, earth bund, sandbag or gabion will be constructed where and whennecessary to control the surface run-off from the working area and also to preventflooding. The bund also shall direct all silt detritus to the existing earth drain and siltfence.

1.5 SITE CLEARING AND EARTHWORKS ACTIVITIES

1.5.1 Site Clearing

Site clearing shall be done in stages.

The site clearing consist of clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil in the areasdesignated in the construction drawing and/or directed by the S.O.

a. Clearing

Clearing shall consist of cutting and taking down, removal and disposal of everythingabove ground level. The clearing also include objects overhanging the areas such astree, branches, except such trees, vegetation, structures or parts of structures, andother things specified or as directed by S.O.

b. Grubbing

Grubbing consist of removal the surface vegetation, bases of stumps, roots, theunderground parts of structures or other obstructions to a depth at least 0.50 meterbelow the ground level.

c. Stripping topsoil

Stripping topsoil consist of the removal of topsoil to an average of at least 100mmbelow ground level and all the suitable earth shall be transported within the site forthe turfing works.



1.5.2 Earthworks

Construction Methodology

Major bulk earthwork activities will be started as per following priority areas:-

Pre-Construction activities – Preparation of Earthworks for the Logistic Road, site officeand temporary works (Hoarding, silt trap and earth drain)activities.

Construction stage - Earthworks at building platform and along proposed roadsalignment

1.5.3 Earthwork Bulk Cut and Fill Procedures

The earthworks cut and fill works generally shall be applied as follows.

All cuttings for stockpiling or embankment fill shall be monitored closely by experiencedsupervisors and surveyors to avoid over excavation horizontally or vertically. Theexcavation work comprises:

a. Excavation either horizontal or vertical shall be performed only when the area to beexcavated has been set out and marked by competent Surveyor.

b. Steel bars of 600mm long shall be utilized for the surveyor for marking purposes.

c. The steel bars shall be offset 2-3m away from the excavation area and shall belocated along the perimeter of the excavation.

d. All the relevant information such depth of excavation, chainage, offset etc. shall benoted on a masking tape and shall be wrapped around the steel bars.

e. For the depth of the excavation, the surveyors shall indicate a level about at least300mm to 500mm above the actual excavation level to avoid over-excavation.

f. Supervisors shall monitor closely on all final excavation to the required excavationlevel with the assistance of Surveyors.

Only suitable excavated material shall be used as fill material. Suitable fill material shallbe testing for suitability before any backfilling can proceed. Compaction shall be done ofeach layer of 300mm and shall be tested and witnessed by the Project Team.

Only fill material shall be placed in layers not exceeding 300mm loose depth andthoroughly compacted by mechanical rolling machine.



1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND CONTROL MEASURE

1.6.1 General

During the construction stage, environmental polluting activities that may have adverseimpacts on the environment are site clearance, land reclamation and constructionactivity.

Silt screen / fence will be provided at the perimeter boundary to prevent overflow ofsiltation.

The completed working platform shall not be left uncompacted or bare and exposed toerosion at any time.

1.6.2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control

The following mitigation measures are undertaken as when necessary to control andminimize soil erosion during earthwork phase and other construction activities:-

a. Protect disturbed areas against runoff from the site by intercepting the area withdiversion channels and diverted runoff around the works.

b. Retain sediment on the site by providing silt fences (membrane silt fences or sandbeg or rock fence).

c. Stabilise/backfill disturbed area quickly, once land construction activities havefinished.

d. Inspect control measures once every fortnight and particularly after heavy rainfall.

All drainage channels and silt fences will be monitored and maintained-desilt regularly.The discharged water quality standard from the Project Site shall meet the specified limit.

1.7 QUALITY OF WORKS

1.7.1 Inspection

In general the earthworks do not allow excess pore water pressure during construction.The backfilling placed in layers and subject to suitable compaction, together with thehigh quality fill material will result in good quality earthwork.

The works shall follow the approved ITP for Earthworks. During the works, the checklistfor earthwork shall be provided together with the request for inspection for verification.Please refer to earthworks checklist and inspection request form.



1.7.2 Testing

Samples of fill material shall be tested for suitability by means of laboratory testingbefore any backfilling can proceed. Field Density Test shall monitor compaction of eachlayer of 300mm.

Only fill material shall be placed in layers not exceeding 300mm loose depth andthoroughly compacted by mechanical rolling machine to a specific dry density asspecified in the technical specification.

Only suitable excavated material shall be used as fill material.

All testing shall be witnessed and the results shall be endorsed and approved by theProject Team.

1.8 COMPLETION OF EARTHWORKS FOR BUILDING AND ROADWORKS

Trimming of formation shall be to the required line and level as per instruction andapproval of Project Team. Level are adjusted according to the site condition andsatisfaction of Project Team. As Built drawing shall be produced upon completion of thisproject.


Attachment 1 - Request Form and Earthworks Checklist

Attachment 2 - Inspection and Test Plan for Earthworks



APPENDIX 4D SAMPLE WORK METHOD STATEMENT – ATTACHMENT 1

REQUEST FORM and EARTHWORK CHECKLIST

LOCATION:

NATURE OF INSPECTION:

DATE & TIME INSPECTION REQUIRED:

Date: Time: (pm/am)

ATTACHMENT

Checklist Photos Layout / Detail

Others ………………………………………………………. (Please specify)

REQUESTED BY RECEIVED BY

……………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………..Contractor Consultant / S.O.’s Representative

Name: Name:Designation: Designation:Date: Date:

COMMENT AFTER INSPECTION

The inspection is satisfactory and works may proceed tothe next stage ………………………….

Site Agent

Not approved due to ………………………………………………………….

COMMENT AFTER RE-INSPECTION

The inspection is satisfactory and works may proceed tothe next stage ………………………….

Site Agent

Not approved due to ………………………………………………………….




EARTHWORKS CHECKLIST

Drawing No:

Location:

No. ITEM / DESCRIPTION Acceptability N/A REMARKS

Yes No

1 Setting Out

2 Ensure Accuracy of TBM

3 Excavation

4 Backfilling

5 Compaction

6 Field Density Test

7 Mackintosh Probes (JKR Probes)

8 Final Level

9 Joint Survey with Consultant

10 Plotting of As-Built

COMMENTS:

Checked by: Verified By:

…………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………Contractor Project Team

Name: Name:

Position: Position:

Date: Date:




INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN – EARTHWORK

Item/ActivityDescription

Time ToPerform

InspectionSpec Acceptance

CriteriaFrequency

Inspection VerifyingDocumentSub-Contractor Contractor Project Team

Action Signature Action Signature Action Signature

Verifyingexcavated /importedmaterial

Prior toBackfillingOperations

BS1377 Moisturecontentliquid limit< 80%Plasticlimit<55%Tabulatedresults

Eachsource ofmaterial

TR W2 AI InspectionRequestForm LabReport

Bulksampling ofcut ground

Prior tostore anduse ofthematerial

BS5930 MoisturecontactLiquidcontent<80%Plastic Limit<55%Particle SIandDistributionSoilCompactionTest

Each newidentified

TR W2 AI Lab Report

TrialCompaction(If Required)

BeforeBackfillCompaction

BS1377 To obtain therequiredpasses toachievespecified fielddensity testrequirements

Each soilclass

TR W2 AI Lab Report

Field densityTests

After soilcompaction/each lift

BS1377 Sandreplacementmethod95% ofM.D.D. (final300mm)90% ofM.D.D.where a %ofsettlement isnot criticalTabulatedresults

Test foreach300mmlayer

TR W2 AI Lab Report

Hardcore Prior todepositing

Clean hardstone/approved inertmaterial.Pass through63mm ringat 150mmlayers

I I AI InspectionReport

Joint SurveyInspection

Prior tothefoundationworks orbuildingworks

HP I AI InspectionReport

Legend:HP - Holding Point M - Monitor I - Inspection S - SurveillanceTR - test Required WI - Witness 10% AI - Approved Upon Inspection W2 - Witness 100%



CHAPTER 5

PROJECT MONITORINGINSPECTION AND SUPERVISION

Chapter 5 PROJECT MONITORING – INSPECTION & SUPERVISION


Table of Contents


5.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 5-1

5.3 PROCEDURES............................................................................................................. 5-1

Appendix 5A Review and Approval Cycle – Inspection & Test Plan / Request for WorksInspection Forms & Materials Samples Inspection Form………………………………..5A- 1

Appendix 5B List of Forms (JPS Format) and Sample of Inspection Forms……………………..….5A- 2

Appendix 5C Request for Inspection Process Flow Chart……………………………………………..….5A- 36

Appendix 5D The Control of Non Conforming Products/Works/Services……...…………………….5A- 37

Appendix 5E Sample of Quality Audit…………………………………………………………………………...5A- 40



5 PROJECT MONITORING - INSPECTION & SUPERVISION

5.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter deals mainly with overall procedures and elements of control in theimplementation of quality control from the commencement of construction works untilthe issuance of the certificate of practical completion.

The Procedure is written in anticipation of events unfolding in a chronological order(although it is not always possible) in the implementation of project management. Thereare activities that run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.

5.2 SCOPE


.For design and build contracts, Project Teams are responsible to ensure the Contractorcomplies with the requirements of the contract.

All specific requirements of a particular project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan(PQP). Refer to Chapter 4 on Contractor’s PQP document guideline.

5.3 PROCEDURES

The quality procedures and controls ascertain that the works comply with the design andspecifications, and conform to the required standards of work and materials quality.

The Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers are responsible to comply with thequality procedures and quality controls set out in the Contractor’s quality assurancedocuments. The Consultants and the Project Team monitor such compliance by theContractor to the approved quality assurance documents.

The Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) or other relevant document submitted by theContractor (following the guidelines provided by Project Team) forms the basis forinspection and testing during construction.

Quality control is implemented through on site inspection and supervision on worksperformed by the Contractor. The Consultants and the Project team shall carry outrandom checks on site to verify that such control is in place. This is to ensure that theworks are in accordance with the requirements of the construction contract.

Inspection forms on site are developed by Contractor from the approved ITP (followingthe guidelines provided by the Project Team) or other pertinent document based on thespecification required in the construction contract.



The quality control (where applicable) required during construction stage includes:

a. The inspection of temporary works and test plan shall be proposed by the Contractorand reviewed for acceptance by the Consultant/Project Team. The review andapproval cycle is shown in Appendix 5A.

b. Inspection forms used cover the Contractor’s ITP.

c. The pro-forma of the inspection forms includes parties from Consultant/ ProjectTeam and Contractor. A sample is included in Appendix 5B.

d. Request for Inspection (RFI) by Contractor is activated with the submission of RFIforms in advance, to inform the Consultant/Project Team before the inspection iscarried out on site. The RFI process flow is shown in Appendix 5C.

e. During inspection, appropriate reference is made to specification or the approvedinspection and test plan. Site photographs are taken when the need arises.

f. Any works that are found to be non compliant against the specification or otherspecific requirements, will be issued a Non Compliance Report (NCR) or commentedinspection form showing disapproval and action required to rectify. Guidelines andprocess flow chart on the control of non conforming works/products/services processis included in Appendix 5D Attachment 1 & 2 respectively. Sample of the constructionnon compliance report is as per Appendix 5D Attachment 3.

g. All inspection forms shall be properly signed off by relevant parties and kept byConsultant with a copy to be retained by Project Team in identifiable file for purposeof traceability.

See Chapter 4: Quality Assurance and Quality Control Procedure for guidelines on ITP.

For design and build contract, the Contractor informs the Consultants when the relevantworks are ready for inspection. The works are jointly inspected with the Project Team.

Sample of Quality Audit of the Consultants/Supervisory Team is as per Appendix 5E andhelp determine the effectiveness of the project monitoring.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 5– Project Monitoring

Inspection and Supervision

APPENDIX 5A

Review and Approval Cycle- Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)

Request forWorks Inspection (RFI) Forms and

Materials Sample Inspection Forms



APPENDIX 5A REVIEW & APPROVAL CYCLE – INSPECTION & TEST PLAN (ITP)REQUEST FOR WORKS INSPECTION (RFI) FORMS & MATERIALSSAMPLES INSPECTION FORMS


The ITP Document Project TeamGuidelines to be issued

Issue of Guidelines to the Contractor

The Contractor prepares ContractorContractor Prepares the ITP Document,

Documents / Forms RFI Forms and theMaterial Sample inspectionforms based on the ITPdocument guidelines

Contractor’s submission ContractorContractor’s Submission Of the Completed ITP

Document. RFI formsand Material SampleInspection forms

Project Team/Consultants Project Team / Project Team /Check and Review Submission Consultants check Consultants

and review the submission

NOApprove

YES

Contractor to implement the ContractorContractor to Implement Approved ITP document,

RFI forms andMaterial Sample Inspectionforms

DID MANUALVolume 11






APPENDIX 5B

List of Forms (JPS Format)



APPENDIX 5B LIST OF FORMS (JPS FORMAT)

1. Borang ‘Site Diary’

2. Borang Semakan Data Ukur [BSDU]

3. Borang Pemberitahuan Kerja [BPK]

4. Borang Permohonan Kerja (Pembinaan Struktur T.C.G) [BPK-TCG]

5. Borang Semak Kerja Sementara [BSKS]

6. Borang Pemeriksaan Kerja Tanah [BPKT]

7. Borang Semak Kualiti Batu Baur [BSKBB]

8. Rekod Penanaman Cerucuk [RPC]

9. Borang Pemeriksaan Tetulang Keluli [BPTK]

10. Borang Kerja-Kerja Konkrit [BKK]

11. Borang Konkrit Siap Bancuh [BKSB]

12. Borang Ujian Kiub [BUK]

13. Borang Ujian Penurunan (Slum Test) [BUP]

14. Borang Pengawetan (Curing) [BP-C]

15. Borang Keputusan Ujian Kiub Konkrit [BKUK]

16. Borang Permohonan Kebenaran Menanggal Kekotak (Formworks) [BPKMK]

17. Pemeriksaan Permukaan Konkrit [PPK]

18. Borang Pemeriksaan Siap Kerja Untuk Struktur [BPSKS]

19. Borang Rekod Struktur Binaan [BRSB]

20. Borang Semak Pembinaan Struktur [BSPS]

21. Borang Semak Taliair /Parit Konkrit [BSTPK]

22. Brickwork Inspection Form

23. Plaster Inspection Form

24. Screed Inspection Form

25. Floor Tiling Inspection Form



BORANG ‘SITE DIARY’

KERAJAAN MALAYSIAJABATAN PENGAIRAN DAN SALIRAN

MALAYSIA

BUKU HARIANTAPAK BINA

UNTUK

KERJA KERJA KONTRAK

NOMBOR KONTRAK:

NAMA PROJEK:

BILANGAN:

TARIKH: Dari Hingga



BORANG SEMAKAN DATA UKUR (BSDU)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Nama Projek : ………………………………………….

No. Kontrak : ………………………………………….

Tajuk Kontrak : ………………………………………….

Nama Kontraktor : …………………………………………..

5.

Semakan Data Ukur untuk Kerja Ukur Tarikh

CatatanMula Siap

1. Ukur Pra Pembinaan

2. Ukur Interim

3. Pengukuran Akhir

6. Data-data yang perlu disemak Catatan

i. Blok Judul

ii. Skala

iii. Jarak keratan

iv. Butiran keratan

v. TBM.

vi. Aras sediada

vii. Aras rekabentuk

viii. Aras akhir

ix. Data pembukuan

x. Fail Lukisan Auto Cad

Disemak oleh: Disahkan oleh:

Tandatangan:………….……………………………... Tandatangan :……………………………………….……

Nama : ………………………………………………….. Nama : ………………………………………………….…..

Jawatan : ………………………………………….…… Jawatan : ……………………………..……………………



BORANG PEMBERITAHUAN KERJA (BPK)

Jurutera Projek…………………………..…………………………..……………………………

Kontrak No : ……………………………………….Nama Kontraktor : ……………………………………...

: ……………………………………...

Tajuk Kontrak : ……………………………………………………: ……………………………………………………

Tuan,

i. Kerja-kerja berikut sedia untuk diperiksa pada ……………hari …………… mulai jam ………pagi /petang

Butir – Butir Kerja :

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

ii. Kerja-kerja berikut akan dibuat pada …………………….hari …………… mulai jam ………pagi /petang

Butir-Butir Kerja :

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………Tandatangan Kontraktor / Wakil Tapak

Nama : …………………………………………..

Kegunaan Jabatan:

Diterima pada : …………………pagi / petang pada ………………………..

Tandatangan Penerima ……………………………….

Ulasan : *Jurutera Projek / Jurutera / Pembantu Teknik /Juruteknik Kanan:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….



BORONG PERMOHONAN KERJA (PEMBINAAN STRUKTUR T.C.G) BPK-TCG

Jurutera Projek………………………………………………………………………………………………

Kontrak No : ……………………………………

Tajuk Kontrak : ……………………………………………………………………………..……….

………………………………………………………………………………………

Nama Kontraktor:………………………………………….........

Tuan,

Permohonan kerja adalah seperti berikut :

Jenis Struktur : ____________________________ Lokasi : ________________

Keputusan Permohonan :

LULUS

TIDAK LULUS Catatan: ____________________________________________

T.Tangan :

Nama/Cop :(JP/J)



Perlaksanaan Aktiviti Kerja akan dijalankan seperti berikut:

Bil. Aktiviti KerjaKontraktor Wakil Jabatan

TarikhPermohonan

TandaTangan

TarikhSebenar

TandaTangan

1. Setting out / kerja-kerjasementara

2. Pembinaan ampangan

3. Memacak cerucuk perintis

4. Menjalankan Ujian Beban

5. Menentukan aras lantai U.S / D.S

6. Memacak cerucuk-cerucuk

7. Pengorekan tapak

8. Memacak cerucuk `Steel SheetPiles’

9. Konkrit `screeding’

10. Pemeriksaan besi tetulang

- Key-wall / base slab

- U/S wing wall

- D/S wing wall

- Side wall / excavator bridge

- Operating platform

11. Penuangan Konkrit

- Key-wall / base slab

- U/S wing wall

- D/S wing wall

- Side wall / excavator bridge

- Operating platform

12. Membuka pampan



Bil. Aktiviti KerjaKontraktor Wakil Jabatan

TarikhPermohonan

TandaTangan

TarikhSebenar

TandaTangan

13. Pemeriksaan permukaan konkrit

14. Mengecat permukaan konkrit

15. Pemasangan pintu /alatanmekanikal

16. Mengambus semula

17. Membuka ampangan sementara

18. Jayaguna

Kegunaan Jabatan

Diperiksa Oleh: Disahkan oleh:

T/Tangan :……………………………………………. T/Tangan : ……………………………………………

Nama /Cop :…………………………………………….. Nama /Cop:…………………………………………….Jawatan : JT/JTK/PT Jawatan : J/PT

Nota : * Tanda / pada yang berkenaan



BORANG SEMAK KERJA SEMENTARA (BSKS)

Item Keterangan Semakan Semakan CatatanKontraktor Jabatan

1. Kerja sementara :

Papan tanda amaran ………………

Empangan sementara ………………

Lencungan jalan ………………

Lencungan saliran ………………

Lencungan Taliair ………………

2. Kemudahan awam yang terlibat :

* Tiang / Kabel E lektrik ………………

* Tiang / Kabel Telekom ………………

* Paip Bekalan Air /Paip Gas ………………

*Jambatan / Titi / Pembetong ………………

* Jalan sementara ………..……

Ulasan Pegawai Atasan :

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Pemeriksaan Oleh : Disemak Oleh :

T/ tangan : ………………………. T/ tangan : ………………………….

Nama :…………………………….. Nama :…………………………………

Jawatan : JT / JTK Jawatan : PT / J

Nota :* Potong yang tidak berkenaan x Ada / Tiada

No. Kontrak :……………………………………………… Tarikh : ………………………………………...

Nama Struktur :…………………………………………… Lokasi Struktur : ……………………………..



BORANG PEMERIKSAAN KERJA TANAH (BPKT)

Catatan

1. Peg Jajaran Ada Tidak …………………….

2. Kerja ukur keratan Ya Tidak …………………….Rentas (OGL) seBelum kerja tam-Bakan/korekanBermula.

3. Jenteraa) Bilangan Ya Tidak …….………………

b) Kesesuaian Ya Tidak …….………………

4. Kerja pengorekanikut spesifikasi Ya Tidak …….……………..

5. Kerja penambakan Tidakikut spesifikasi Ya Tidak ..….………………

6. Tanah impotmematuhi Ya Tidak ……………………

7. Kerja pemadatanikut spesifikasi di Ya Tidak ……………………mana perlu)

8. Semak aras bersamaJurukur Ya Tidak ……..……………pemborong

9. Langkah ke-selamatan telah Ya Tidak .….………………di ambil

10. Penyediaan pelan Ya Tidak .…….……………siap

Ulasan : ____________________________________________________________________

: ____________________________________________________________________

No. Kontrak : _________________________ Tarikh : ______________________

Jenis Struktur : _________________________ Lokasi / Elemen : ___________________

No. Pelan Pembinaan : _______________________



Disediakan oleh : Disahkan oleh :

……………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………(Juruteknik) (Jurutera)

Nama : __________________________ Nama : _________________________

Jawatan : __________________________ Jawatan : _________________________

Tarikh : __________________________ Tarikh : _________________________



BORANG SEMAK KUALITI BATU BAUR (BSKBB)

Nama Projek : _____________________________________________

: _____________________________________________

No. Kontrak :______________________________________________

Nama Kontraktor : _____________________________________________

A) AYAKAN / PENGGREDAN

a) Ayakan Kering / Basah b) Berat kering sebelum diayak : _______ kg.

Saiz Ayak

(mm)

BeratTak Telus

(gm)

PeratusTak Telus

(%)

PeratusTelus(%)

Had Pengredan Piawai

PasirAgg. Kasar

20 100

10 25 - 55

5 95 - 100 0 - 10

2.4 70 – 95

1.2 45 – 85

0.6 25 – 60

0.3 5 – 30

0.15 0 – 10

Pan

Jumlah

B) UJIAN KELODAK (KAEDAH-ENAPAN) – Min. 3 Jam

1. Ketebalan pasir dalam biker selepas enapan (x) : ___________mm.

2. Ketebalan kelodak diatas pasir selepas enapan (y) : ___________ mm.

3. Peratus Kelodak = y / x = : ___________%

KEPUTUSAN

a) Tarikh Sample di hantar : _______________ Nama Makmal : __________________

b) Ujian di jalankan oleh : ___________________________

c) Kandungan Kelodak : ___________________________

d) Keputusan : Lulus / Gagal

Pemeriksaan dijalankan oleh : ___________________________________

(Nama)

: ___________________________________

(Jawatan)

Ulasan : ___________________________________________________________________

: ___________________________________________________________________



BORANG KONKRIT SIAP BANCUH (BKSB)

(READY MIXED)

No. Kontrak : …………………………………………………… Tarikh :…………………………….

Nama Kontraktor : ………………………………………………….. Cuaca : …………………………….

Ruj. Kontraktor : …………………………………… Ruj. Jabatan : …………………………………………

Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan : ……………………………………………………………………………………

Kadar Campuran / Gred : ………………………… Kaedah Pemadatan : …………………………………..

Penerimaan dan Kegunaan (Gunakan Borang Ujian Kiub Konkrit)

Masa terima mula dari : ………….…………..…. Jangka masa siap : ……………………………………

BatchNo.

DeliveryTicket No. Sump

(mm)

Accepted (A)Rejected (R)

Time ofDischarge

Cube Cast& CubeMark

Locationof

PlacementRemarks

Disahkan oleh : Disaksikan oleh :

……………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………..(Nama) (Nama)

………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………..(Jawatan) (Jawatan)



REKOD PENANAMAN CERUCUK (RPC)

PROJEK TARIKH

LOKASI CUACA

JENIS STRUKTURJENIS CERUCUKSAIZ CERUCUKKEDUDUKAN CERUCUKPUKULAN MUKTAMADJUMLAH PANJANG CERUCUK

DITANAMWAKTU PENANAMANCERUCUK

.........................….…

...........................…..

...........................…..

...........................…..

...........................…..

...........................…..

...........................…..

...........................…..

JENTERA DIGUNAKANJENIS TUKULBERAT TUKULTINGGI KEJATUHAN TUKULRL DI ARAS BUMIRL DI ARAS PEMBENTUKANRL DI ARAS PEMOTONGAN

............................…

............................…

............................…

............................…

............................…

............................…

............................…

KETELUS-AN(M)

BIL.PUKULAN

KETELUSAN(M)

BIL.PUKULAN

KETELUSAN(M)

BIL.PUKULAN

KETELUSAN(M)

BIL.PUKULAN

CATITAN

0.0-0.3 7.5-7.8 15.0-15.3 22.5-22.8

0.3-0.6 7.8-8.1 15.3-15.6 22.8-23.1

0.6-0.9 8.1-8.4 15.6-15.9 23.1-23.4

0.9-1.2 8.4-8.7 15.9-16.2 23.4-23.7

1.2-1.5 8.7-9.0 16.2-16.5 23.7-24.0

1.5-1.8 9.0-9.3 16.5-16.8 24.0-24.3

1.8-2.1 9.3-9.6 16.8-17.1 24.3-24.6

2.1-2.4 9.6-9.9 17.1-17.4 24.6-24.9

2.4-2.7 9.9-10.2 17.4-17.7 24.9-25.2

2.7-3.0 10.2-10.5 17.7-18.0 25.2-25.5

3.0-3.3 10.5-10.8 18.0-18.3 25.5-25.8

3.3-3.6 10.8-11.1 18.3-18.6 25.8-26.1

3.6-3.9 11.1-11.4 18.6-18.9 26.1-26.4

3.9-4.2 11.4-11.7 18.9-19.2 26.4-26.7

4.2-4.5 11.7-12.0 19.2-19.5 26.7-27.0

4.5-4.8 12.0-12.3 19.5-19.8 27.0-27.3

4.8-5.1 12.3-12.6 19.8-20.1 27.3-27.6 MASA MULA

5.1-5.4 12.6-12.9 20.1-20.4 27.6-27.9 MASA BEHENTI

5.4-5.7 12.9-13.2 20.4-20.7 27.9-28.2 PUKULAN MUKTAMAD

5.7-6.0 13.2-13.5 20.7-21.0 28.2-28.5 (10 PUKULAN)

6.0-6.3 13.5-13.8 21.0-21.3 28.5-28.8 PERTAMA:

6.3-6.6 13.8-14.1 21.3-21.6 28.8-29.1 KE 2 :

6.6-6.9 14.1-14.4 21.6-21.9 29.1-29.4 KE 3 :

6.9-7.2 14.4-14.7 21.9-22.2 29.4-29.7 KE 4 :

7.2-7.5 14.7-15.0 22.2-22.5 29.7-30.0 KE 5 :

TandatanganWakil PegawaiPenguasa

Nama:

TandatanganWakilKontraktor

Nama:

Asal

Sambung-anNo. 1

Sambung-anNo 2

Sambung-anNo 3

S/No Cerucuk

Tarikh dibuat

Panjang



BORANG PEMERIKSAAN TETULANG KELULI (BPTK)

Nama Projek : _______________________________________

: ________________________________________________

: ________________________________________________

No. Kontrak : ________________________________________________

Nama Struktur/ : ________________________________________________Lokasi

Rujukan Lukisan : ________________________________________________

Tarikh Pemeriksaan : ________________________________________________

Perincian Tetulang Keluli Yang Diperiksa

Elemen /Bahagian

TandaBar

PanjangTindihan

PenutupKonkrit

Jenis saiz BilanganTetulang

Panjang JarakantaraC/C

Catatan

(mm) (mm) (Y/R) (mm) No. (mm) (mm)

Diperiksa bersama oleh :-

-------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------Nama : Nama :Jawatan : Jawatan :(Pemborong) : (Jabatan) :

UNTUK KEGUNAAN JABATAN

Disahkan pemasangan tetulang mengikut / tidak mengikut Pelan :

Ulasan : ________________________________________

: ________________________________________

: ________________________________________

Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa/ Wakil) : ___________________________________



BORANG KERJA-KERJA KONKRIT (BKK)

Nama Projek : ___________________________________________________

: ___________________________________________________

Nombor Kontrak : ___________________________________________________

Lokasi struktur /Bahagian struktur : ___________________________________________________

Tarikh Kerja yang dijalankan GredKonkrit

InvertLevel

Reinforcement Catatan

Pemeriksaan dijalankan oleh : _________________________________________________

Tarikh :__________________

UNTUK KEGUNAAN PEJABAT

Disahkan kerja-kerja diatas telah mematuhi spesifikasi yang telah ditetapkan.

Tandatangan Wakil PP Ditapak : __________________________________

Nama : __________________________________

Jawatan : __________________________________

Tarikh : __________________________________



BORANG KONKRIT SIAP BANCUH (BKSB)(READY MIXED)

No. Kontrak : …………………………………………………… Tarikh : ……………………..…

Nama Kontraktor : ………………………………………………….. Cuaca : ……………………..…

Ruj. Kontraktor : …………………………………… Ruj. Jabatan : ………………………………..…..

Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan : …………………………………………………………………………..…..

Kadar Campuran / Gred : ………………………… Kaedah Pemadatan : ………………………………

Penerimaan dan Kegunaan (Gunakan Borang Ujian Kiub Konkrit)

Masa terima mula dari : ……………………..……. Jangka masa siap : ………………………………

BatchNo.

DeliveryTicketNo.

Sump

(mm)

Accepted (A)Rejected (R)

Time ofDischarge

CubeCast &CubeMark

Location ofPlacement Remarks

Disahkan oleh : Disaksikan oleh :

……………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………(Nama) (Nama)

……………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………(Jawatan) (Jawatan)



BORANG UJIAN KIUB (BUK)

Nama Projek :___________________________________________________

:___________________________________________________

No. Kontrak :____________________________________________________

Nama Kontraktor :____________________________________________________

Nama Struktur :____________________________________________________

Lokasi :____________________________________________________

Bahagian Struktur :_____________________________

Tarikh di Hantar :_____________________________

Bilangan Kiub :_____________________________

Dihantar oleh :_____________________________(Nama)

:_____________________________(Jawatan)

Diterima oleh :_____________________________(Nama)

:_____________________________(Jawatan)

Makmal Penguji :_________________________________

Tanda Kiub Tarikh dibuatTarikh Ujian

perlu dijlankan Saiz Kiub Catatan

7 Hari 28 Hari

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

Nota : Sila kembalikan borang ini bersama-sama keputusan ujian.



Diuji Oleh:

Nama: ______________________________

Jawatan: ____________________________

Disahkan Oleh:

Nama: __________________________

Jawatan: ________________________

Ulasan: ______________________________________________________________________

: ______________________________________________________________________


DISAHKAN OLEH:

NAMA : _____________________________________

JAWATAN : _____________________________________



BORANG UJIAN PENURUNAN (SLUMP TEST)

Nama Projek : ________________________________________________

: ________________________________________________

No. Kontrak : ________________________________________________

Nama Kontrak : ________________________________________________

Tarikh : ___________________ Cuaca : Panas / Redup / Hujan

Nisbah Air – Simen : ___________________ Gred Konkrit : 25 / 30/ 40

Bahagian Struktur : ___________________ Jenis Konkrit : Mass / Rc: _______________

Bil.Ujian

WaktuMula

WaktuSiap

PengkukuranSusutan(mm)

Jenis Penurunan(Tandakan -/)

Catatan(Tandakan -/)

Benar Riceh Runtuh Lulus Gagal

Ujian dijalankan oleh: _____________________ Disaksikan oleh: ______________________(Nama) (Nama)

: ______________________ : ______________________(Jawatan) (Jawatan)

: ______________________ : ______________________(Kontraktor) (Jabatan)

Ulasan : _______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________


DISAHKAN OLEH :

NAMA : ________________________________________

JAWATAN : ________________________________________

TARIKH : ________________________________________



BORANG PENGAWETAN (CURING)-BP-C

Nama Projek : _____________________________________________

: _____________________________________________

No. Kontrak : _____________________________________________

Nama Kontraktor : _____________________________________________

Tarikh Siap Kerja : ________________________Konkrit

Sila tandakan ( ) didalam petak-petak yang berkenaan.

KAEDAH-KAEDAH ‘CURING’ YANG DIJALANKAN.

1. Semburan air 5. Ditenggelamkan dengan air

2. Guni basah 6. Bahan kimia

3. Pasir basah 7. Lain-lain kaedah(Nyatakan)

4. Kertas kalis

HariMasa Cuaca Masa Cuaca Masa Cuaca Masa Cuaca

Catatan9.00pagi

12.00tgh.

3.00ptg

6.00ptg.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Nota : Catitkan cuaca P – Panas, M – Mendung, H – Hujan

Pemeriksaan di jalankan oleh : ___________________________________(Nama)

: ___________________________________(Jawatan)

Ulasan: __________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________




DISAHKAN OLEH:

NAMA :_____________________________________________________

JAWATAN :_____________________________________________________

TARIKH :_____________________________________________________



BORANG KEPUTUSAN UJIAN KIUB KONKRIT (BKUK)

Bahagian Satu :

No. Kontrak : …………………………………………………………. Tarikh : …………………………………………..

Nama Kontraktor : …………………………………………………… Cuaca : ….………………………………………

Ruj. Kontraktor : ………………………………Ruj. Jabatan : …………………………………………………………..

Lokasi dimana konkrit dijalankan : ……………………………………………………………………………………….

Kadar Campuran / Gred : …………………… Kaedah Pemadatan : …………………………………………….

Bahan yang digunakan :

Bahan Jenis Bahandigunakan

Sumber Kuantiti perkelompok

Pasir

Aggregat kasar

Simen

Air

Bahan tambah

Keterkerjaan yang dikehendaki (turun / faktor memadat) :……………………

Kekuatan kiub minima yang dikehendaki pada : 7 hari……………..N / mm2 : 28 hari…………………N / mm2.

Tanda kiub Tarikh dituang

Tarikh ujianperlu

dijalankan

Saiz kiub Keterkerjaan(Turun / Faktor

Memadat)

Catatan

Kiub diserah oleh (Wakil P.P. Di Tapak :______________________________(Nama)

:______________________________(Jawatan)



Bahagian Dua : (Perincian Keputusan yang di perlukan)

TandaKiub

Tarikhdituang

TarikhUjianperlu

dijalankan

Tarikhdi uji

Umurpadatarikhdi uji(hari)

BeratKiub(kg)

Ketumpat-an(kg / m2)

BebanMampat

(kN)

KekuatanMampat

(N / mm2)

Catatan

Dijalankan oleh: * Disaksikan oleh: Disemak dan di sahkan oleh:

………………………………….. ………………………………….. ……………………………………….(Nama) (Nama) (Nama)

………………………………….. ………………………………….. ……………………………………….(Jawatan) (Jawatan) (Jawatan)

* Bagi Makmal di tapak sahaja



BORANG PERMOHONAN KEBENARAN MENANGGAL KEKOTAK (FORMWORKS)BPKMK

Nama Projek : ____________________________________________________

: ____________________________________________________

: ____________________________________________________

Nama Pemborong : ____________________________________________________

Jenis Struktur / : ____________________________________________________Bahagian Binaan

Rujukan Lukisan : ____________________________________________________

Jenis Struktur/Bahagian/ Binaan

Bahagianyangakandibuka

TarikhmulaKonkrit

Tarikh mulamenanggalacuan yangditetapkan

Jumlahhari(minima)

Tarikhpenanggalansebenar

Catatan

KAMI TELAH MEMERIKSA BAHAGIAN-BAHAGIAN ACUAN YANG AKAN DI TANGGALKAN / DIBUKADAN MAKLUMAT YANG DI BERIKAN ADALAH BENAR.

Tarikh :……………………………

……………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………..(Tandatangan Pemborong/Wakil) (Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa/ wakil)Cop Nama/ Jawatan Cop Nama / Jawatan

UNTUK KEGUNAAN PEJABAT

PERMOHONAN KEBENARAN MEMBUKA / MENANGGAL “FORMWORKS” * DIBENARKAN / * TIDAKDIBENARKAN BERDASARKAN SPESIFIKASI DOKUMEN KONTRAK.

…………………………………………………………(Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa Wakil)Cop Nama / Jawatan

* Potong mana yang tidak berkenaan



PEMERIKSAAN PERMUKAAN KONKRIT (PPK)

Nama Projek : _________________________________________

: _________________________________________

No. Kontrak : _________________________________________

Nama Kontraktor : _________________________________________

Bahagian Struktutr /Bahagian Binaan : _________________________________________

Pemeriksaan Kecacatan Pembaikan Kecacatan

Bahagian Butiran Kecacatan Cara Pembaikan Ulasan

Disahkan semua kecacatan permukaan konkrit telah dibaiki dengan sempurna dan berkeadaan baik.

Tarikh : ______________ ………………………………….…………………………….(Nama dan Tandatangan Pemborong / Wakil)


Pemeriksaan telah dibuat dan disahkan kecacatan telah dibaiki dengan sempurna.

Diperiksa dan Disahkan oleh :

Nama : __________________________________

Jawatan : __________________________________

Tarikh : __________________________________



BORANG PEMERIKSAAN SIAP KERJA UNTUK STRUKTUR (BPSKS)

No. Kontrak : ___________________________________________________

Nama Kontrak : ___________________________________________________

1) Nama Struktur : ___________________________________________________

2) Garisan : ___________________________________________________

3) Rantaian : ___________________________________________________

4) Pemeriksaan : ___________________________________________________

PEMERIKSAAN I PEMERIKSAAN II

Tarikh : ____________ Tarikh : _______________

Ulasan : _______________________________________________________

: _______________________________________________________

Tandatangan : _____________________

Nama : _____________________

Jawatan : _____________________

Tarikh : _____________________

Bil.Perkara X Catatan X Catatan

1. ‘Honeycomb’

2. Keretakan

3. Cat

4. ‘Greasing’

5. Perangkap Sampah

6. ‘M.S Grill’

7. ‘Trash screen’

8. Penutup Papak(Precast)

9. ‘Handrail’

10 ‘M.S. Ladder’



BORANG REKOD STRUKTUR BINAAN (BRSB)

No. Kontrak : ____________________________ Kawasan : _______________________

1) Nama Struktur : ____________________ 4) Saiz : ______________________

2) Garisan : ____________________ 5) Panjang paip : ________________

3) Invert Level : ____________________ 6) TBM : ______________________

7) Kuantiti Penggalian (Excavation)

a) Paras aras tanah = m mb) Aras pengorekan = m

_________c) Kedalaman = m

_________

Isipadu A =Isipadu B =

___________Kuantiti Penggalian (meter padu)

___________

8) Kuantiti Penambakan (Backfilling)

a) Paras aras tanah = mb) Aras penambakan = m

_________Kedalaman = m

_________

Isipadu A =Isipadu B =

____________Kuantiti Penambakan

Meter padu ____________

Gambarajah

Gambarajah



BORANG REKOD STRUKTUR BINAAN (BRSB)

9) Cerucuk

Bilangan Cerucuk : __________________ Jenis Cerucuk : ______________________

Saiz & Panjang : __________________ Catatan : ______________________

Penetration : __________________ : ______________________

Aras Cerucuk : __________________ : ______________________(Pile Head Level)

Jika cerucuk tidak boleh ditanam, sila rujuk kepada Jurutera)

10) Tetulang : 10 mm dan kebawah : _________ kg.

: 12 mm keatas : _________ kg.

11) Konkrit : Mass konkrit : _________ sq. m

: Gred 20 : _________ cu. m.

: Gred 25 : _________ cu. m.

: Gred 30 : _________ cu. m

: Lain-lain Gred : ____________________ cu. m(Nyatakan)

12) Lain-lain : ____________________________________________________

13) Catatan : ____________________________________________________

: ____________________________________________________

Disediakan oleh:………………………….…………….. Dipersetujui oleh:………………………………….….(T.tangan/cop) (JT/JTK) (T.tangan/cop) ( Kontraktor)

Disahkan oleh:………………………………………..…(T.tangan/cop) ( PT/J)



BORANG SEMAK PEMBINAAN STRUKTUR (BSPS)

Item Keterangan Semakan Semakan CatatanKontraktor Jabatan

1. Kerja sementara:

Papan tanda amaran …………………..

Empangan sementara …………………..

Lencungan jalan …………………..

Lencungan saliran …………………..

Lencungan Taliair …………………..

2. Kemudahan awam yang terlibat:

* Tiang / Kabel E lektrik ……………………

* Tiang / Kabel Telekom ……………………

* Paip Bekalan Air /Paip Gas ……………………

*Jambatan / Titi / Pembetong ……………………

* Jalan sementara ..…….……………

Ulasan:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Pemeriksaan Oleh: Disahkan Oleh:

T/ tangan : ……………………………………….. T/ tangan : ……………………………………………….

Nama :……………………………………………… Nama :……………………………………………………..

Jawatan : JT / JTK Jawatan : PT / J

Nota:* Potong yang tidak berkenaan x Ada / Tiada

No. Kontrak :…………………………………………… Tarikh : ………………………………………...

Nama Struktur :………………………………………… Lokasi Struktur : ……………………………..



BORANG SEMAK TALIAIR / PARIT KONKRIT (BSTPK)

No. Kontrak : ………………………………………………….. Tarikh : …………………………………………

Jenis Struktur : ……………………………………………….. Lokasi/Elemen : ……………………………..

No. Pelan Pembinaan: ……………………………………….

Catatan

1. Semak Jajaran Betul Salah ……………………………..

2. Semak aras Betul Salah ……………………………..

3. Kesesuaian Jentera Ya Tidak ……………………………..

4. U-Unit / L-Unit Terima Tolak ……………………………..

5. Kekemaszan pemasangan Baik Tidak ……………………………..

6. Sambungan antara unit Sempurna Tidak ……………………………..

7. Pemasangan penapis Ada Tiada ……………………………..

8. Capping Beam Ada Tiada ……………………………..

9. Penimbus Sisi Ada Tiada ……………………………..

Ulasan :…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Disediakan oleh : Disahkan oleh :

…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………(Tandatangan) (Tandatangan)

…………………………………………………… ………………………………………………….……..( Nama / Jawatan JT) (Nama / Jawatan J/PTK/JTK)

Tarikh : ……………………….………………. Tarikh : ………………………………….…………



APPENDIX 5B SAMPLE OF INSPECTION FORM

BRICKWORK INSPECTION FORM

Contractor Name Project Title Ref. No.

Date:

ROOM NAME:FLOOR LEVEL:GRIDLINE:

Inspection Items: CheckedandAcceptable

Comments:

01 Setting out Yes / No Contractor

02 Check position of wall, door, openings andwall column stiffeners after 1st course hasbeen laid.

Yes / No Consultant

03 Brickwork reinforcement Yes / No Contractor

04 Column stiffener reinforcement Yes / No Consultant

05 True to line Yes / No Contractor

06 Plumb Yes / No Contractor

07 Lintel reinforcement Yes / No Consultant

08 Builder’s work opening Yes / No Consultant

09 Wall acceptable to receive plaster Yes / No Consultant

Contractor: Consultant:Inspected by: Inspected by:Title: Title:Date: Date:

Consultant:

Approval to continue the works: Signed: Date:



PLASTER INSPECTION FORM


Date:



Comments:

01 Temporary protection to surroundings Yes / No Contractor

02 All chases completed and filled Yes / No Contractor

03 Concrete / Brickwork surfacepreparation

Yes / No Consultant

04 E.M.L. fixed across different background Yes / No Contractor

05 Install plaster accessories (corner bead,stop, etc.)

Yes / No Contractor

06 Screed level installed Yes / No Contractor

07 Base coats application Yes / No Contractor

08 Final coat application Yes / No Contractor

09 Acceptable finish Yes / No Consultant


Consultant:




SCREED INSPECTION FORM


Date:



Comments:

01 Substrate preparation Yes / No Consultant

02 Floor screed bays set out/rooms, levelestablished

Yes / No Contractor

03 Screed mix to correct ratio Yes / No Contractor

04 Floor hardener if required Yes / No Contractor

05 Acceptance of finished Yes / No Consultant

06 Curing carried out Yes / No Contractor

07 Protection of completed works Yes / No Contractor


Consultant:




FLOOR TILING INSPECTION FORM


Date:



Comments:

01 Substrate preparation Yes / No Consultant

02 Setting-out as per drawings Yes / No Consultant

03 Bonding material applied Yes / No Contractor

04 Tiles laid correctly Yes / No Contractor

05 Inspection of completed areas Yes / No Consultant

06 Protection of completed works Yes / No Contractor


Consultant:


DID MANUALVolume 11






APPENDIX 5C

Request for Inspection ProcessFlow Chart



APPENDIX 5C REQUEST FOR INSPECTION PROCESS FLOW CHART


The Contractor ContractorContractor Implements Implements the ITP

ITP Documents documents

Contractor’s submission ContractorContractor’s Submission of the Completed

RFI forms

Project Team / Consultants Project Team/ Project Team /Check and Review Submission Lead Consultant Consultants

According to thetype of contract,check and reviewof the submission

NOApprove

YES

Contractor To Implement Contractor to prepare Contractorthe works/systemfor inspection

DID MANUALVolume 11






APPENDIX 5D

Guidelines on Control ofNon Conforming

Products / Works / Services



APPENDIX 5D GUIDELINES ON CONTROL OF NON CONFORMING PRODUCTS /WORKS / SERVICES - ATTACHMENT 1

DID operates a system for identifying, recording, and tracking Non Conformances to ensure nonconforming works/products/services are controlled. The process is illustrated in the flow chart asshown in Appendix 5D, Attachment 2. The following procedure applies:

1. NCR is issued to non conforming products / works and services.

2. NCR can be drafted (Preliminary NCR) by any representative of DID, Project Team orConsultants. However, it is not officially issued to the Contractor until it has been confirmedby Project Team.

3. Project Team may disagree with the Preliminary NCR. In this case, he/she needs to discussthe Preliminary NCR with the Originator and /or representative of DID. In the event ofdisagreement, meeting among Project Team, Consultants and other related parties should bearranged and resolved immediately.

4. Project Team shall be responsible for the registration and notification to other affecteddepartments, before Official NCR is issued. All Official NCR shall bear an official registrationnumber.

REVIEW AND DISPOSITION

Project Team shall chair a meeting to discuss non-conformances in the presence of representativesfrom Contractor, Consultants and other related party. The NCR shall be replied and closed out bythe Contractor within the agreed time frame. The meeting shall address at least the followingissues:

1. Causes of the non conformance

2. Corrective Action to be taken

3. Expected time to commence Corrective Action

4. Estimated time for the completion of Corrective Action

5. Follow-up, Monitor and Close out the NCR

When a Corrective Action is approved, Project Team shall monitor and ensure the relevantCorrective Action is done and completed within the time frame. If the NCR is not replied within thetime frame stated, Project Team shall extend the letter with a copy of NCR to the top managementof the company concerned, failing which the condition of contract will take precedence.



THE CONTROL OF NON CONFORMING WORKS/PRODUCTS/SERVICES PROCESS - FLOW CHARTATTACHMENT 2

ACTION BY

Start

Project TeamIdentification of Non Conformance Consultant’s Representative

Project TeamPreliminary NCR is Drafted Consultant’s Representative

Project TeamIssue Preliminary NCR to Contractor Consultant’s Representative

Review

The Draft NCR Goes NO with NCR Project TeamTo Project team for Originator

Confirmation

YES

Issue Official NCR to Contractor withCopies to SO and Consultant

Representative

ContractorNCR to be Replied & Submitted within Note:

the Agreed Time Frame Condition ofContractwith take

Precedence

NOReview and Evaluate Project Team

Corrective/Preventive Actions Consultant’s Representative

YES

Proceed with Corrective Action

Returned to Project TeamNO Contractor for Consultant’s Representative

Inspect Corrective Further Work

Action

YES

Project Team Approves Project TeamClose-out of NCR

NCR is CLOSED and FILED



SAMPLE OF NON COMPLIANCE REPORT – ATTACHMENT 3

4.2.1 Form: /NCR/01

PROJECT NAME

PROJECT REFERENCE NO.

Drafted By Name Signature

Company Date

Location

Contractor /Sub-contractor

Activity

Non Compliances :


PRELIMINARY COPY passed to:

Contractor Name Signature

Company Date

TheFirm/Company

Name Signature

Company Date

OFFICIAL COPY :

Registered By Name Signature

DID

NCR Ref. Date

Issued to Name Signature

Contractor

Company Date

Issued by Name Signature

Project Team/Consultant

Company Date

Corrective / Preventive Actions :


The Work is Now in Accordance with the Specifications

Complied by Name Signature


Verified By Name Signature

NCR Originator Company Date

Approved By Name Signature

ConsultantRep.

Company Date

Accepted by Name Signature

Project Team /PMRecorded & FiledBy

Name Signature

DID

Department Date

DID MANUALVolume 11






APPENDIX 5E

Sample of Quality Audit



APPENDIX 5E SAMPLE OF QUALITY AUDIT

Consultant : Date :

Project : Audit by: (Project Team)

Item DESCRIPTIONConformance

CommentsS AC O

1.0 Management System

i. Does the organization possess qualitycertification?

ii. Does the organization have the qualitypolicy?

iii. Does the organization have a qualityrepresentative responsible for establishmentand implementation of a quality system?

iv. Is the quality management systemestablished, documented, implemented andmaintained?

v. Is the job description for staff available?

vi. Is the organization chart available?

vii. Has training programme provided for everysite supervision staff?

2.0 Quality Requirements

2.1 Work Method Statement (WMS) and Inspectionand Test Plan (ITP)

i. Is the ITP and WMS documented anddistributed?

ii. Has the method of construction follows thatprovided in the WMS? If not, what is thefollow-up action?

iii. Are the inspection & test conductedaccording to ITP provided in the methodstatement?

iv. Has the method statement approved priorto commencement of construction works?

Legend : S - Satisfactory AC - Acceptable with Comment O - Observation




CommentsS AC O

2.2 Construction Material Sample Approval

i. Is the product approval documented anddistributed?

ii. Are the samples kept in a proper place?

2.3 In Progress Testing

i. Are the in-progress testing resultsdocumented and maintained?

ii. How the in-progress testing results areanalyzed and monitored?

iii. How the instruction provided in site diaryare monitored? Has the Contractor’s staffbeen informed of the instructions/commentsin the site diary?

iv. Is the inspection notice provided sufficientinformation for inspection?

v. Is the issue of inspection notice givensufficient time for notice and to the relevantofficers?

vi. Are there off-site inspections for approvedproducts? How the off site inspectionconducted?

vii. Has all the in-progress inspection checklistare filled and signed off?





CommentsS AC O

2.4 In Progress Inspection

i. Is the in-progress inspection checklist/siteinspection report documented andmaintained?

ii. How the site diary is documented andmaintained?

iii. How the instruction provided in site diaryare monitored? Has the Contractor’s staffbeen informed of the instructions/commentsin the site diary?

iv. Is the inspection notice provided sufficientinformation for inspection?

v. Is the issue of inspection notice givensufficient time for notice and to the relevantofficers?

vi. Are there off-site inspections for approvedproducts? How the off site inspectionconducted?

vii. Has all the in-progress inspection checklistare filled and signed off?

2.5 Material Delivery Inspection

i. Is the material delivery inspectiondocumented and maintained?

ii. Are the products delivered after the productapproval is granted?

iii. Are the materials delivered conforming tothe sample submitted earlier?





CommentsS AC O

2.6 Monitoring Contractor’s Non-Conformance(NCR)

i. Are the NCR documented and maintained?

ii. How the Contractor’s non-conformance ismonitored? Are the preventative andcorrective measures proposed and approvedby the Consultant?

2.7 Control of Construction Drawing

i. How the construction drawings aredocumented and maintained?

2.8 Request for Information (RFI) form Contractor

i. Are the RFI forms documented andmaintained?

2.9 Contractor’s Progress Claims

i. How the measurement sheets aredocumented and maintained?

2.10 Monitoring of Design Change

i. Are the design changes documented andmaintained?

ii. How the Engineer’s instruction and variationinstruction documented and maintained?

iii. How the design changes are recorded in therevision of construction drawings?

2.11 Contractor’s As-Built Submission

i. How the as-built drawings are submittedand documented?

3.0 Other Matters




CHAPTER 6

TIME CONTROL

Chapter 6 TIME CONTROL


Table of Contents


6.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

6.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 6-1

6.3.1 General.......................................................................................................... 6-1

6.3.2 Development of Project Programme................................................................. 6-1

6.3.3 Construction Work Programme Review ............................................................ 6-2

6.3.4 Maintaining and monitoring work programme................................................... 6-2

6.3.5 Review of Application for EOT (where applicable) ............................................. 6-2

6.3.6 Delay in Projects............................................................................................. 6-3

Appendix 6A Flow Chart of Management of Work Programme…………………………….……………6A- 1

Appendix 6B Work Programme Review Checklist…………………………………………………………….6A- 4

Appendix 6C Sample of Review of EOT……………………………………………………………………….…6A- 7



6 TIME CONTROL

6.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides the overall procedure on time control through the management ofproject planning, scheduling, monitoring and maintaining of programme throughout theduration of projects.

Refer also to Chapter 13 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration forExtension of Time (EOT).

6.2 SCOPE

It provides the overall procedure in the management and control of time from start untilcompletion to ensure the overall management and control of time meets the Clientsrequirement.

6.3 PROCEDURE

6.3.1 General

In general, the following procedures address common approach in managing the workprogramme, which may vary from project to project depending on requirement:

1. Develop Project Programme

2. Review Contractor’s Work Programme

3. Maintain and Monitor Contractor's Work Programme

4. Review of Application for EOT (where applicable)

Planning and Scheduling procedure is normally described in the tender documents. Anyspecific requirement shall be addressed in the Project Quality Plan (PQP).

6.3.2 Development of Project Programme

The requirement for the timeline of the project is made known either through meetings,a formal correspondence or even verbally towards development of the ProjectProgramme.

The Project Team or such assigned person affirms the requirements and develop theneeds in the form of chronological events or activities.

The project programme includes the following phases (where applicable):

a. Initiation

b. Design Development activities

c. Pre-Qualification activities

d. Tender and award activities

e. Construction activities

f. Testing and commissioning activities

g. Project handing over activities



6.3.3 Construction Work Programme Review

The Project Team reviews and evaluates the Contractor’s submitted work programme interms of acceptability and workability, and recommends as baseline programme (whereapplicable) for SO Representative’s approval. Sequence of work programme review andapproval is shown in Appendix 6A.

Contractor’s Work Programme is prepared utilizing the Critical Path Method (CPM)techniques developed from Precedence Diagramming Method and implemented usingapproved project management software, to identify the critical path/critical paths of theproject.

For small scale projects, the Project Team may decide on the method of development ofthe Work Programme.

The Project Team evaluates and monitors the Contractor’s physical works on site toascertain whether they are ahead or behind schedule. The Sample of checklist for workprogramme review is as per Appendix 6B.

6.3.4 Maintaining and monitoring work programme

The approved work programme is used to monitor and report the contractor’s physicalworks progress on site.

Site meetings are held on regular basis e.g. weekly, to monitor the works progress onsite. Assessment on the progress of work is based either on physical observation, oranalysis of work programme through the Contractor’s progress report. Refer to Chapter10 for a sample Contractor’s progress report.

The Contractor is served written warnings in the event of delays. The Contractor isrequired to submit a recovery work programme indicating project completion and courseof action. The Project Team reviews the recovery programme to understand how theContractor plans to complete the works and this does not necessarily lead to theapproval of an EOT.

The Project Team or such assigned person maintains pertinent reports and updated workprogramme for ease of retrieval (for reference).

6.3.5 Review of Application for EOT (where applicable)

In the event of an application by the Contractor, the Project Team reviews theapplication for EOT to ascertain its entitlement and validity in accordance with theConstruction Contract.

Refer also to Chapter 13 and 15 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contractadministration for EOT and Loss and Expense claim respectively.

The following documents (where applicable) are required during the assessment ofclaim:

a. Work programme (i.e approved baseline programme, revised work programme,updated programme)

b. Historical data and chronology of events



c. Backup documents such as minutes of meetings, correspondence, site reports, sitediary, employer’s instructions and other evidence.

Final assessment and recommendation are made for the approval of necessary approvingauthority.

Where EOT has been assessed within a contract construction period and in the event theEOT is granted, the Contractor need to submit a revised programme showing the newextended period. A sample of Review for EOT is shown in Appendix 6C.

The various Consultants support the Project Team with necessary assistance andevaluation during the assessment process.

6.3.6 Delay in Projects

Where Contractor’s work progress exceeds the original contract period, Notice of Non-Completion is issued to the Contractor.

Certificate of Non-Completion (where contract has exceeded original period or allowableextended period) is issued to the Contractor after carrying out an assessment of EOT.

Refer also to Chapter 16 of Volume 10 for related matter on the procedure on contractadministration for Determination of Contract.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 6– Time Control

APPENDIX 6A

Management of Work ProgrammeFlow Chart



APPENDIX 6A FLOWCHART OF MANAGEMENT OF WORK PROGRAMME

PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGESTART

IDENTIFY CLIENTREQUIREMENT / NEED

DEVELOP OVERALLPROJECT PROGRAMME

OVERALL PROJECTPROGRAMME REVIEW

NOACCEPT

YES

DEVELOP WORKPACKAGE PROGRAMME

EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR’SWORK PROGRAMME DURING

TENDER

CONSTRUCTION STAGECONTRACTOR’S WORKPROGRAMME REIVEW

NOAPPROVED BASELINE

PROGRAMME

YES

MAINTAINING + MONITORINGOF WORK PROGRAMME

A



CONSTRUCTION STAGE (cont’d)

A

NODELAY

YES

CONTRACTOR SUBMIT NOTE: This does not necessarilyRECOVERY WORK mean an approval for EOT

PROGRAMME See para 6.3.5 in theProcedure

YES REVIEWAND OBJECTION

NO

MAINTAINING + MONITORINGOF WORK PROGRAMME

NO EXCEEDSORIGINAL CONTRACT

PERIOD?

YES

ISSUE NOTICE OFNON-COMPLETION TO

CONTRACTOR

ASSESSMENT ON EOT NOTE: Certain cases theAPPLICATION (WHERE Assessment can

APPLICABLE) take place withinthe originalContract Period

REVISE CONTRACT NOTE: 1 RecommendationRECOMMENDATION to Approving

APPROVING AUTHORITY Authority toISSUE CNC Formalise EOT

(WHERE APPLICABLE)

2 Issue CNC ifactual Delay is

X beyond theX allowable period

B (i.e. extendedperiod afterEOT given)



CONSTRUCTION STAGE (cont’d)

X XB

CONTRACTOR TOSUBMIT REVISEDWORK PROGRAMME

REVIEWAND ACCEPT

YES

NOTE: 1 Repeat ResubmissionMAINTAINING + of Revised WorkMONITORING OF Programme as above

WORK PROGRAMME (if necessary)

2 Issue CNC and ImposeLAD (If required) iftime entitlement isless than actual delay

COMPLETION OF NOTE: Refer to maintenance/CONSTRUCTION defects management

CONTRACT Chapter 16 for relatedcontractual matter i.e.Issuing CPC, CMGD &Final certificate

END

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 6B

Schedule Checklist forWork Programme Review



APPENDIX 6B SCHEDULE CHECKLIST FOR WORK PROGRAMME REVIEW

Project Package Contract No.

Contract Award Date Contract duration

Contract Completiondate

Contract Sum RM

Contractor Name

SCHEDULING CHECKLIST : REVIEW WORK PROGRAMME

Baseline Programme Original submissiondate

Recovery Programme Submission No. File ID

Overall Programme Detailed Programme

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTCOMPLIES TO

REQUIREMENTS REMARKS

YES NO

1 Submit both hard and softcopy ofthe programme

2 Submit the supporting document -including planning sheet,productivity rate etc.

3 Conform with contractual milestonedates

4 Using critical path method

5 Prepared using approved schedulingsoftware

6 Acceptable work programmestructure - WBS, trades breakdownetc

B SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTCOMPLIES TO


YES NO

1 Covers all key activities & trades

2 Sufficient level of activity details

3 Free of artificial critical path &unnecessary constraint

4 Logical sequence of work withintrades

5 Logical interfacing between trades

6 Acceptable work programmestructure - WBS, trades breakdownetc




C SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTCOMPLIES TO


YES NO

1 Covers all key activities & trades

2 Sufficient level of activity details

3 Free of artificial critical path &unnecessary constraint

4 Logical sequence of work withintrades

5 Logical interfacing between trades

6 Logical interfacing with externalparties and work by others

6.1 Other contractors

6.2 Local Authority

6.3 Utility companies

6.4 Nominated suppliers

7 Reasonable estimate of activityduration

7.1 Complete/sufficient productivityrate document

7.2 Activity duration tooshort/unrealistic

8 Correct calendar usage

8.1 Using working days

8.2 Using calendar days

8.3 Public holidays observed

9 Realistic critical path

10 Logical programmed produced

11 Work sequence / timing inline withNSC schedule




OVERALL COMMENTS

STATUS

APPROVED RESUBMIT

Reviewed by: Verified by:

Planner/Scheduler RE/RA Project Team

Date: Date: Date:

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 6C

Review of Extension of Time



APPENDIX 6C REVIEW OF EXTENSION OF TIME

GUIDELINES FOR THE ASSESSMENT AND APPROVAL OF EXTENSION OF TIME AND LOSS &EXPENSE

INTRODUCTION

This guideline serves as explanatory notes as well as processes in assessing contractors’ extensionof time (EOT) and loss and expense (L&E). Although the format of the information provided in thisguideline appears to be separate and distinct two processes in evaluating EOT and L&E, in reality,it is not mutually exclusive.

It is therefore important for the Project Team to be fully aware of the link between the two andproperly formulate a plan to conclude both the issues without jeopardising DID’s interests.

1.0 EXTENSION OF TIME (EOT)

1.1 Time for Assessment

In the event that the completion of the project appears to delayed beyond the date forcompletion (whether original or revised) and the contractor has not submitted notice(s)of delay, then the Project Team shall direct the contractor to submit application (if any)so as to finalise any EOT the contractor may be entitled to and to fix a new completiondate if applicable.

Upon receipt of the contractor’s submission for EOT, the Project Team decides if thedocumentation and/or information submitted is sufficient and sets a date for aclarification meeting with the contractor to discuss the application for EOT. The ProjectTeam informs the contractor in detail as to which part or parts of hisapplication/submission is lacking, for example, the contractor has not shown in aprogramme or otherwise the cause and effect of the alleged delay or failed to submitdocuments in support of his application, and giving him time to compile such informationfor resubmission and further discussion. During the meeting with the contractor, theProject Team explains the basis and principles in the analysis and granting of EOT, i.e.critical path method.

Upon the contractor’s resubmission, the Project Team re-assesses the submission forsufficiency and meets with the contractor to discuss his re-submission. The discussionshould include the grounds of the contractor’s application and may be extended toinclude detailed justification on the cause and effect of why they are entitled to thenumber of days applied, i.e. the then accepted programme, the impact of the delay onthe then accepted programme and/or the updated programme (which can also be arevised Programme) and effect of the delay on the progress, if any. The Project Teammay require the contractor to submit further information which may include CPM analysisof the event giving rise to the delay. The information submitted by the contractor shallthen be verified for accuracy and veracity by the consultants and resident site staff withthe Project Team taking lead in the discussion with consultants. This will includeverification on the actual sequence, duration and productivity rate etc.

This part of the exercise should not take longer than two to four weeks depending on thecomplexity of the EOT application.



1.2 Assessment of the Application

In assessing the contractor’s application, regard must be given to the appropriate EOTclause in the contract, in particular the specific clauses invoked by the contractor. Wherethe contractor is not entitled under the Contract, then the Project Team informs thecontractor that his application is rejected as he is not entitled to EOT on the basis to theground applied. Where the ground applied is provided for in the contract but thecontractor is not entitled to EOT by reason that the activity in delay was not in the criticalpath or causes the critical path to change, then the Project Team also informs thecontractor accordingly.

Where the contractor is entitled to EOT, the Project Team assesses the duration for eachand every delaying event identified by the contractor. The results of the assessment aresummarised into a draft report together with all the duly completed proforma as referredin Attachment 1.

The time taken to assess the application should not take longer than one to three weeksfrom the date of the last discussion/meeting or submission of the additional information,whichever is the later.

1.3 Review of the EOT Report by Client.

The Project Team briefs the Client on the EOT Report and if the final report is notaccepted by Client, then the procedure set out above is repeated and the Project Teamshould be mindful of Client’s comments and incorporate the same, if applicable.

Where the final report is accepted by Client, then the Project Team prepares a draft EOTcertificate for SO/SO Representative to issue to the contractor. This shall not take longerthen one to two weeks.

1.4 Where Contractor fails to submit Notice of Delay or Substantiation

The Contract imposes an independent obligation on the Project Team/SO to assess EOTwhere it appears that the progress of the works is delayed. This can happen in twoways:

(a) If after the meeting with the contractor, the contractor fails to submit the informationrequired within 7 days; and/or

(b) The Project Team is fully aware of Employer Risk Events that have caused the contractorto be in delay

Then the Project Team proceeds to carry out the assessment accordingly based on theavailable information, documents and records.

Failure by the contractor to submit notice of delay is a breach of contract by thecontractor which the Project Team takes note of, meaning that the contractor shall notreceive a greater extension than he would have received had the Project Team on noticeat the appropriate time been able to avoid or reduce the delay by some instruction.



2.0 LOSS AND EXPENSE (L&E)

2.1 Assessment of L&E

The Contractor is entitled to L&E under the Contract (depending on the version ofconditions of contract used), subject to the submission of the claim within the period(s)stipulated in the contract. Generally, any payment of monies under this “head of claim”is subject to strict proof, meaning that the contractor must submit the original receipts,invoices and bills etc of expenses actually incurred. However, where the Contract allowsfor it, the quantum of the L&E may be pro-rated from the running (recurring) cost fromthe Preliminaries as stated in the Bills of Quantities.

Upon the contractor’s submission of a claim for L&E, the Project Team determineswhether or not the contractor is entitled, having regard to the actual time of the delayingevent or instruction issued. For example, if the delay is caused by the lateissuance/nomination of sub-contractors, then the loss and/or expenses is assessed at thetime of the delaying event.

However, unlike the EOT, the contract does not impose an obligation on the ProjectTeam/SO to carry out an independent assessment of L&E, whether or not the contractorsubmits a claim. Thus, under no circumstances should the contractor be prompted norreminded to submit such a claim.

2.2 Assessment of the Application.

Upon the contractor’s submission, the Project Team determines if theinformation/documentation is sufficient and sets a date for a clarification meeting within7 days from the contractor’s application to discuss the application for L&E. The teamshall at the meeting inform the contractor in detail as to which part or parts of hisapplication/submission is lacking, for example, the contractor has not shown the causeand effect of the alleged L&E or failed to submit documents in support of their claim, andshall give him 7 days to compile such information for resubmission and furtherdiscussion.

The contractor’s re-submission shall then be verified by the consultants, in particular bythe consultant QS (if any). This process shall not take longer than two to four weeks.

In assessing the contractor’s application, regard must be given to the appropriate L&Eclause in the contract, in particular the specific ground raised by the contractor. Wherethe contractor is not entitled under the Contract, then the Project Team informs thecontractor that his application is rejected as he is not entitled to L&E on the basis of theground applied. Where the ground applied is provided for in the contract but thecontractor is not entitled to L&E by reason that the activity in delay did not cause extracost to the contractor or is concurrent with his own delay, then the Project Team alsoinforms the contractor accordingly.

Where the contractor is entitled to L&E, the Project Team assess the quantum for eachand every delaying event identified by the contractor. The results of the assessmentshall be summarised into a draft report.

The time taken to assesses the application shall not take longer than two to eight weeksfrom the date of the last discussion/meeting or submission of the additional information,whichever is the later.



2.3 Review of the L&E Report by Client

The Project Team briefs the Client on the L&E Report and if the final report is notaccepted by Client, then the procedure set out above shall be repeated and the ProjectTeam should be mindful of Client’s comments and incorporate the same, if applicable.

Where the final report is accepted by Client, then the Project Team prepares a draftVO/IPC certificate for SO/SO Representative to issue to the contractor.

This shall not take longer than two to four weeks.



SAMPLE OF REVIEW OF EOT – Attachment 1

Project Package Contract No.

Contract Award date Contract duration

Contract Completion date Contract Sum

Contractor Name

Type of Assessment

EOT Loss & Expense Date of assessment

Prospective Assessment Retrospective Assessment

Assessment No. 1 2 3 4

Contractor’s claim submission date

Assessment on: 1. Overall Project 2. Milestone Date

Date used Working day Calendar day

Public holiday observed

Notice of Delay issued Yes No Date issued

Certificate of Non-completion issued Yes No Date issued

Previous EOTCertificate issued

Date issued Days entitled Revised completion date

Record/Data used Remarks

1 Baseline Schedule (Approved)

2 Recovery Schedule

3 Monthly updated schedule

4 Contractor’s monthly progress report

5 Monthly photos

6 Site diary

7 Correspondence(state specific key correspondence)

8 Contractor’s claim submission(state dates)

9 Site actual productivity rate



Key issues/ Heads of claims (as per Contractor’s submission) DurationClaimed(days)

1

2

3

Contractor’s request for EOT(as per Contractor’s submission)

Total Duration (days) New completion date

Assessment on Activity Duration

PM Fair Assessment Consultant’sAssessment

Contractor’s proposed /actual duration

Classification

A Activity shift the then current critical path to a new critical path

B Activity extend the duration of the then current critical path

C Late information / instruction

D Variation works (additional quantities)

E Activity concurrent with the then critical path and does not delay completion

F Activity concurrent with the then critical path and can affect the completion

G Contractor’s delaying event occurred first

H Employer’s delaying event occurred first

I Activity / (Late information) has knock on effect on potential critical path

Key issues/ Heads of claims A B C D E F G H I Remarks/Duration

entitlement

1

2

3

Project Team statement on overall assessment

Recommendation on EOT

Key issues/ Head of claims Durationclaimed byContractor

ProjectTeam

Assessment

Remarks



Detail Assessment of EOT-Attachment 2

STAGE 1

Description of Key Issue / Head of Claim

Delaying event nature as claimed

1 Late information

2 Additional works (i.e. variations)

3 Late site possession

4 Delay of NSC

55.15.25.35.4

Others (Please state)

Assessment based on the following Clauses of C.O.C.

Main Clause Sub-Clause Description

1

2

3

4

5

Provisions of C.O.C. allows for next stage of assessment? Yes No

STAGE 2

Yes No

A-i Affected event/activity has float at the time delay occurs

A-ii Float used up and create / shift to a new critical path

B-i Delaying activity / event already on the critical path at the time delayoccurs

B-ii New works due to additional quantities

Assessment of new duration based on:

a. Previously planned (baseline/method statement) production rate

b. Actual cycle time / sequencing at site based on site records(after discounting learning curve)

c. Contractor’s newly proposed duration(in the event of prospective assessment)

d. Any change in the method of working at site(i.e. sequencing, new equipment etc)

B-iii Delaying activity extend the duration of the then current critical path



Yes No

C-i Information requested by Contractor not too distant nor too near tothe future (i.e. the time information required)

C-ii Late information/instruction as integral part of VO works (ie lateissuance of VO)

C-iii Late information cause the then current critical path to change

D-i New activities / variation works cause net additional works(see also B-ii above)

Yes No

E-i Delaying event with its new date and duration were concurrent withthe then critical path, but does not delay the completion

E-ii Delaying event with its new date and duration still has float comparedto the then current critical path

F-i Delaying event with its new date and duration were concurrent withthe then critical path, and affect the completion date.

F-ii Delaying event with its new date and duration has used up the floatand has caused itself to be on critical path or shift it to new criticalpath.

Yes No

G-i There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor that hascaused the then critical path to shift

G-ii There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contactor that hasextended the duration of the then critical path

G-iii There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor and thecurrent delaying event (under review) does not change the criticalpath

G-iv There was a preceding delaying event caused by Contractor and thecurrent delaying event (under review) has dependencies with respectto work sequence to the activities that were already in delay.State the key dependencies to the already delayed events if theanswer is yes.________________________________________________________________________________________________

Yes No

H-i There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer that hascaused the then critical path to shift

H-ii There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer that hasextended the duration of the then critical path

H-iii There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer and thecurrent delaying event (under review) does not change the criticalpath

H-iv There was a preceding delaying event caused by Employer and thecurrent delaying event (under review) does not change the criticalpath



State the key dependencies to the already delayed events if theanswer is yes.________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Yes No

I-i For prospective assessment, will the current delaying event has keydependencies in terms of work sequence to the remaining activitiesthat it can cause current critical path to shift.

State the key dependencies to the remaining activities if the answer isyes.________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Conclusion on overall assessment (including duration)



CHAPTER 7

COST CONTROL

Chapter 7 COST CONTROL


Table of Contents


7.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 7-1

7.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 7-1

7.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 7-1

7.3.1 General.......................................................................................................... 7-1

7.3.2 Cost Report .................................................................................................... 7-1

7.3.3 Variations....................................................................................................... 7-1

7.3.3.1 Minimizing Variations ....................................................................... 7-2

7.3.3.2 Instructions to Contractors ............................................................... 7-3

7.3.3.3 Variation Order To Contractor .......................................................... 7-4

7.3.4 Progress Payment........................................................................................... 7-4

7.3.5 Claims........................................................................................................... 7-4

Appendix 7A Sample of As Tendered Detailed Abstract (ATDA)…………………………………………..7A- 1

Appendix 7B Sample of Cost Plan and Cost Analysis for Building Project………………………………7A- 5

Appendix 7C Instruction and VO Approval Flow Chart……………………………………………………….7A- 13



7 COST CONTROL

7.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides the procedure in the management and control of cost duringconstruction stage until final account to ensure the overall management and control ofcost is within the approved budget and Clients requirement.

Refer also to Chapter 11, 12 and 19 of Volume 10 for related procedures for Variations,Adjustment of Contract Sum and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.

7.2 SCOPE

This procedure covers the preparation of cost report and control of cost duringconstruction stage until final account. It also recommends steps to minimize variations.

7.3 PROCEDURE

7.3.1 General

The control and recording of funds for construction and managing changes to the workthat affect the cost of the project must be properly recorded. Such record must be neatlymaintained, current and accessible.

7.3.2 Cost Report

Cost report is produced periodically to advise DID on actual cost incurred, anticipatedcost and future commitments against the cost plan/budget approved.

Cost report shall include variation orders, expenditure of prime cost/provisional sums,new works, actual cost for re-measured items in the Contract, estimated futurecommitment and other applicable costs. See Appendix 7A for sample of As TenderedDetailed Abstract (ATDA), a cost report prepared upon the award of constructioncontract.

Other forms of cost report include Cost Plan and Cost Analysis, a cost database that areused as reference for estimation of future Projects. See Appendix 7B for sample of CostPlan and Cost Analysis for Building project.

7.3.3 Variations

In any construction contract it is not possible to completely predict all the issues that willarise in the field. During construction, unexpected events, contractor’s failures, incorrectassumptions, public demands, even design deficiencies will require directives to thecontractor and payment for additional or changed work. The construction contractdocuments will stipulate the conditions or circumstances that constitute changedconditions and the procedures to be adopted to amend the contract to incorporate thechanged conditions.



7.3.3.1 Minimizing Variations

A research1 (1Thalasiah, Mohd Saad (2007). A Study on Variation Order in Department of

Irrigation and Drainage Projects. MSc. Thesis, Universiti Teknologi MARA) conducted amongstgovernment officers, consultants and contractors recommends the following to minimizevariations:

a. Seek Approval from Local Authorities or Government Agencies.The Project Team must ensure that Consultants obtained approval and abide toguidelines or requirement of Government agencies/Local Authority. During theconstruction stage, Project Team needs to ensure that Contractors liaise with thelocal authorities and other government agencies in expediting the approval.

b. Check on Discrepancies Between Tender Documents and Drawings Before CallingTender.The contract document comprises among others the drawings and the BQ. The BQis prepared based on respective drawings and any subsequent changes or additionaldetailing in the design requires respective amendment of the BQ. Therefore, it is vitalto check discrepancies between BQ and drawings as any discrepancies may result invariations.

c. Adequate Soil Investigation (SI)SI help identify the actual condition of the site and help to decide appropriateconstruction methods in early stage. The specification of the SI is mostly preparedby Consultant and needs to be vetted thoroughly by the Project Team. Even thoughthe SI is carried out by specialist contractors, the work needs to be supervised bycompetent personnel from the Project Team.

d. Resolution of Land IssuesThe timely completion of projects is often affected by land acquisition or landalienation. It is a good practice to resolve land matters before site possession isgiven to the contractors as the land acquisition is often long and tedious process.

e. Sufficient Time to Prepare Complete and Detailed Design.Error in documentation due to misinterpretation of design intent is prevalent ifsufficient time is not given to the consultant to ensure proper and correct documentare produced prior to tendering.

f. Adequate Site Inspection Prior to Design.The Project Team needs to ensure that the latest survey plans are used for thedesign. Available survey may become obsolete over time due to changes within thesite during the design stage. Any changes or error in the survey plan need to becommunicated to all parties involved to avoid variations. Additionally, Project teamshould conduct site inspection to reveal useful additional information, such asexisting rock and water courses and identify any objects or structure which was notpick up by the survey plan.

g. Sufficient Fund to Ensure Project Meet the Objectives.The Project Team needs to ensure that fund allocations are sufficient to meet projectobjectives. The practice of design according to budget tends to creates problem ifno contingency are allowed in the budget.

h. Experienced Designer.The designs are mostly carried out by consultant engaged to carry out the service.The practice of engaging the same (experienced) consultants will reduce variationsdue to their familiarity with the requirements of DID.



i. Check Material Availability.It is good practice to ascertain the availability of material at the design stage prior tospecifying its use for construction so as to minimize variation.

j. Sufficient Time to prepare Project Brief.Lack of time might lead to things being over-looked. The Project Team needs toestablish at the planning stage, parameters of the project, budget, get key decisionsand obtain approval of the design proposal from the client. The Project Team needsto have effective communications between client and designers to ensure that allrequirements are taken into consideration. The final design should be presented andapproved by the client.

k. Experienced Supervision Team.Assessment of potential changes and the resolution and processing of changerequests requires contractual skills, tact, diplomacy, and a thorough knowledge ofthe site and contract conditions. The Project Team must be knowledgeable of theterms of the contract in regards to changes and move swiftly to institute theprocedures as soon as a potential for change becomes apparent. An experiencedsupervision team invariably will be more competent and more conversant on contractadministration to better manage the projects. With greater understanding of theproject, an experienced supervision will help to minimize variations.

l. Experienced Contractors.Contractors are responsible to complete works in accordance with specification andtime. The timely issuance of instructions and information will enable contractors toaccordingly plan. This is achievable for experienced contractors who are equippedwith proper programming tool for early identification of such situations to minimizethe overrun. Additionally, an experienced contractor can contribute in proposingconstructability of options to reduce variations.

7.3.3.2 Instructions to Contractors

Changes to a contract are dealt with by issuing and formalizing instructions and variationorders for changes to the Contractors. This requirement is defined in the respectiveConditions of Contract. The overall process flow of Instructions and Variation Orders isillustrated in Appendix 7C.

Instructions are reviewed to ensure that the contents are in order and that any costimpact (if any) is reported in the Cost Report.

There are different categories of instructions. Instructions are prepared based on theproject specific format and requirements. The SO’s Instruction is based on JKR’s ContractAdministration standard form, Arahan Pegawai Penguasa, JKR 203U/82-Pin.1/92.

In general, instructions require a formal signing off by necessary approving authority orcommittee to indicate approval/endorsement, before release to the Contractor. RelatedJKR’s forms in use are as follows:

a. Arahan Perubahan Kerja, JKR-APK.

b. Permohonan Untuk Mendapatkan Kelulusan Perubahan Kerja, JKR-KPK.

c. Permohonan Untuk Kelulusan Kerja Tambahan Kuantiti Sementara, JKR-KKS.



The approved Instruction is issued to the Contractor who retains a copy and returns aduly signed original to the Project team for preparation of Variations.

The Instructions and their associated cost and/or estimated cost are reported andmonitored through Cost Report.

7.3.3.3 Variation Order To Contractor

A Variation Order is prepared upon completion of the agreement/negotiation phasebetween Contractor and Project team on the cost of works (Note that sometimesVariation Order is closed at zero cost).

Refer to Chapter 11 of Volume 10 for related procedures for Variations.

The variations are reviewed to ensure the content is in order and that the valuation ofvariations agreed is reasonable.

Based on the advice and recommendation of a committee, the Approving Authorityapproves the formal Variation Order before releasing it to the Contractor.

The approved Variation Orders are issued to the Contractor who retains a copy andreturns the duly signed original to the Project Team to compile for preparation of thefinal account.

The value of the Variation Order is then reported in the cost report (where applicable)and monitored.

7.3.4 Progress Payment

Most contracts stipulate that the work will be paid for at regular intervals, usuallymonthly, during the course of construction. The contract will stipulate the period forpayment; the timing of submission for payment; the required documentation and amountof retention. The cut off date for quantities is the last day of each month unlessotherwise discussed and agreed to with the Contractor.

Please refer to Chapter 10 of Volume 10 for the contract administration procedure forPayments.

7.3.5 Claims

A claim, in abroad legal context, generally includes making a demand for money orservices and alleging a right thereto. A claim is usually referenced as a request by aContractor or subcontractor for added compensation (money or time) for work performedoutside the scope of the contract or for work performed within the scope of the scope ofthe contract but under conditions that were not anticipated.Various clauses of the contract specifications allow for conditions which enable theContractor to request additional money or time, provided adequate notification andbackup are given. The Project Team should recognize any situation of potential claimand, where possible, take steps to minimize impacts and ensure complete documentationof before and after conditions.

Please refer to Chapter 21 of Volume 10 for the contract administration procedure onDispute Management and Resolution.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 7– Cost Control

APPENDIX 7A

As Tendered Detailed Abstracts – ATDA



APPENDIX 7A AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACT

AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACTFOR IRRIGATION AND

DRAINAGE WORKS

Project Name:ProjectParticulars

WholeProject

ThisPackage

OverallLength ofriver Km

Package No. Nett Lengthof river Km

Package Description: Area ofBridges andInterchange m2

Contractor & Class: JPS/JKRStandard

Tender Amount: RM Terrain

Type of TenderOpen Tender

Contractual ArrangementConventional

Date TenderClosed

Date Valid Till Contract Period WeeksNo. of Tenderers

Head Subhead Year Project Provision RM: Package Provision RM:

Cost (RM) Approval Reference:

1. Preliminaries &General Items Unit Price

Drawing Serial Nos.

2. Main Works QuantityBQ

Unit BQ RateRM

Rate perkm of River As per tendered

2a Earthworks andChannel ImprovementWorks

General Clearance

Geotextile (1 layer)

Imported Material(earth material)

Imported Material(quarry dust)

Excavation andDisposal

Filling (transfer fromstockpile, spread,compact & trim)

Maintenance Access(300mm crusher run)

2c Provisional Sum

3.

4.



Cost (RM) COST OF PROJECT & STATUS

PackageNo.

PreliminaryEstimate

AsDesignedEstimate

RateTendered

TenderedCost

AsCompleted

Cost

5 Miscellaneous

5a Maintenance Depots

5b Right of WayDemarcation TOTAL:

5c Land Acquisition Current Project Cost: RMUnit Cost of project: RM Per Km

5d Variation of Price(Allow 5%) Tandatangan & Jawatan

5e Documentation Fees

5f Contingencies Bahagian Ukur Bahan dan Kontrak, Ibu Pejabat JPS Malaysia

5g DepartmentalSupervision

5h Soil Investigation(inclusive in 2c)

5i AdvertisementTarikh:

5j Survey

6 Professional Fees

7 Cost of Package Superintending Officer (S.O.) / Project Director (P.D.)

8 Unit Cost of Packageper Km/m2 Tarikh:

Pengarah Bahagian di Ibu Pejabat JPS Malaysia

Tarikh:

Note: T - TenderedP.S. - Provisional SumP.Q. - Provisional Quantity



APPENDIX 7A NOTES ON AS TENDERED DETAILED ABSTRACT

1. The information on this Detailed Abstract is for Government use only.

2. This Detailed Abstract shall be prepared upon receipt of tender for main works or oncompletion of negotiation in case of negotiated tender.

3. A schematic drawing showing the location and proposed packages shall be attached to thisDetailed Abstract.

4. For projects with more than one proposed tender package, this Detailed Abstract shall beprepared for each of the proposed tender packages.

5. All project packages shall be identified by a number and expressed as a ratio of the totalnumber of packages e.g. 3/10 means package 3 of project with 10 packages.

6. Type of Tender refers to whether it is open, international, confined to Bumiputera,selected, negotiated etc.

7. Contractual Arrangement refers to the contractual arrangements between the Governmentand the Contractor such as Conventional, Turnkey, Cost-Plus etc.

8. The unit for the various items of work shall be as follows:-

(a) Site Clearance - Area of site cleared in hectare and in Km length ofroad.

(b) Earthwork - Volume of earth including rock in meter cube movewithin, away from or into the site and Km length ofroad.

(c) Culvert - No. of culvert and Km length of road.

(d) Drain - Km length of road

(e) Turfing & SlopeProtection

- Km length of road.

(f) Pavement - Area of finished course in Meter Square and Km lengthof road.

(g) Road furniture - Km length of road.

(h) Bridges &InterchangeStructure

- Deck area in meter square, measurement being madeto outer edge of the deck slab.

The Km length of road above shall be the nett length excluding the bridges andinterchange structure along the road.



9. (i) The cost of gabions, retaining wall and similar slope protection works shall beincluded in item 2(e) – Turfing and slope protection.

(ii) The cost of road marking, road signs, gantries, kerbs and guardrails delinators andother items of road furniture shall be included under item 2(g) – Road Furniture.

(iii) Any items which are not listed in the form e.g. Street lighting, traffic signals,landscaping etc shall be entered in the blank spaces provided.

10. The Current Project Cost shall be the sum of latest estimate, or as tendered cost, or asdesigned estimate as completed cost, as the case may be of every package of project,including the cost of the package for which the Detailed Abstract is prepared.

11. No portion of the form shall be left blank. Item not applicable in any particular case shallhave a dash inserted against them.

12. No amendments or deletions of listed item are to be made in the form.

13. Contingensies shall not exceed 10 percent of total of all items (excluding itself).

14. Where a Quantity Surveyor is employed on the project, this Detailed Abstract shall beprepared by him.

15. This Detailed Abstract shall be submitted to Economic Planning Unit for the information orapproval of additional funds (if required).

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 7B

Sample of Cost Plan



APPENDIX 7B SAMPLE OF COST PLAN

Cost Plan No. For Phase DatedDetail Breakdown

DescriptionLand(Acre) Qty Unit

Rate(RM)

Amount(RM)

Sub-Total(RM)

Total(RM)

ModifiedCost Plan

(RM) Remarks

Site Clearance

Soil Investigation

Earthworks

Building : Substructure &Superstructure

Landscaping

Utilities & Infrastructure

Etc.

ESTIMATED AMOUNT

Sub-Total

Development Charges / LocalAuthorities / Consultancy Fees

TOTAL

Sub-Total

Development Charges / LocalAuthorities / Consultancy Fees

TOTAL

GRAND TOTAL



APPENDIX 7B SAMPLE OF COST ANALYSIS

PROJECT TITLE

COST PLAN AREA FS m2

No. ELEMENT COSTCOST PER (RM) % REMARKS /

BRIEF SPECIFICATIONSF M2

1 Substructure

Earthworks

Substructures

Total

2 Superstructure

Frame

Upper Floors

Roof and Coverings

Stairs

External Walls

Windows and External Doors

Internal Wall and Partition

Internal Doors

Total

3 Superstructure

Wall Finishes

Floor Finishes

Ceiling Finishes

Total

4 Fittings & Furnishing

Security Fittings

Special Fittings/Finishes/Equipment

Total

5 Services

Sanitary Pipeworks

Air-Conditioning & Mechanical

Electrical

Telecommunication / IT

Fire Protection

BSC/BSS

UPS

LPG

Lift Installation

Total

6 Sub-Total (Item 1 – 5)



No. ELEMENT COSTCOST PER (RM) % REMARKS /

BRIEF SPECIFICATIONSF M2

7 External Works

Fencing and Gates

Out Buildings

External Stormwater Drainage

External Sewer Drainage

External Fire Protection

Authority Fees

Swimming Pool

External Utilities

Total

8 Base Building Cost

Design Cost

Consultant Fees

Profit and Attendance

Preliminaries

Contingencies

Total

9 Less Discount

Sub-Total

Add: 9% of (Item 1-9) – Item 6

10 Grand Total




EL EMENTAL COST ANALYSIS – Form 1

PROJECT TITLE:LOCATION: TENDER DATE

INFORMATION TOTAL PROJECT

Project and Contract Information

Project Debris and Site Condition Contract

Market Conditions:

Contract Particulars:

Basic of Tender Open / SelectedBills of Quantities Competition

Cost Fluctuation: Yes

NoBills of Approximately NegotiatedQuantity

GovernmentSchedule of Rate / SerialsSpecification & Drawings Private

Contract Period Stip. By Client: Provisional Sum RM

Contract Period Offered by Builders: Prime Cost Sum RM

Number of Tenderers Issued: Preliminaries RM

Number of Tenderer Received: Contingencies RM

Contract Sum RM

Competitive Tender List

Cost (RM) Int(JV)/L



ANALYSIS OF SINGLE BUILDING

Design / Single Information

Accommodation and Design Features:

Design / Shapes

Area: Functional Unit: Percentage of Gross Floor Area

a) Below Ground Floor %

Lower Ground Floor m2 External Wall Area

Ground Floor m2 Gross Floor Area b) Single Storey Construction %

Upper Floor m2

Gross Floor Area m2 c) 2-Storey Construction %

Storey Height: d) 3-Storey Construction %

Usable Area m2

Circulation Area m2 Av. Below Grd Floor m e) 4-Storey Construction %

Ancillary Area m2

Internal Division m2 Av. Grd Floor m

Gross Floor Area m2

Above Grd Floor m

Floor Space NOT m2Enclosed

Roof Area m2(Structural & Plant Rooms)

Brief Cost Information

Contract Sums RM Functional Unit Cost

Provisional Sums RM excluding external

Prime Cost Sums RM Works:

Preliminaries RM Being % of remainder

Contingencies RM Being % Contract Sum

Contract Sums less Contingencies RM




ELEMENTAL COST ANALYSIS – Form 2

SUMMARY OF ELEMENT COST

GROSS FLOOR AREA m2

Preliminaries Shown SeparatelyTotal

Cost ofElement

(RM)

Cost/ m2

GRA(RM)

ElementUnitQty

ElementRatio/

m2

Reinforcedconcrete

m2Reinforcement

KgFormwork

m2

1 Substructure

Piling m

Work Below Lowest FloorFinish

m2

Group Element Total

2 Superstructure

Frame m2

Upper Floors m2

Roof and Coverings m2

Stairs m2

External Walls m2

Windows and ExternalDoors

m2

Internal Wall and Partition m2

Internal Doors m2

Group Element Total

3 Finishes

Internal Wall Finishes

Internal Floor Finishes

Internal Ceiling Finishes

Group Element Total

4 Fittings & Furnishing

Security Fittings


Group Element Total

5 Services

Sanitary Appliances

Plumbing Installation

Refuse Disposal

Air-Conditioning &Ventilation System

Electrical Installation

Lift & Covey or Installation

Special Installation

Builder’s Profit &Attendance on Services

Builder’s work inConnection with Services

Group Element Total

Sub-Total exc. ExternalWorks

Preliminaries andContingencies



Preliminaries Shown SeparatelyTotal

Cost ofElement

(RM)

Cost/ m2

GRA(RM)

ElementUnitQty

ElementRatio/

m2

Reinforcedconcrete

m2Reinforcement

KgFormwork

m2

6 External Works

Site Work

Drainage

External Services

Ancillary Buildings

Recreational Facilities

Group Element Total

Preliminaries

TOTAL(Less Contingencies)




ELEMENTAL COST ANALYSIS – Form 3

SUMMARY OF ELEMENT SPECIFICATION

GROSS FLOOR AREA M2

Element Specification

1. Substructure

Piling

Work Below Lowest Floor Finish

2. Superstructure

Frame

Upper Floors

Roof and Coverings

Stairs

External Walls

Windows and External Doors

Internal Wall and Partition

Internal Doors

3. Finishes

Internal Wall Finishes

Internal Floor Finishes

Internal Ceiling Finishes

External Finishes

4. Fittings & Furnishing

Security Fittings


75. Services

Sanitary Appliances

Plumbing Installation

Refuse Disposal

Air-Conditioning & Ventilation System

Electrical Installation

Lift & Covey or Installation

Special Installation

Builder’s Profit & Attendance on Services

Builder’s Work in Connection with Services

6. External Works

Site Work

Drainage

External Services

Ancillary Buildings

Recreational Facilities

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 7C

Instruction and Variation OrdersProcess Flow Chart forContractor / Consultant



APPENDIX 7C INSTRUCTION AND VARIATION ORDERS PROCESSFLOW CHART FOR CONTRACTOR/CONSULTANT

START

IDENTIFYING NEEDS FOR INSTRUCTION

PREPARE INSTRUCTION

REVIEW INSTRUCTION

NOAPPROVED

(Total rejection can occur)YES

ISSUE INSTRUCTION

RECEIVE COST FROM CONTRACTOR / CONSULTANT

AGREE COST

ACTIVATE V.O.

REVIEW V.O.

NOAPPROVED V.O

YES

ISSUE V.O.

UPDATE COST REPORT

END



CHAPTER 8

HEALTH, SAFETY ANDENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Chapter 8 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION


Table of Contents


8.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 8-1

8.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 8-1

8.3.1 Project Initiation............................................................................................. 8-1

8.3.2 Submission of Safety Documents ..................................................................... 8-2

8.3.3 Monitoring of Health and Safety Plan and Environmental Management CompliancePlan During Implementation Stage .................................................................. 8-2

8.3.4 Training and Health & Safety Awareness Programme........................................ 8-3

8.3.5 Accident Reporting Procedure.......................................................................... 8-3

8.3.6 Fire Preventive Measures ................................................................................ 8-3

Appendix 8A Project HSE Management Process Flow Chart……………………………..………….....8A- 1

Appendix 8B Sample of Health and Safety Daily Report………………………………..………………..8A- 2

Appendix 8C Sample of Health and Safety Observation Report…………………..………………..…8A- 3

Appendix 8D Environmental Requirements and Standard………………………..…………..…………8A- 4

Appendix 8E Sample of Health and Safety Audit Checklist……………………..………………..…….8A- 7

Appendix 8F Sample of Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist………..…………….…….….8A- 12

Appendix 8G Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Regulations………………..…………………..…..8A- 14

Appendix 8H Checklist for Worksite Safety……………………………………………………………….….8A- 18

Appendix 8I Accident/Incident Reporting procedure……………………………………………….……8A- 22



8 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that the health, safety and environmental(HSE) standards of a project conform to statutory requirements of Occupational Safetyand Health Act (OSHA) 1994 (Act 514), Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act 139) andthe Environmental Quality Act 1974 (Act 127).

Work does not proceed until proper precautions are taken to ensure environmentalprotection, health and safety of all workers involved.

8.2 SCOPE

The procedure applies to all project sites and covers all aspects of HSE procedure. It alsocovers the conduct of site HSE disciplines.

It aims to reduce occupational and environmental risks in construction to an acceptablelevel through HSE control.

8.3 PROCEDURE

This procedure is prepared for the management of HSE aspects of projects as requiredby statutory regulation. The overall procedure is illustrated in Appendix 8A.

8.3.1 Project Initiation

Project initiation includes addressing HSE requirements pertaining to the project:

a. Project Team obtains a copy of current standard HSE documents, such as Chapter6 of Volume 8 of the DID Manual.

b. Project Team can make necessary amendment to the standard HSE documents tosuit the project need and requirements in the tender documents.

c. Project Team ensures requirements on HSE in the tender documents areimplemented throughout the construction stage. The requirements include thefollowing:

i Provision and use of PPE.

ii Appointment of dedicated safety officers (depending on the size of theproject and workforce).

iii Provision of safety signage.

iv Provision of measures protecting the safety of workmen and the public.

d. Project Manager ensures smooth line of communication between Project Team,related internal departments and various project consultants.



8.3.2 Submission of Safety Documents

a. The Project Team ensures HSE Documents submitted by the Contractors areadequate.

b. The Health and Safety document comprise the Health and Safety Policy and Plan inaccordance with OSHA Act 514 and the Malaysian Factory & Machinery (Rules &Regulation).

c. The Environmental document comprises the Environmental Policy andEnvironmental Management Compliance Plan in accordance with EQA ACT 127and/or Local Authorities requirements on environment, such as LUAS and LUANKedah.

d. The Project Team ensures the Contractor submits the Emergency Response Planrelated to HSE requirements.

e. The Consultant/Project Team will review and approve the HSE documents prior tocommencing site work. All comments are returned to the Contractor for furtheraction.

f. Upon approval, the Contractor will carry out its work in accordance with theapproved Health and Safety Plan, Environmental Management Compliance Planand Emergency Response Plan.

8.3.3 Monitoring of Health and Safety Plan and Environmental ManagementCompliance Plan During Implementation Stage

a. The Project Team monitors health and safety aspects on a regular basis, andrecord all observations on issues of HSE. Refer to Appendix 8B for a sample ofHealth and Safety Daily Report.

b. All personnel on site shall possess a valid CIDB Green Card.

c. Methods of monitoring are:

i. Regular Monitoring.

Contractor’s HSE officer conducts regular HSE monitoring on site. An HSEObservation report is issued to the Contractor for any activities found to benoncompliant to the HSE requirement.Refer to Appendix 8C for a sample of Health and Safety Observation Report.

ii. HSE Audit/Inspection

The Project Team together with HSE Officer will carry out periodic HSE auditwith the Contractor in preparing the status report for submission.

Refer to Appendix 8E for sample of Health and Safety Audit Checklist,Appendix 8F for a sample of Environmental Compliance Audit Checklist andAppendix 8G for the Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Regulations.

iii. HSE Meeting

Project Team together with HSE Officer will carry out regular HSE meetingwith the contractor to discuss all issues pertaining to the health, safety andenvironmental protection.



iv. Project Site Meeting

HSE issues on the Project are part of agenda in the Project Site meeting.

8.3.4 Training and Health & Safety Awareness Programme

The Project Team ensures the contractor conducts HSE related programme/training toraise the level of awareness, skills and knowledge on HSE among the staff/workers. Suchprogramme/training may include the following:

a. Tool Box Meeting

b. Safety Week - safety campaign ad competition

c. General Safety Awareness Talk

A sample of Checklist for Worksite Safety is included in Appendix 8H.

8.3.5 Accident Reporting Procedure

The Project Team ensures the Contractor complies with requirements of the OccupationalSafety and Health Act 514 when accident occurs.

A sample of Accident/Incident Reporting procedure is included in Appendix 8I.

8.3.6 Fire Preventive Measures

The project team ensures where possible that the contractor takes fire preventivemeasures during construction period according to the Fire Services (Amendment) Act1993 or Malaysian Uniform Building By Law.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 8– Health, Safety and Environmental

Protection

APPENDIX 8A

Project HSE Management ProcessFlow Chart



APPENDIX 8A PROJECT HSE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FLOW CHART

Start

Construction Stage

Contractor prepares andsubmits HSE documentto Project Team

HSE documents NOapproved ?

YES

Contractor’s briefing onHSE plan to Project Teamand implementation

Project Team monitorsHSE activities on site

Meet NOrequirements?

YES

Regular Monitoring

END

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8B

Sample of Health and SafetyDaily Report



APPENDIX 8B SAMPLE OF HEALTH AND SAFETY DAILY REPORT

Name of Project : Report No. :

Report By : HSE Personnel Date of Issue :

Date of Inspection :

No. DescriptionActual

ConditionReminder

Remark Deadline1 2 3

Issued By: Acknowledged By:

…………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………Project Team Contractor’s Representative

Name: Name:

Date: Date:

c.c. Consultant

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8C

Sample of Health and SafetyObservation Report



APPENDIX 8C SAMPLE OF HEALTH AND SAFETY OBSERVATION REPORT

Package No: Date:

Contract No: Time:

Issued to:Contractor Name:

Representative:

Location:

Observation Remarks:

Contractor to respond below on action taken and return this report to the Firm/Company by……..

Issued By: Acknowledgement:Safety / Security Supervisor Contractor Representative

_____________________________ _______________________________Signature & Date Signature & DateName Name

c.c. ConsultantProject Team

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8D

Environmental Requirements &Standard



APPENDIX 8D ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS & STANDARD

A. Environmental Compliance

The Project Team ensures that the Environmental Compliance Report is prepared on a regularbasis, comprising the environmental quality monitoring result, progress of works on-site andstatus of compliance to environmental requirements.

Regulatory requirements and guidelines that have to be complied with are as follows:

1. Environmental Quality Act 1974.

2. Environmental Quality (Licensing) Regulations 1977.

3. Environmental Quality (Clean Air) Regulations 1978.

4. Environmental Quality (Compound of Offences) Rules 1978.

5. Environmental Quality (Sewage and Industrial Effluents) Regulations 1979.

6. Environmental Quality (Scheduled Wastes) Regulations 2005.

7. Environmental Quality (Control of Emission from Diesel Engines) Regulations 1995.

8. Environmental Quality (Control of Emission from Petrol Engines) Regulations 1995.

9. Environmental Quality (Compounding of Offences) (Open Burning) Rules 2000.

10. Factories and Machinery (Noise Exposure) Regulations 1989 (DOSH)

11. Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and Welfare) Regulations 1970 (DOSH)

12. Guidelines for Prevention and Control of Soil Erosion and Siltation Malaysia (DOE)

13. Urban Stormwater Management Manual (D.I.D, 2000).

B. General Environmental Requirements

A summary of the general environmental requirements is as stated below:1. Earthworks Control

a. Mitigation and control measures for soil erosion and siltation must be as recommendedin “Guidelines For The Prevention and Control Of Soil Erosion and Siltation in Malaysia,1996”.

b. Silt traps, silt retaining structures and drainage system must be constructed prior to thecommencement of site clearing activities. The TSS discharged from these structuresshould not exceed 100mg/L. The monitoring for silt trap discharge shall be conductedon a monthly basis.

c. All access road must be paved or laid with an appropriate layer of crusher run beforethe commencement of earthworks activities. The access roads must be kept clean atall times.

d. Ground wetting is a must to avoid any dust dispersion during earthworks andconstruction phase.

e. Exposed area must be turf with crops immediately.

f. Lorries transporting earth/construction material must be properly covered at all times.

g. Wheel washing facilities must be constructed and fully utilized.



2. Water Quality Control

a. Monitoring program for water quality shall be conducted at the upstream anddownstream of the Project Site monthly. The sampling parameters are DissolvedOxygen (DO), chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5),TSS, NH3-N, E.coli, oil & grease and pH.

b. Sanitary facilities for workers must comply with specification stated by the JabatanPerkhidmatan dan Pembetungan (JPP) and Ministry of Health (MOH).

3. Air & Noise Quality

a. TSP level measured at site shall not exceed 260µg/m3.

b. Noise level during construction/earthworks must not exceed 65 dBA at day and 55 dBAat night measured at the boundary of the Project Site.

c. Open burning is strictly prohibited.

4. Waste Management Aspect

a. A good management system for solid waste must be implemented. Solid waste(excluding scheduled waste) must be disposed off a legal dumpsite.

b. Scheduled wastes have to be handled according to EQ (Schedule Wastes Regulations)2005.

c. Monitoring & Reporting

d. These reports should be compiled and prepared during Project’s development phase:

Water quality monitoring result: to be submitted monthly.

Silt trap discharge result: to be submitted monthly.

Ambient air quality monitoring result: to be submitted quarterly.

Sound level monitoring result: to be submitted quarterly.

Environmental Monitoring and Audit Report: to be submitted quarterly.

5. An EMP report must be submitted to the Project Proponent and be updated whenapplicable.



C. Standards, Regulations and Guidelines

The samples for the water quality, silt trap discharge, air quality and the noise level at theboundary of the Project Site will be compared with appropriate standards during the monitoringprogram. The relevant standards for the water quality, air quality and noise level is givenbelow:

Relevant Standards for Water Quality, Silt Trap Discharge, Air quality and Noise Level

EnvironmentalQuality

Relevant Standards

Water Class IIB of the Proposed Interim National Water QualityStandards for Malaysia:

Test Parameters Unit Interim STDClass II B

pH (on – site) - 6.5 – 9.0

Temperature (on – site) oC -

Dissolved Oxygen (on – site) mg/L 5.0 -7.0

COD mg/L 25

BOD5 mg/L 3

Total Suspended Solids mg/L 50

Oil & Grease Not Detected

Ammonical Nitrogen as NH3-N mg/L 0.3

E-coli count MPN 400/100mil

Silt Trap Discharge Discharge limit of 100mg/L

Test Parameters Unit

TSS mg/L 100

DO mg/L 5.0 -7.0

Air Malaysian Recommended Environmental Air Quality Limits of260µg/m3 of TSP in 24 hours.

Parameters Units MalaysianGuideline

Total Suspended Particulate (µg/m3) 260

Nitrogen Dioxide as NO2 (µg/m3) 320

Sulphur Dioxide as SO2 (µg/m3) 105

Noise EIA Approval Condition of 65 dB(A) for daytime and 55 dB(A)for night-time

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8E

Sample of Health and SafetyAudit Checklist



APPENDIX 8E SAMPLE HEALTH & SAFETY AUDIT CHECKLIST

Name of Contractor : Date :

Package : Time :

S/N ITEM / DESCRIPTION Yes No N/A REMARKS

1 Health and Safety Management

Written Health & Safety Policy

Dissemination of OSH Policy to workers

Organization chart

Health & Safety Officer

Health & Safety Committee

Competent person for specific job

Safe Operating Procedure

Health & Safety Manual

‘Work Permit’ System

Health & Safety budget allocation

Health & Safety Campaign

Tool box meeting

Safety Induction to new workers

Record and Record Control

2 Health and Safety Committee

Organization Chart

Appointment letter as Chairman/ Secretary

Appointment letter as committee member

Regular meeting

Site inspections by OSH Committee members

Sub-contractors, NSC & Workers representative

Accident Investigation

Cooperation from Company’s Top Management

Safety Reports corrective action taken

Action on unsafe act / penalty system

Records & Record Control

3 Machines / Plants

Valid Certificate of Fitness (CF)

Competent Operator

Machine Guarding

Inspection prior start work

Material Handling system

Lifting works supervision

Scheduled maintenance

Training

Records control




4 Working Platform

Approved design by PE

Safe Work Load (SWL) displayed

Safety barricade

Maintenance

Appearance/finishing

Right platform for right work

5 Scaffolding

Load calculation & drawings approved by PE

Scheduled inspection

Maintenance

Strong foundation/ base plate

Competent Scaffolder

Record Management

6 Floor Opening

Barricaded floor openings

Strong/ safe barricade

Warning signages

Inspection and maintenance

7 Floor Edge Opening

Barricaded floor edge openings

Strong/ safe barricade

Warning signages


8 Working at height

PPE

Safe working platform

Risks/procedure assessment

Supervision

Safety anchorage provided

Training

9 Safe Access/Egress

Safe access to working area

Overhead Protection cover

Adequate lighting

Safe ladder


Access control




10 Safety to Public

Safety signages

Good hoarding

Security Control at entrance

Traffic Controller c/w Safety Vest

Traffic Control at Site

Safe Material Handling

11 Electrical Safety

Signages

Approved installation

Competent person

Wiring installation / safe lay out

Training or information dissemination

Inspection by competent person /chargeman

12 Workers Accommodation/ ‘Kongsi’( If Applicable)

Isolation from working area

Compound cleanliness

Separate entrance

Fire extinguishers

Ventilation system

Children occupied

Local Authority Approval

13 Housekeeping

Housekeeping’s activity

Dustbin and proper disposal system

Good Construction Material’s arrangement

Adequate gangways/access

Inspection

Proper drainage system

Proper dumping area

Warning signages

14 Storage system

Proper storage area

Safe and proper stacking

Hazardous material storage system

Dangerous material warning signages


Storage area cleanliness




15 Health and Welfare Facilities

Canteen, foods, drinks

First Aid Box

Toilet

PPE provided

Noise monitoring

Proper warning signages


16 Formwork

Approved design by PE

Installation as per specification

Inspection

Responsible person

Safe access provided

17 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Provided and recorded

PPE training

Usage supervision



18 Mosquito Preventive Measures

Housekeeping’s activity

Dust bin and proper disposal system

Inspection

Proper drainage system

Proper dumping area

Storage area cleanliness

Fogging

19 Temporary Works


PPE provided and being use

Safe and adequate access to working area

Job Hazard Analysis

Barricade provided around work area

Supervision and monitoring

Inspection record

Written SOP or Method Statement




20 Excavation and Shoring


Appointment of Responsible Person

Safe & adequate access to working area/pit


Job Hazard Analysis

Barricade provided around pit etc.


Inspection record

Good shoring structure

Safe plants/machines storage

Machineries in good condition

Written SOP or Method statement

21 Pile Driving/Piling System

The stability of building surrounding approvedby PE


Machineries in good condition

Appointment of Responsible Person

Good storage procedure

Barricade provided around pit etc.


Inspection record

Good Pile driving rigs support

Ladder installed on frame

Adequate pumps

Slings, air hose in good condition

Cofferdams always being inspected

22 Demolition


Approval from local authorities

Competent person

Job Hazards Analysis

Written Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)

Permit to Work System

Method statement on surrounding buildingssafety precaution

Safe access to working area

Waste material disposal system

Supervision by Competent person

Inspection and records control

Safety procedure to public

Presence of PTG Representative where issue ofland rights is applicable

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8F

Sample Environmental ComplianceAudit Checklist



APPENDIX 8F SAMPLE ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDITCHECKLIST

Name of Contractor : Date :

Package : Time :

SUBJECTPlease mark ( )

ComplyNot Comply Not

RelevantMinor Major

1.0 Environmental Management System(EMS)

1.1 Changes in the EMS

1.2 Effective discharge of environmentalmonitoring responsibilities

1.3 Compliance with reportingrequirements

1.4 Compliance with record-keepingrequirements

2.0 Erosion, Sediment and Flood Control

2.1 Silt traps maintenance

2.2 Silt fence maintenance

2.3 Detention ponds maintenance

2.4 Catch drains maintenance

2.5 Earth bund maintenance

2.6 Slope protection

2.7 Open area protection

3.0 Traffic Control

3.1 Traffic management system

3.2 Conditions of roads leading to site

3.3 Conditions of roads leading out ofsite

3.4 Vehicle maintenance - noise and airpollution control

3.5 Vehicle operations - wheel cleaning,effective cover and properoperations

3.6 Wash trough maintenance





RelevantMinor Major

4.0 Waste Management

4.1 Biomass management system

4.2 Builders waste management system

4.3 Domestic waste managementsystem

4.4 Scheduled (toxic) wastemanagement system

4.5 Site toilet waste managementsystem

4.6 Effluent waste management system

5.0 Site house-keeping

5.1 Earth stockpile

5.2 Liquids stockpile

5.3 Building materials stockpile

5.4 Canteen/Site Office

5.5 Working area

6.0 Water Quality Control

6.1 Silt trap discharge

7.0 Air Quality Control

7.1 Vehicle emission

7.2 Machinery emission

8.0 Noise Levels Control

8.1 Vehicle noise

8.2 Machinery noise

8.3 Human activities noise

For more detailed list of items for compliance, refer to Manual Saliran Mesra Alam (MSMA).

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8G

Soil Erosion & SedimentControl Regulations



APPENDIX 8G SOIL EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS

MAINTENANCE CHECK SHEETS

INSPECTION CHECK SHEET Sheet ___of ___

GENERAL INFORMATIONS

Project Name: ______________________________________________________File No. ________

Developer Name:______________________________ Contractor Onsite:

Inspection Date: ____________ Time: _______ Weather: mm of Rain Last Week:

Inspection Type: { } Routine Weekly { } Pre-Rain { } During Rain { } Post Rain

STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION{ } Pre-Construction Conference; { } Clearing and Grubbing; { } Rough Grading;

{ } Finish Grading; { } Building Construction; { } Final Stabilization;

INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Yes No NA (Not Applicable)

Part 1: Inspection on Erosion Controls Measures

{ } { } { } Is the clearing of the construction area carried out in phases?

{ } { } { } Are the areas which designated to be preserve of the existing vegetation intact isnot disturbed?

{ } { } { } Are all erosion control devices in-place and functioning in accordance with theerosion control plan?

{ } { } { } Are all temporary stockpiles or construction material located in approved areas andprotected from erosion?

{ } { } { } Are soil stockpiles adequately stabilized with seeding and/or sediment trappingmeasures?

{ } { } { } Have all denuded areas requiring temporary or permanent stabilization beenstabilized?Seeded? yes/no Mulched? yes/no Gravelled? yes/no

{ } { } { } Does permanent vegetation provide adequate stabilization?

{ } { } { } Are all exposed slopes protected from erosion through the implementation ofacceptable soil stabilization practices?

{ } { } { } Are finished cut and fill slopes adequately stabilized?

{ } { } { } Is there any evidence of erosion of cut or fill slope?



Part 2: Inspection on Sediment Controls Measures

{ } { } { } Have sediment-trapping facilities been constructed as a first step in stripping andgrading?

{ } { } { } For perimeter sediment trapping measures, are earthen structures stabilized?

{ } { } { } Are sediment basins, sediment traps, sediment fence/barriers and check dam/rockweir installed where needed as per ESC Plan?

{ } { } { } Are sediment basins, sediment traps, sediment fence/barriers and check dam/rockweir properly maintained, repairs and sediment was regularly removed and cleanas per ESC Plan maintenance schedule?

{ } { } { } Are sediment controls in place at site perimeter and storm drains inlets?

{ } { } { } Is the water from the construction site adequately prevented from directly enteringthe permanent drainage system unless it is relatively sediment free (i.e. thecatchment area has been permanently landscaped and/or any likely sediment hasbeen treated)?

{ } { } { } Are the sediment controls measure onsite adequately installed and the sedimentare effectively treated from the stormwater runoff from the construction site?

{ } { } { } Is there any evidence that the sediment is leaving the construction site withoutadequately treated?

Part 3 : Inspection on Conveyances and Flows Controls Measures

{ } { } { } Are on-site channels, inlet and outlet are adequately stabilized and protected?

{ } { } { } Do all operational storm drainage inlets have adequate inlet protection?

{ } { } { } Are stormwater conveyance channels adequately stabilized, protected and linedwith suitable material at badly eroded stretches?

{ } { } { } Are stormwater conveyance channels, culvert, conduit, roadside ditches, toe ofslopes etc. adequately stabilized and with proper inlet/outlet protection and energydissipater?

{ } { } { } Are the outlet of sediment basins and sediment traps are adequately stabilized withproper outlet protection and energy dissipater?

{ } { } { } Are adequate check dam/rock weir or any others energy dissipater method whichare used to reduce the erosive effects of flows velocity in the stormwaterconveyance channels

{ } { } { } Are temporary stream crossings of non-erodible material installed whereapplicable?

{ } { } { } Are the stormwater conveyance channels, the riprap, check dam, rock weir, streamcrossing, etc. properly maintained, repairs and deposited sediment was regularlyremoved and clean as per ESC Plan maintenance schedule?



Part 4 : Others

{ } { } { } Are properties and waterways downstream from development adequatelyprotected from erosion and sediment deposition due to increases in peakstormwater runoff?

{ } { } { } Are soil and mud kept off public roadways at intersections with site access roads?

{ } { } { } Are utility trenches stabilized properly?

{ } { } { } Is there any self-auditing of ESCP was carried out onsite (based on onsite recordsof inspection check sheets and inspection log book)

{ } { } { } Have all temporary control structures that are no longer needed been removed?

{ } { } { } Do any structural BMPs practices require repair or clean-out to maintain adequatefunction? If yes, indicate in details.

{ } { } { } Does the ESCP require revisions? If yes, explain:

Comments:

Inspected by:____________________________ Contractor’s Representative:_________________

Position: ________________________________ Position:_________________________________

Signature: ___________________ Signature: ______________________

Date: Date:



APPENDIX 8G - SOIL EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS

Site: Contractors on Site: _______________________

Heavy Equipment on Site: Activities on Site: _________________________

Date:

Weather: mm of rain in last week: ___________________

Note condition of the following measures and sediment levels where applicable:

MEASURECONDITION/LOCATION

READINGACTION

REQUIREDYES/NO

TYPEOF

ACTION

ACTIONCOMPLETED

(DATE)

INITIALS

Silt fences

Temporary StorageFacilities

Outlet of TemporaryStorage Facilities

Interceptor Swales

Steeper Slopes

Cover of RoughGrades

Catchbasins FilteringControls

Dust Control

Mud Tracking

Debris Control

Other Comments (Summarize):

Signature:

Name:

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8H

Checklist for Worksite Safety



APPENDIX 8H CHECKLIST FOR WORKSITE SAFETY

SAFETY RULES FOR WORKSITE

1. General

Always think for a few seconds of the safe way to perform your work before starting.

Don’t guess. If you are in doubt as to the safe and proper way to carry out a job oruse equipment always seeks advice from your superior or foreman.

If you do not understand instructions given, don’t take chances. Ask.

Follow instructions.

Observe all warning signs and danger notices.

Report all unsafe conditions to your supervisor or foreman.

Help to keep the side tidy. Good housekeeping prevents accidents.

Remove all protruding nails or bend them over.

Don’t leave unguarded a hole that someone could fall through it. Report it to yoursupervisor or foreman.

Where loads are too heavy for you to handle alone, get help.

Never play practical jokes or distract others while working.

Do not work at heights if you are feeling weak or dizzy.

Fire is a hazard. If you smoke take care. Refrain completely from smoking when inareas where “no smoking” signs are displayed.

Never do anything that is unlikely to endanger yourself or others.

Keep clear of all moving machinery if you are not required in the vicinity.

Be extra cautious when conditions are wet.

Do not throw debris down from any height. Ensure that debris to down the right chute.

2. Ladders

Don’t use a badly constructed ladder.

Keep clear of all moving machinery if you are not required in the vicinity.

Don’t stand and ladder on loose material or lean it against fragile material.

Ladders should extend at least 1 meter (3ft.) above the platform it leads to.

3. First-Aid

Use the First-Aid Box in the site office for any cut, abrasion, bruises and other minorinjuries.

All injuries should be attended to immediately. Seek help if you are in doubt.

Know where the First-Aid Box is located.



4. Platform, Gangways and Staircase

Keep all platforms and gangways free of debris, obstructions and tripping hazards.

Never store materials on platforms or gangways.

Ensure that platforms and gangways have secure guard rails and toe boards.

5. Material Handling

Where materials must be stacked, make sure that they are stacked on a firm and levelbase and in a tidy manner.

When removing materials from a sack, always remove from the top.

Never stack materials near the edge of the building or too near lift openings or otherservice openings in the floor where they are liable to fall off.

Watch where you are going whilst moving materials. Look out for tripping hazards.

When hauling materials into the building at the edge of a floor is unavoidable, makesure guard rail is in place and make use of your safety belt.

When carrying obstructive materials such as lengthy bent rods, ensure that there is noone standing in the way of passage.

6. Protective Equipment

Safety belts, safety helmets, protective goggles, industrial gloves and such equipmentare for your protection. Use them.

Before commencing work, obtain all necessary protective gear from your supervisor orforeman.

Ensure that the protective equipment fits you snugly and securely and is in goodcondition before use.

7. Tools and Equipment

Use the correct tool in the safe manner. Do not use equipment you have no knowledgeof.

Never throw tools to one another.

All tools can cause injury when misused. Use them with care for the purpose they aremeant for.

Always switch off the supply after using electrical equipment.

8. Excavations

Do not remove any shoring or struts unless instructed to do so.

Ensure that proper access is provided before entering any excavation and note theposition of this access.

Do not place excavated materials at the edge of excavations.

Place excavated materials where they will not affect the stability of the slope.



CHECK LIST FOR WORKSITE SAFETY

1. Check List for Site Safety

Are the grounds of the site cleared of all necessary obstructions and provided withproper temporary drainage?

Are the materials on the ground stacked in their proper places and in a stablecondition, in a manner to prevent the breeding of pest?

Are all the loose timbers and unwanted debris on the grounds cleared away orstockpiled neatly for removal?

Are all the staircases and other accesses cleared of all obstructions and debris, dry,adequately lighted and safe of use?

Are all the overhead protections provided in good and sound condition?

Are all the materials on the upper floors stacked in a safe and stable manner awayfrom the edge of openings?

Are all openings through which persons are liable to fall securely fenced up orbarricaded for more than 3 meters (10 ft.)?

Are all inspections of machines used on site (hoist, cranes, lifts, air-receivers and pilingframes) up to date?

Are all the necessary safety appliances on site sufficient in number and in goodcondition?

Are the workers and other employees using their safety appliances in the correctmanner?

Are all the dangerous parts of machine in use properly guarded?

Is all the warning provided at site properly displayed and located?

Are the list pits baled and pumped dry?

2. Check List for Scaffolding

Is the base sound and secure?

Are the standards in proper alignment and plumb?

Are all the ledgers in place?

Is the scaffold adequately braced and tied into the structure?

Are the loose timbers lying on the scaffold?

Are the platforms for use securely fastened?

Have I checked daily that workers from any trade have not removed ties or braces?

Have I checked and replace defective members?

Have I carried out my weekly inspection and entered it into a register?



3. Check List for Hoist Tower and Platform Structure

Is the base sound and secure?

Is the platform structure in sound condition?

Are the guard rails and toe boards of all platforms in place?

Is the hoist tower in proper alignment and plumb?

Is the hoist in good operating condition?

Are the guard rails and toe boards of gangways connecting the various platforms tothe building in place?

Are the platforms cleared of all debris and materials?

Are the wheelbarrows or other equipment left on the platform?

Have I checked daily that all the ties and braces are in places?

Have I carried out my weekly inspections and entered it into a register?

4. Check List for Formworks

Are all the props adequate and in place?

Are the shores properly seated top and bottom?

Are all the horizontal and diagonal bracings in place?

Is there any sign of sagging of forms?

5. Check List for Excavations

Are the bank tops free of excavated materials or other materials that may fall into theexcavations or cause the banks to slip?

Are the machinery in use at site placed away from the excavations so as not toendanger the stability of the banks?

Are all the piling, shoring and bracing members of the excavation in proper alignment?

Is there any evidence of instability of the bank? (Sign of slip, settlement, movement ofthe banks or upheavals of the bed)

Where the excavation of a trench exceeds 5.5 meters (18 ft.) are the piling, shoring,bracing and other protection constructed in accordance with the design and drawingsof a professional engineer?

Are all the ladders, stairways, ramps or other provided access readily accessible fromany position in the excavation and in sound conditions?

DID MANUALVolume 11





Protection

APPENDIX 8I

Accident/Incident ReportingProcedure



APPENDIX 8I ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING PROCEDURE

1. INTRODUCTIONThis SERIOUS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING PROCEDURE describes the type of incidentsthat needs to be reported immediately with details of the manner of reporting to relevantpersonnel and to the Management.

2. TYPES OF ACCIDENT/INCIDENTThe following are types of Accident/Incident that need to be reported immediately:

2.1 Accident Involving DeathAn on-the-job accident resulting in death of person(s) employed to work in DID projector operation by either DID, Consultant, Contractor or Sub-Contractor.

2.2 Serious IncidentA life endangering event such as major actual collapse of structural work, false work orplant or any incident causing multiple injuries to worker(s).

2.3 Fire Or ExplosionAn accident that caused injury to persons and damage to equipment, materials andpermanent or temporary facilities due to fire or explosion.

2.4 Damage To PropertyAny incident that caused serious damage to property; i.e. equipment, materials,structure etc. other than that caused by fire or explosion that made the equipmentinoperative and requires material and structure to be replaced.

2.5 Falling ObjectAny incident involving fall of materials from high level that caused injury to personneland damage to equipment or structure.

2.6 Buried By SpoilsAny accident/incident caused by collapse of spoil or cave-in-which result in persontrapped and buried by the earth.

2.7 OthersAny incident other than the above i.e. robbery, hostages or bomb threat must bereported in accordance with this reporting procedure.

3. RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 Contractorsa. Ensure that all incidents type-related above are reported immediately after its

occurrence to the Project Manager and Site Staff during office hours or to contacttheir mobile phone during after working hours without fails.

b. Submit an Accident Report Form to Project Manager and Site Staff within 24 hoursof the occurrence of accident/incident occurred.

c. Submit form JKKP 107 (Accident Report Form) to relevant state DOSH Directoroffice within 24 hours by facsimile followed with original copy by post. Sample ofForm JKKP 107 (Accident Report Form) is attached.



3.2 Project Team

The Project Manager or Site Staff is responsible in the accident/incident and who will:-

a. Proceed immediately to the scene of accident/incident and conduct preliminaryinvestigation upon receiving incident report or after being informed of theoccurrence.

b. Prepare report using the attached accident/incident report format after thepreliminary investigation conducted and send by fax to DID Headquarters.

c. Update Management of the incident from time to time.

3.3 Did Headquarters

The SO or his representative who received the incident report or after being informedof the occurrence of the incident will notify Director General of DID.

4. ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORT FORM

Sample of accident/incident report form to be used in reporting of any incident mentionedabove is attached.

5. OTHER ACCIDENT/INCIDENT

These will be reported to SO for further advise.



SERIOUS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORT TO MANAGEMENT OF DID

INCIDENT

1. DATE: _______________ TIME: _____________ LOCATION: ________________________

2. NAME OF DEPARTMENT / CONTRACTOR: __________________________________________

3. NAME OF SUB-CONTRACTOR: ___________________________________________________

4. TYPE OF INCIDENT:-(Please tick here)

i INCIDENT INVOLVING DEATH iv DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

ii SERIOUS ACCIDENT /INCIDENT

v FALLING OBJECTS

iii FIRE EXPLOSION vi BURIED BY SPOILS

vii OTHERS

5. NAME OF INJURED PERSON:

6. NATIONALITY/RACE:

7. AGE:

8. CAUSE OF DEATH / INJURY / DAMAGE OF PROPERTY*:



9. NATURE OF INJURY / DAMAGE OF PROPERTY:

10. ESTIMATED COST OF DAMAGE:

11. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT**:

12. IMMEDIATE ACTION TAKEN:

Note: * Delete which is not applicable**Please attach any documentary exhibits if available.



CHAPTER 9

LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENTAGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS

Chapter 9 LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS


Table of Contents


9.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 9-1

9.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................................... 9-1

9.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................ 9-1

9.3.1 General....................................................................................................... 9-1

9.3.2 Obligations of the Consultants ...................................................................... 9-1

9.3.3 Obligations of the Contractor........................................................................ 9-2

Appendix 9A Electricity Supply Application checklist - (Application to TNB)…………………………9A- 1-6



9 LIAISON WITH OTHER GOVERNMENTAGENCIES AND SERVICE PROVIDERS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides an overall procedure and elements of control in dealing andworking with government agencies and service providers at construction phase of aproject.

9.2 SCOPE

The procedure covers both the conventional and design and build type of contracting.Any specific requirements of a Project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan.

9.3 PROCEDURE

9.3.1 General

This procedure is written in anticipation that events would unfold in a chronological order(although it is not always possible) in the management of project.

In general, the following procedures address common approaches to both conventionaland design and build type of contracting method. In design and build contract, the rolesof the Consultants in liaison with government agencies and service providers areassumed by the Contractor’s Consultants and the liabilities with the Contractor.

The obligations of DID Project team and the Consultants are the same for projects whereDID assumes the supervisory role.

The Project Team ensures that the Consultant and Contractor obtain all necessaryapprovals from relevant authorities and statutory bodies.

9.3.2 Obligations of the Consultants

The Consultant will, upon the approval of DID, submit the required documents anddrawings to obtain approval and permission to proceed with the construction of theproject from the relevant authorities.

Consultant shall liaise with Utility Providers/ Concessionaires on any diversion of existingutilities infrastructure i.e. electric and telecommunication cables, fiber optic, water andgas pipes before start of construction. The sample of checklist for Electricity SupplyApplication is as per Appendix 9A.

The Consultant shall ensure that all procedures and forms for construction, inspection,testing and recording are prepared by the Contractor and sufficient as documentationnecessary for statutory approval and certification purposes, such as Certificate of Fitness(CF)/ Certificate of Completion and Compliance (CCC), if required.

The Consultant shall ensure that the samples of materials, schedules complete with testresults from the relevant authorities, drawings and other submissions conform with theapproved design and intentions of the project and comply with the Contracts. All itemsare to be properly recorded for future reference.



The Consultant shall ensure that the site staff is present at the site to carry out fieldsupervision and inspection as required for the following:

1. To comply with any Acts of Parliament or any regulations or by-laws or any otherwritten laws applicable to the Contractors’ operation or activities or work inconnection with the project.

2. To comply with statutory certification in respect of the project until final approvalfor the CF or CCC (if required) from the approving authority is obtained.

List of defects are to be prepared and the Consultant shall participate in follow upinspections to ensure all items complied with relevant requirements.

The Consultant prepares plans showing all amendments of the project as required by therelevant authorities, and applies and obtains, for and on behalf of DID, the CF or CCC (ifrequired).

The Consultant prepares all reports, certificates and other documents for which it isresponsible under this contract and which are required to be submitted to localauthorities indicating or evidencing the compliance of the project with the appropriateStatutory Regulations. The Consultant obtains approvals and any other permissionrequired by any authority having jurisdiction over the project.

9.3.3 Obligations of the Contractor

The Contractor is to submit detailed work programme/schedule before commencing withthe construction works. The work programme shall incorporate works by otherAuthorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires such as TNB, TMB, Gas Malaysia andwater supply.

The Contractor needs to allow for interfacing works including coordination and liaisonwith the other Authorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires to establish all the latestinterface requirements and scope of works, especially for work involving diversion ofservices.

The Contractor produces coordinated (utilities and clash analysis) shop and As-builtdrawings, including all services to be provided by the other utility contractors of otherAuthorities and Utility Providers/Concessionaires. The Contractor shall ensure that all hisservices are “design coordinated” to allow for integration with the other trade services,the building structure, internal and external finishes and future or implied tenant work.All external utility services such as irrigation, power, telephone, cold and sanitaryplumbing, IT, water, drainage and sewerage lines are to be included in coordinatedinstallation drawings.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to carry out works associated to satisfy theenvironmental protection requirements of the local authority. Refer to Chapter 8 for theprocedure on compliance to Health, Safety and Environmental requirements.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 9– Liaison with Other Government

Agencies and Service Providers

APPENDIX 9A

Electricity Supply ApplicationChecklist



APPENDIX 9A ELECTRICITY SUPPLY APPLICATION CHECKLIST- (APPLICATION TO TNB)

SUMMARY OF LOAD DATA FOR DEMAND EXCEEDING 100kVA (140A)

A. Basic Information

1. Address of Information

2. Site Location (Lot & Mk. No.)

3. Single-tenancy or multi-tenanted premise

4. Type of premise

5. Total gross built in floor area

6. Total Land area

7. Name of ArchitectAddressTelephone no.Fax No.E-mail Address

8. Name of SurveyorAddressTelephone no.Fax No.E-mail Address

9. Name of Developer/OwnerAddressTelephone no.Fax No.E-mail Address

10. Name of Consultant EngineerAddressTelephone no.Fax No.E-mail Address

11. Name of Electrical ContractorAddressTelephone no.Fax No.E-mail Address

12. Requirement for temporarily supply

13. Date supply required (ORIGINAL)

14. Date supply required (FINAL)



15. Plans Certified by Professional Engineer(3 Sets)a) Master Development/Layout plan

(Plan Induk Lokasi & Lot PembangunanTanah) approved by JPB&D)

b) Site plan/Proposed Substation Sites(Plan Lokasi & Cadangan TapakPencawang Elektrik Fasa)

c) Layout Plan of Substation Building(Stand-Alone/Compartment) PelanSusunAtur/(Layout bangunanPencawang)

d) Layout Plan of Main Switch room(Pelan Bilik Suis & Skematik Papan SuisPengguna)

e) Single line Diagram/Schematic ofInstallation(Pelan Skematik Pepasangan)

B. Load Details

Load / CategoryConnected Load Information Load After

Diversity

Nos kVA PowerFactor

kW Kw @ DiversityFactor

Total lighting points andload (kW)

Total air conditioning pointsand load (kW)

Total motor nos and loads- single phase- three phase

Other special loads(arc welding, arc furnace &others)1.2.3.4.5.

Total load (kW)- Maximum

Total (kW)- Minimum

* Minimum values need to be specified for customer taking supply at above 6.6kV



C. Details on Motor Loads

MotorSize

Type ofControlEquipment

Sub-transientReactance/Locked MotorReactance

StartingEquipment

StartingCurrent(Amps)

StartingFrequency(nos/hour)

PowerFactor

UnderVoltagesetting

D. The availability of harmonic spectrum and submission status to TNB for all harmonicgenerating to be summarized in table below:-

Non-Liner Load Availability of HarmonicSpectrum (Yes or No)

Submission Status

E. Details on fluctuating loads to be specified in below:-

Type of fluctuatingload

Rate of changes tokW and kV Ar perminute

Interval betweenkW and kV Arfluctuations inminutes

The largest stepchanges in kW andkVAR

kW/min kVAR/mm

F. Tolerance limits for all voltage sensitive equipment to be provided in table in below:

Voltage sensitiveloads

Steady statetolerance limits as% of nominalvoltage (maximum& minimum)

Transient voltagetolerance limits ofequipments as % ofnominal voltageand correspondingduration

Harmonic voltagedistortion tolerancelimits as % of totalharmonic andindividual harmonicdistortion

% Time (ms)



G. Capacitor bank installation:

Type of connection

No. of bank

kVAR/bank

Total kVAR

Total of control equipment

H. Load Profile and consumption data, if relevant;

Monthly Peak MD (kW) Monthlyconsumption(hours/month)

Load factor Estimated monthlyconsumption (kWH)

L. Load Details for mixed development:

Kindly use the format in appendix 12 of technical guideline

Submitted by:(Signature of Consultant Engineer)

Date



ELECTRICITY SUPPLY APPLICATION EXCEEDING 100 kVA CONSULTANTENGINEER CHECKLIST

No. Form/Document Information Required

1. Summary of Load Data(A) Basic Information Address of Installation

Name & address of Architect

Name & address of Surveyor

Name & address of Owner/developer

Name & address of Consultant Engineer

Name & address of Electrical Contractor

Type of premise

Voltage Level (HV or LV)

Total Load Required (kW)

Date Supply Required

Plan & drawings (i) Master development/Layout Plan

(ii) Site Plan/Proposed sub-station sites

(iii) Layout plan of substation building

(iv) Layout plan of main switch room

v) Single line diagram/schematic ofinstallation

vi) Diskette for all above plans/

(B) Load details

(c) Motor Loads

(D) Harmonic Spectrum

(E) Fluctuating Loads

(F) Tolerance Limits

(G) Capacitor BankInstallation



No. Form/Document Information Required

(H) Load Profile &Consumption

(I) Load Details forMixed Development

2. Substation Land Consent form for leasing sub-station lot

3. Metering Preliminary metering information sheet



CHAPTER 10

PROGRESS REPORT

Chapter 10 PROGRESS REPORT


Table of Contents

Table of Contents .................................................................................................................. 10-i

10.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 10-1

10.2 SCOPE…. ................................................................................................................. 10-1

10.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 10-1

10.3.1 General ...................................................................................................... 10-1

10.3.2 Project Particulars ....................................................................................... 10-1

10.3.3 Site Plan..................................................................................................... 10-1

10.3.4 Executive Summary Report .......................................................................... 10-1

10.3.5 Schedule And Work Programme Report ........................................................ 10-1

10.3.6 Health, Safety, Security and Environmental (HSSE) Report ............................ 10-2

10.3.7 Quality Assurance/Control Report................................................................. 10-2

10.3.8 Status of Progress Payment ......................................................................... 10-2

10.3.9 Project Control............................................................................................ 10-2

10.3.10 Site Progress Photograph ............................................................................ 10-2

Appendix 10A Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report .…………………………………………………....10A- 1

Appendix 10B Sample Weekly Report …………………………………………………………………….....10A- 31



10 PROGRESS REPORT

10.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter sets out the format and guidelines in writing and preparing project progress

report.

10.2 SCOPE

The procedure covers both the conventional and design and build type of contracting.

10.3 PROCEDURE

10.3.1 General

The Contractor prepares and submits the project progress report to the Project Teamwith a copy of the report submitted to the Client and Consultants. The interval andtiming of submission is as agreed by the Client or as per the requirement of constructioncontract.

The project progress report contains information on the overall status of the project withrespect to time, quality, cost, financial, physical progress and other pertinent issues.

A sample project progress report is included in Appendix 10A.

10.3.2 Project Particulars

In this section, information on the contract; project brief and site organization chart willbe included. Contract summary will spell out the contract information, for examplecontract title; Contractor; nature of contract; original contract sum and contractualparties. Organization chart depicting the various contractual parties is included.

10.3.3 Site Plan

Site plan, which includes location plan and layout plans, is included for easy reference.

10.3.4 Executive Summary Report

Items covered under this section include status of work progress to date; significantdevelopments and achievements for the month of reporting; planning for the succeedingperiod especially key activities; critical decisions and actions required; analysis ofpotential impacts to the contract; significant problems; current and potential delays andmitigation measures to reduce and overcome delays.

10.3.5 Schedule And Work Programme Report

Overall actual physical works progress and baseline schedule is reported and elaboratedin this section. A two-month look-ahead schedule is included so as to ensure theContractor incorporates the necessary remedial actions or mitigation measures in hissubsequent activities.



10.3.6 Health, Safety, Security and Environmental (HSSE) Report

Health and welfare; safety and security and environmental issues are reported in thissection comprising:

Status of the required HSSE documents.

Reports on Environmental Management Plan, including remedial action andprecautions.

Accident or any report (including audit report) on HSSE matter issued by authority orany other pertinent parties. Pertinent parties include Client, Project Team,Consultants, competent personnel or other accepted body.

Minutes of HSSE meeting may be included.

Refer also to Chapter 8 – Health, Safety and Environmental Protection for thesedeliverables.

10.3.7 Quality Assurance/Control Report

Issues pertaining to quality of works or products delivered by the Contractor are thefocus of this section. Any nonconforming works and products in the project need to behighlighted. The status of deliverables, such as work method statement, shop drawingsand nonconforming reports, is included for easy reference and monitoring.

10.3.8 Status of Progress Payment

All progress payments to date to the Contractor and their status are tabled in this sectionfor easy monitoring and follow up.

10.3.9 Project Control

Project control with regard to materials, manpower, machinery and equipment on siteare reported in this section. Records of materials delivery; manpower, machinery(whether in working condition or otherwise) and equipment on site, as well as weatherare included. This information is recorded on daily basis in the site diary.

10.3.10 Site Progress Photograph

Photographs of the progress of the works on site are taken at agreed pre-determinedintervals between the Client and Contractor or as per the construction contract. Thesephotographs are to be provided in this section. Digital photographs are kept andmaintained by the Contractor and copies submitted to the Client and/or Project Team asand when required.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 10– Progress Report

APPENDIX 10A

Sample of Contractor’sProgress Report



APPENDIX 10A SAMPLE OF CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS REPORT

________________________________________________________________________

PROJECT TITLE

CONTRACT NO.

________________________________________________________________________

MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORTNO. ____

PERIOD: FROM ______ TO ________

________________________________________________________________________

PROJECT MANAGER:

CONSULTANT:

MAIN CONTRACTOR:



PROJECT TITLE

MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT NO. ______(PERIOD : FROM _____ TO _______)

TABLE OF CONTENT PAGE

SECTION 1.0 PROJECT PARTICULARS1.1 Contract Summary1.2 Project Description1.3 Site Organization

SECTION 2.0 PLAN2.1 Location and Site Plan2.2 Layout Plan

SECTION 3.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY REPORT3.1 Progress Of Works To Date3.2 Significant Development And Achievement3.3 Planning For The Succeeding Period3.4 Critical Decisions And Action Required3.5 Analysis Of Potential Impacts To Contract3.6 Significant Problem3.7 Current And Potential Delay3.8 Mitigation Measures To Reduce Or Overcome Delay

SECTION 4.0 SCHEDULE AND WORK PROGRAMME REPORT4.1 Overall Progress4.2 Master Programme / Schedule4.3 Tracking Programme / Schedule4.4 Two (2) Months Look Ahead Schedule4.5 Material / Equipment Delivery Schedule4.6 Physical Progress S Curve.4.7 Financial S Curve

SECTION 5.0 HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTALREPORT

5.1 Safety and Security Report5.2 Environmental Report

SECTION 6.0 QA/QC Report6.1 Status of WMS, ITP and PQP Submission6.2 Status of Sample and Testing Submission6.3 Status of Shop Drawing Submission6.4 List of Construction Drawing6.5 Status of NCR (Non-Conformance Report)6.6 Status of Request for Information (RFI)

SECTION 7.0 STATUS OF PROGRESS PAYMENT



PAGE

SECTION 8.0 PROJECT CONTROL8.1 Manpower Record (Management) – Indirect8.2 Manpower Record – Direct Labour8.3 Machinery and Equipment Records8.4 Weather Record

SECTION 9.0 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPH



1.0 PROJECT PARTICULARS

1.1 CONTRACT SUMMARY

1.1 Contract Title:

1.2 Contract No. :

1.3 Nature of Contract :

1.4 Original Contract Sum :

1.5 Term of Payment :

1.6 Construction Period :

1.7 Date of Site Possession :

1.8 Completion Date :

1.9 Liquidated and Ascertained Damages :

1.10 Project Manager :

1.11 Architect :

1.12 Civil & Structures Engineer :

1.13 M&E Engineer :



1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION



1.3 PROJECT SITE ORGANISATION CHART

PROJECT TITLE

Board ofDirectors

ProjectDirector

QA/QC ProjectManager

Civil & Mechanical & Planning & HSSE Admin &Infrastructure Buildings Electrical Scheduling Finance



2.0 SITE PLAN



3.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY REPORT

3.1 Progress Of Works To Date

3.2 Significant Development And Achievement

3.3 Planning For The Succeeding Period

3.4 Critical Decisions And Action Required

3.5 Analysis Of Potential Impacts To Contract

3.6 Significant Problems

3.7 Current and Potential Delay

3.8 Mitigation Measures To Reduce Or Overcome Delay



4.0 SCHEDULE AND WORK PROGRAMME REPORT

4.1 OVERALL PROGRESS

Description This Month Last Month Progress

Schedule % of works

Actual % of work done

% delay

Day delay

Note:Progress % is based on physical S-CurveDay delay is calculated from Critical Path Method (CPM)



4.2 MASTER PROGRAMME/SCHEDULE



4.3 TRACKING PROGRAMME/SCHEDULE



4.4 TWO MONTHS LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE



4.5 MATERIALS / EQUIPMENT DELIVERY SCHEDULE

IDDELIVERYACTIVITIES

QUANTITY DURATION EXPECTED DELIVERY EARLYDELIVERYDATE

ACTUALDELIVERYDATE

REMARKSEARLYSTART

EARLYFINISH



PhysicalS-Curve

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

100.0

Perc

en

tag

e%

MonthlyWorkProgress 0.0 0.7 1.7 4.6 6.8 10.4 16.4 21.7 28.7 32.0 39.3 48.4 59.2 70.1 79.6 90.0 95.0 98.0 99.0 99.5 100.0

ActualWorkProgress 0.0 0.8 1.9 4.2 6.3 8.7 12.2 15.2 17.7 18.4 21.2 24.5 28.9 32.6 37.5 48.0 55.0 59.0

April-02 May-02 June-02 July-02 Aug-02 Sep-02 Oct-02 Nov-02 Dec-02 Jan-03 Feb-03 Mac-03 April-03 May-03 June-03 July-03 Aug-03 Sep-03 Oct-03 Nov-03 Dec-03

4.6 PHYSICAL PROGRESS S-CURVE



4.7 FINANCIAL PROGRESS S-CURVE

FINANCIAL CURVE

-

20,000,000

40,000,000

60,000,000

80,000,000

100,000,000

120,000,000

140,000,000

160,000,0004

/15

/20

02

4/2

9/2

00

2

5/1

3/2

00

2

5/2

7/2

00

2

6/1

0/2

00

2

6/2

4/2

00

2

7/8

/20

02

7/2

2/2

00

2

8/5

/20

02

8/1

9/2

00

2

9/2

/20

02

9/1

6/2

00

2

9/3

0/2

00

2

10

/14

/20

02

10

/28

/20

02

11

/11

/20

02

11

/25

/20

02

12

/9/2

00

2

12

/23

/20

02

1/6

/20

03

1/2

0/2

00

3

2/3

/20

03

2/1

7/2

00

3

3/3

/20

03

3/1

7/2

00

3

3/3

1/2

00

3

4/1

4/2

00

3

4/2

8/2

00

3

5/1

2/2

00

3

5/2

6/2

00

3

6/9

/20

03

6/2

3/2

00

3

7/7

/20

03

7/2

1/2

00

3

8/4

/20

03

8/1

8/2

00

3

9/1

/20

03

9/1

5/2

00

3

9/2

9/2

00

3

10

/13

/20

03

10

/27

/20

03

11

/10

/20

03

11

/24

/20

03

12

/8/2

00

3

12

/22

/20

03

1/5

/20

04

Contract Period

Bu

dg

et

Va

lue

RM



5.0 HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT

5.1 SAFETY AND SECURITY REPORT

5.1.1 MONTHLY SAFETY STATISTICS AND ACCIDENT FREQUENCY REPORT

Period Ending:

Description Current Month Previous Month Remarks

Fatality

Lost Time Accident

Non-Lost TimeAccident

Total Days Lost /Charged

Average Workers PerDay at Site

Frequency Rate

Severity Rate

NOTE: Lost Time Accident = For Injuries Resulting In > 3 Days Off Work

Frequency Rate = Number of Lost Time Accident X 100,000Total Manhours Worked

Severity Rate = Total Days Lost/Charged X 100,000Total Manhours Worked

5.1.2 a. Inspection of mobile crane and tower crane is conducted every once a month.

b. Maintaining safety signages at site.

c. Hang all life wire available at site

d. Implemented the usage of 3-pin plug at site for all electrical appliances.

e. Barricade around the working holes, with depth of more than 1.5m utilizing safetyribbon tape.



5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT

MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT



RelevantMinor Major

1.0 Environmental Management System(EMS)

1.1 Changes in the EMS

1.2 Effective discharge of environmentalmonitoring responsibilities

1.3 Compliance with reportingrequirements

1.4 Compliance with record-keepingrequirements

2.0 Erosion, Sediment and FloodControl

2.1 Silt traps maintenance

2.2 Silt fence maintenance

2.3 Detention ponds maintenance

2.4 Catch drains maintenance

2.5 Earth bund maintenance

2.6 Slope protection

2.7 Open area protection

3.0 Traffic Control

3.1 Traffic management system

3.2 Conditions of roads leading to site

3.3 Conditions of roads leading out ofsite

3.4 Vehicle maintenance - noise and airpollution control

3.5 Vehicle operations - wheel cleaning,effective cover and properoperations

3.6 Wash trough maintenance

4.0 Waste Management

4.1 Biomass management system

4.2 Builders waste management system

4.3 Domestic waste managementsystem

4.4 Scheduled (toxic) wastemanagement system

4.5 Site toilet waste managementsystem

4.6 Effluent waste management system



MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT



RelevantMinor Major

5.0 Site house-keeping

5.1 Earth stockpile

5.2 Liquids stockpile

5.3 Building materials stockpile

5.4 Canteen/Site Office

5.5 Working area

6.0 Water Quality Control

6.1 Silt trap discharge

7.0 Air Quality Control

7.1 Vehicle emission

7.2 Machinery emission

8.0 Noise Levels Control

8.1 Vehicle noise

8.2 Machinery noise

8.3 Human activities noise



6.0 QA/QC REPORT

6.1 STATUS OF WORK METHOD STATEMENT (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)

No. ItemCode

Description1st Submission

Status Remarks

Submit ReceivedStatus

A B C p

No. ItemCode

Description2nd Submission

Status Remarks


A B C p

No. ItemCode

Description3rd Submission

Status Remarks


A B C p

Prepared by: Checked by:



6.2 STATUS OF MATERIAL’S TECHNICAL AND SAMPLE SUBMISSION(CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p




6.3 STATUS OF SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMISSION (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ETC.)

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p

No. ItemCode


Status Remarks


A B C p




6.4 LIST OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

Item Drawing No. Title Revision / Date Received

1st Issue 1 2 3 4 5




6.5 STATUS OF NONCONFORMANCE REPORTS

Item NCR Ref. No. Location Issuer DateIssued

Pending Closed DateClosed

TargetDate toClosed




6.6 STATUS OF REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

Item RFI Ref.No.

Description DateSubmitted

DateReceivedbyConsultant

RequestedDate ofReply

ActualDateofReply

DayResolved(Days)

Status Remarks




7.0 STATUS OF PROGRESS PAYMENT

Item Descriptionof Claim

DateSubmitted

TotalAmountClaimed

Cumm.AmountClaimed

% AmountCertified

AmountPaid

Date ofPaymentReceived

Cumm.AmountPaid

%




8.0 PROJECT CONTROL

8.1 MANPOWER RECORD (MANAGEMENT) - INDIRECT

NO. DESCRIPTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 Project Manager

2 Construction Manager

3 Engineering Coordinator

4 Architectural Coordinator

5 Senior M&E Engineer

6 Planning Engineer

7 Senior QS

8 QA/QC Engineer

9 Safety & Health Officer

10 M&E Engineer

11 QS

12 Land Surveyor

13 Senior Site Supervisor

14 Site Supervisor

15 Logistic Officer

16 Chain Main

17 Administrative Clerk

18 Driver

19 Security

Total c/f

Average Total c/f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Total b/f

Average Total b/f

NO. DESCRIPTION

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 Project Manager

2 Construction Manager

3 Engineering Coordinator

4 Architectural Coordinator

5 Senior M&E Engineer

6 Planning Engineer

7 Senior QS

8 QA/QC Engineer

9 Safety & Health Officer

10 M&E Engineer

11 QS

12 Land Surveyor

13 Senior Site Supervisor

14 Site Supervisor

15 Logistic Officer

16 Chain Main

17 Administrative Clerk

18 Driver

19 Security

TotalAverage Total




8.2 MANPOWER RECORD – DIRECT LABOUR

NO. DESCRIPTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 Chairman

2 Supervisor / Site Foreman

3 Concretor / External Drain

4 Bar Bender

5 Carpenter

6 Back Hoe

7 Tower Crane

8 Mobile Crane

9 Space Frame Worker / Trusses

10 Brick Layer

11 M&E

12 Curtain Wall

13 Hacker / RNC / Comp stone

14 Door & Ironmongeries

15 Skylight

16 Plumber

17 Roof / Lower Dome Covering

18 General Worker

19 Steel Workers / Fire Proof

20 Plasterer / Stone Work

21 ID Works

Total c/f

Average Total c/f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Total b/f

Average Total b/f

NO. DESCRIPTION

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 311 Chairman

2 Supervisor / Site Foreman

3 Concretor / External Drain

4 Bar Bender

5 Carpenter

6 Back Hoe

7 Tower Crane

8 Mobile Crane

9 Space Frame Worker / Trusses

10 Brick Layer

11 M&E

12 Curtain Wall

13 Hacker / RNC / Comp stone

14 Door & Ironmongeries

15 Skylight

16 Plumber

17 Roof / Lower Dome Covering

18 General Worker

19 Steel Workers / Fire Proof

20 Plasterer / Stone Work

21 ID Works

TotalAverage Total




8.3 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT RECORD

NO. DESCRIPTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 Crawler Crane

2 Tower Crane

3 Mobile Crane

4 Bore Piling Rig

5 Micro Piling Rig

6 Vibro Hammer

7 Backhoe

8 Dump Truck

9 Hydraulic Breaker

10 Concrete Pump

11 Water Pump

12 Air Compressor

13 Genset

14 Welding Set

15 Oxy Cutter

16 Compactor

17 Bending Machine

18 Rebar Cutter

19 Excavator

20 Poker

21 Vibrator Engine

22 Bulldozer

Total c/f

Average Total c/f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Total b/f

Average Total b/f

NO. DESCRIPTION

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 Crawler Crane

2 Tower Crane

3 Mobile Crane

4 Bore Piling Rig

5 Micro Piling Rig

6 Vibro Hammer

7 Backhoe

8 Dump Truck

9 Hydraulic Breaker

10 Concrete Pump

11 Water Pump

12 Air Compressor

13 Genset

14 Welding Set

15 Oxy Cutter

16 Compactor

17 Bending Machine

18 Rebar Cutter

19 Excavator

20 Poker

21 Vibrator Engine

22 Bulldozer

TotalAverage Total




8.4 WEATHER RECORD

Sample of Weather Report for the Month of Feb 2008 Progress Report No:

(Refer to file 10Fi-5)



WEATHER RECORD (cont’d)

(Refer to file 10Fi-5)



9.0 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPH



8.4 WEATHER RECORD

Sample of Weather Report for the Month of Feb 2008 Progress Report No:

1st Feb 2nd Feb 3rd Feb 4th Feb 5th Feb

1hr (8-9 am) 4hrs (3-7 pm) 2hrs (3-5 pm)

6th Feb 7th Feb 8th Feb 9th Feb 10th Feb

3hrs (3-6 pm) 1hr (2-6 pm) 2hrs (3-5 pm)


1hr (5-6 pm) 1hr (4-5 pm)




21st Feb 22nd Feb 23rd Feb 24th Feb 25th Feb

1hr (8-9 am) 2hrs (3-5 pm)

26th Feb 27th Feb 28th Feb 29th Feb

FINE

RAINING

Current Rain: 18Total Hours:

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 10– Progress Report

APPENDIX 10B

Weekly Report



APPENDIX 10B WEEKLY REPORT

PROJECT TEAM/CONSULTANTS

NOTE: Report to be updated andSubmitted By the first working dayof the following week

WEEKLY REPORT

PROJECT:WEEK NO.

START

END

NO/TOTAL CONTRACT WEEK

CONTRACTOR: Month

A. PROGRESS OF WORK

NO. DISCIPLINE SCHEDULE PROGRESS (%) ACTUAL PROGRESS (%) AHEAD (+)DELAY (-)%

1 Preliminaries

2 Substructure

3 Structure

4 Architecture

5 M&E

6 External

Overall

TOTAL DELAY – DAY

B. SITE ACTIVITIES

NO. DESCRIPTION REMARKS

1. Refer Attachment



C. QA/QC MONITORING

NO. DESCRIPTION APPROVED COST/TIME REMARKS

1. Request for Information (RFI)

2. Testing

3. Drawings

4. Work Method Statement (WMS)

5. Samples

6. Non Compliance Report (NCR)

7 Changes / Variations

D. DECLARATION RA / RE / COW

.......................................................................

Name:

Date:

Position: RA / RE / COW



CHAPTER 11

RECORDS, DRAWINGSAND DOCUMENTATION

Chapter 11 RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION


Table of Contents


11.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 11-1

11.2 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 11-1

11.3 PROCEDURES........................................................................................................... 11-1

11.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 11-1

11.3.2 Documents, drawings and material samples identification status convention .... 11-1

11.3.3 Receipt and distribution of documents, drawings and material sample tags...... 11-2

11.3.4 Documents, drawings and material samples status ......................................... 11-2

11.3.5 Filing and storage ......................................................................................... 11-2

Appendix 11A Project Coding ……………………………………………………………………………………….11A- 1

Appendix 11B Document, Drawing, Sample Submission Guidelines…………………………………...11A- 2

Appendix 11C Status and Verification Codes …………………………………………………………………11A- 27



11 RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter on Construction Management outlines the fundamentals in the managementof records, drawings and documents.

Proper administration of project records, drawings and documents is essential to easeretrieval for reference and information throughout the duration of the project as well asin the future.

All records, drawings and documents required for purpose of handing over to DID orother beneficiary are to be properly maintained and stored for ease of retrieval. Theserecords are handed over to DID or other beneficiary at the completion of the project.

11.2 SCOPE

The scope covers various stages of project from design through construction period tocompletion of the project.

This procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. Any specific requirements of aparticular project are addressed in the project quality plan.

11.3 PROCEDURES

11.3.1 General

The Project Team establishes at the start of the project the system for management ofdocuments, drawings and material samples which covers identification, submission,approval and distribution.

All documents, drawings, material sample tags and correspondence follow theidentification convention to aid identification and traceability. It bears the necessarydesignated code representing the project.

Refer to sample project coding and identification as shown in Appendix 11A.

Consultants and Contractor are to be informed of the project reference to be used indocuments, drawings, material samples and correspondence. All drawings including as-built plans must be endorsed by Professional Engineer.

11.3.2 Documents, drawings and material samples identification and statusconvention

A. Issuance to Consultant.

At the start of the project, the Project Team provides guidelines on document,drawing convention and submission approval process to Consultant which include(where applicable) the following:

Coding of project Discipline eg. structural, architectural etc. Revision number Type/status eg. tender, construction etc. Approval cycle for documents, drawings and material samples.

Refer to guidelines as shown in Appendix 11B.



B. Issuance to Contractor

After the award of construction contract, the Project Team issues guidelines ondocument, drawing convention and submission approval process to the Contractorwhich includes (where applicable) the following:

Title block Coding of project Discipline e.g. structural, architectural etc. Revision number Type/status e.g. tender, construction etc. Approval cycle for documents, drawings and material samples

Refer to guidelines as shown in Appendix 11B.

11.3.3 Receipt and distribution of documents, drawings and material sample tags

The submission of documents, drawings and material samples received either fromConsultant and Contractor is to be properly maintained.

The Project Team ensures that both the Consultant and the Contractor maintain anupdated list where it can be compared for verification of current documents anddrawings used. Their updated list is obtained through regular submission (i.e. monthlyreport and during weekly meeting) or upon request at any particular point in time.

Distribution of drawings and/or material samples is done to recipient established byProject Team for necessary action and approval.

11.3.4 Documents, drawings and material samples status

Documents, drawings and material samples will have the necessary verification toindicate the status/stage with respect to the phase in project duration.

Refer to Appendix 11C for sample Status and Verification notes. The status is stamped orprinted on the documents, drawings and material sample tags upon review.

11.3.5 Filing and storage

All documents (designer’s manual, design calculation, tender and contract documents),drawings (land acquisition, construction drawings, as-built drawings etc.) are properlyfiled at identifiable location and maintained throughout the entire duration of the projectfor ease of retrieval for reference and ensure that only the latest and up to datedocuments and drawings are used.

Current working drawings (i.e. latest revision) are kept on racks/drawing hangers orother identifiable location and segregated (where necessary) based on the variousdisciplines. The drawings list/register is attached to each drawing hanger.

E-plan (electronic) submission, if any, have to be saved in approved designated hard diskwith reliable back-up system.

Immediate past drawings which may need to be referred to may be kept in boxes,hangers or identifiable location until decision is made to either dispose or send forarchive.

Obsolete drawings no longer in use are stamped “SUPERSEDED” or “OBSOLETE” beforediscarded from work area.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 11– Records, Drawings and

Documentation

APPENDIX 11A

Project Coding


Revision 0 : March 2009 11A -1

APPENDIX 11A PROJECT CODING

TENDER

RTB MSC - JPS/IP/MSC/1/08

PROJEK TEBATAN BANJIR KUALA LUMPUR - JPS/IP/PTBKL/1/08

HTC KL - JPS/IP/HTC/1/08

BAHAGIAN TEKNOLOGI MAKLUMAT - JPS/IP/IT/1/08

BAHAGIAN TEBATAN BANJIR - JPS/IP/TB/1/08

BAHAGIAN SUNGAI - JPS/IP/SG/1/08

BAHAGIAN STRUKTUR,GEOTEKNIK & EMPANGAN - JPS/IP/SGE/1/08

BAHAGIAN SALIRAN BANDAR - JPS/IP/SB/1/08

BAHAGIAN PANTAI - JPS/IP/PT/1/08

BHGN PERKHIDMATAN MEKANIKAL & ELEKTRIKAL - JPS/IP/MK/1/08

BHGN LATIHAN & KEMAJUAN KERJAYA - JPS/IP/LKK/1/08

BHGN KUALITI & AUDIT PRESTASI - JPS/IP/KAP/1/08

BHGN KHIDMAT PENGURUSAN - JPS/IP/KP/1/08

BHGN HIDROLOGI & SUMBER AIR - JPS/IP/H/1/08

SEBUTHARGA

RTB MSC - JPS(SH)/IP/MSC/1/08

PROJEK TEBATAN BANJIR KUALA LUMPUR - JPS(SH)/IP/PTBKL/1/08

HTC KL - JPS(SH)/IP/HTC/1/08

BAHAGIAN TEKNOLOGI MAKLUMAT - JPS(SH)/IP/IT/1/08

BAHAGIAN TEBATAN BANJIR - JPS(SH)/IP/TB/1/08

BAHAGIAN SUNGAI - JPS(SH)/IP/SG/1/08

BAHAGIAN STRUKTUR,GEOTEKNIK & EMPANGAN - JPS(SH)/IP/SGE/1/08

BAHAGIAN SALIRAN BANDAR - JPS(SH)/IP/SB/1/08

BAHAGIAN PANTAI - JPS(SH)/IP/PT/1/08

BHGN PERKHIDMATAN MEKANIKAL & ELEKTRIKAL - JPS(SH)/IP/MK/1/08

BHGN LATIHAN & KEMAJUAN KERJAYA - JPS(SH)/IP/LKK/1/08

BHGN KUALITI & AUDIT PRESTASI - JPS(SH)/IP/KAP/1/08

BHGN KHIDMAT PENGURUSAN - JPS(SH)/IP/KP/1/08

BHGN HIDROLOGI & SUMBER AIR - JPS(SH)/IP/H/1/08

DID MANUALVolume 11





Documentation

APPENDIX 11B

Guidelines on Documents, Drawings &Materials Samples Submission



APPENDIX 11B GUIDELINES ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALSSAMPLES SUBMISSION

TABLE OF CONTENT

1 GENERAL OVERVIEW

2 DOCUMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLE

3 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT

4 CODING STRUCTURE

5 DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLES SUBMISSION

5.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

5.1.1 SUBMISSION SHEET5.1.2 CONSULTANT'S SUBMISSION SHEET5.1.3 CONTRACTOR'S SUBMISSION SHEET5.1.4 RETURN OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS5.1.5 DRAWING TITLE BLOCK5.1.6 DRAWING SIZE5.1.7 DRAWING CROSS-REFERENCING5.1.8 DRAWING REPORTING REQUIREMENT

5.2 DOCUMENTS

5.3 DRAWINGS

5.4 SAMPLE

6 REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE

ATTACHMENT – SAMPLES

ATTACHMENT 1 - DOCUMENTS/ DRAWINGS SUBMISSION REGISTERATTACHMENT 2 - CONSULTANT SUBMISSION SHEETATTACHMENT 3 - CONTRACTOR SUBMISSION SHEETATTACHMENT 4 - DRAWINGS TITLE BLOCKATTACHMENT 5 - MATERIALS SAMPLE TAGATTACHMENT 6 - DOCUMENTS/ DRAWINGS/ MATERIALS SAMPLE REVIEW AND

APPROVAL CYCLE



GUIDELINES ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLES SUBMISSION

1 GENERAL OVERVIEW

This document provides the general guidelines of documents, drawings and materialssample submission inclusive of the format of preparation and submission by the Consultantand Contractor for the project.

2 DOCUMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLE

Apart from correspondence, the respective Consultant or Contractor's Consultant (whereapplicable) should ensure compatibility with the other disciplines prior to forwarding to theProject Team.

Similarly, all Sub-Contractors’ (Domestic and Nominated Sub-Contractors) submissions areto be done via the Main Contractor for the necessary coordination.

All Contractors and Consultants are expected to maintain a full record of all documents anddrawings transmitted. The document or drawing log maintained by the Consultant andContractor shall be inspected by the Project Team from time to time.

All drawings and documents intended (attention to, or copied to) for the Project Team shallbe sent to the Project Team.

3 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT

The Consultant's and/or Contractor's Consultant’s documents & drawings submission forreview shall comply with the requirements, quantity and type of document as indicated inTable 1 and Table 2.




Table 1 : Consultant's or Contractor's Consultant’s Submission

Document Type Consultant’s Submission No. of sets ReproductionType/Remarks

Documents:

Design Brief,Concept Design Report,Schematic DesignReport,Option Studies,Calculation,Specifications,Other documents

To other Consultant/s(where applicable)

1 Plain Paper

To Project Team 2 Plain Paper

1 Soft Copy (UponRequest)

Drawings:

Concept DesignDrawings/Schematics/ SchematicDesign Drawings/Detailed DesignDrawings/Working Drawings(Design Drawings forReview)

To other Consultant/s(where applicable)

1 Mylar

1 Plain Paper


1 Soft-copy (Uponrequest)

Tender Drawings To other Consultant/s 1 Plain Paper

To Project Team As advised byProject Team

Plain Paper

1 Mylar

Contract Drawings To Project Team 1 Plain Paper

To QS Consultant As advised Plain Paper

Drawings forConstruction

To other Consultants 1 Plain Paper


To Contractor 2 or as advisedby Project Team

Plain Paper




Table 2: Contractor's Drawing Submission

Document Type Contractor’s Submission No. of sets ReproductionType/Remarks

Drawings:

Manufacturer's DrawingsShop DrawingsCombined services LoadedDrawings

To Lead Consultant 1 Mylar

1 Plain Paper


As-Built Drawings To Lead Consultant 2 Plain Paper





4 CODING STRUCTURE

The drawing coding format shall be as per the table below. The Contractor and Consultantare to note that the code is to be adopted throughout the duration of the contract and iscompulsory to all documents and drawing produced.

The Package number (where applicable) is a unique reference number for the ContractPackage obtainable through the Project Team and shall be applied to all the types ofdocuments relating to the particular project package.

CodingFormat

Column C1 Column C2 Column C3 Column C4 Column C5 Column C6

Digits XXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX

Description Project No Package No. Discipline DocumentType

Drawing No. Revision No.

Note: The packageno. is thereferenceContractPackage no.awarded totheContractor.

Assignor ofcoding:

ProjectTeam

ProjectTeam

Consultant /Contractor -whereapplicable



Consultant/Contractor -whereapplicable

List of Codes for Column C3 – Discipline

Abbreviation Item Abbreviation Item

ACS Acoustic KIT Kitchen Systems

ARC Architecture LSC Landscape

A&V Audio and Visual MEC Mechanical

BCS Building Control System PLN Planning

BFO Building Fit-out SCS Structured Cabling System

BSS Building Security System SLE Specialist Lighting External

C&S Civil & Structure SLI Specialist Lighting Internal

ELE Electrical SRD Road

List of Codes for Column C4 - Document Type

Abbreviation Item Abbreviation Item

AB As-Built Drawings MN Manufacturer's Drawings

CA Calculations OP Option Studies

CD Contract Drawings SD Schematic Design Drawings

CN Construction Drawing SH Shop Drawing

CR Concept Design Report SR Schematic Design Report

CS Combined Services/ LoadedDrawings

TD Tender Drawing

DB Design Brief WD Working Drawing - DesignStage

DD Design Drawings




5 DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIALS SAMPLE SUBMISSION

5.1 General Requirement

5.1.1 Submission Sheet

5.1.1.1 All Consultant’s/Contractor’s submission of documents and drawings with exceptions tocorrespondence must be accompanied by the Consultant's Submission Sheet and theContractor's Submission Sheet respectively. This includes the submission of documentsand drawings to the Project Team.

5.1.1.2 Both the submission sheet shall always be of the original and be of A4 sized.

5.1.2 Consultant's Submission Sheet

5.1.2.1 The format of the Submission Sheet shall consist of the following:(Refer to the sample in Attachment 2)

a. The format of the Submission Sheet shall have a title block. The title block shallinclude fields (to be completed by the Consultant) for the following:

Name of Consultant Company Title of Document (e.g. Consultant Submission Sheet) Document reference number Date of document. Page number Project/ Package title and Project/ Package Contract number Attention and distribution list Issue date

b. Other fields required to be indicated into the Submission Sheet are as follows:

Date issued (to be completed by the issuer) Signature and name of issuer (to be completed by the issuer) Date received (to be completed by the recipient) Signature and name for receiving (to be completed by the recipient i.e.

Document Control)

c. The fields for the particulars and details of the documents and drawings (to becompleted by the Consultant) are as follows:

Item coding reference number Item coding revision number Item description




5.1.3 Contractor's Submission Sheet

5.1.3.1 The format of the Contractor's Submission Sheet shall consist of the following:

(Refer to the sample in Attachment 3)

a. The format of the Contractor's Submission Sheet shall have a title block. The titleblock shall include fields (to be completed by the Contractor) for the following:

Name of Contractor's Company Title of Document (e.g. Contractor's Submission Sheet) Document reference number Date of document. Page number Project/ Package title and Project/ Package Contract number Attention and distribution list Issue date

b. Other fields required to be indicated in the Submission Sheet are as follows:

Date of issue (to be completed by the issuer) Signature and name of issuer (to be completed by the issuer) Date received (to be completed by the recipient) Signature and name for receiving (to be completed by the recipient)

c. The fields for the particulars and details of the documents & drawings (to becompleted by the Contractor) are as follows:

Item coding reference number Item coding revision number Item description

d. The fields shall be provided and duplicated as necessary for each of the review bythe lead consultant and the coordinated review (where applicable) by otherconsultants (and to be completed by the respective consultants) shall be as follows:

Date received. Date redirect Review Status Consultant’s signature Consultant’s name Consultant’s company name Remarks

e. The fields shall be provided for the acknowledgment endorsement by the ProjectTeam as follows.

Date received Project Team personnel signature Project Team personnel name Remarks Remarks Date return to Contractor




5.1.4 Return of Contractor's Submittals

Where applicable, sufficient time should be allowed for the return of reviewed prints oneach submittal thus allowance of such timing must be incorporated in the worksschedule. Note that all documents & drawings will be returned bearing one of thefollowing status :

A - ReviewedAllow contractor to proceed with manufacture, fabrication and/or construction subject tocomments (if any) on the document/ drawing.

No re-submittal of documents/ drawings is required.

B - Reviewed And ResubmitAllow contractor to proceed with manufacturer, fabrication and/or construction providedthat the work is performed in accordance with the comments made on the documents/drawings.

Re-submittal of corrected documents/ drawings are required within ten (10) workingdays in accordance with the comments contained in the documents/ drawings.

C - RejectedIndicates contractor shall not proceed with the manufacture, fabrication and/orconstruction.

A full re-submittal of documents/ drawings is required within ten (10) working days inaccordance to the comments contained in the documents/ drawings.

Note: The time shall be as indicated as ten (10) working days or as stipulated in theContract Document or as instructed by the Project Team.

5.1.5 Drawing Title BlockAll drawings submission must adopt the standard Drawing Title as per the attachedsample with all respective fields to be duly completed. (See Attachment 4)

5.1.6 Drawing Standard SizeAll drawings must be submitted only in either A0 or A1 size as instructed by the ProjectTeam

5.1.7 Drawing Cross ReferencingDrawing components which cross-refers e.g. detailed sections etc, shall be identified andreferred to on both drawings.

5.1.8 Drawings Reporting RequirementDrawings status report shall be prepared by the Consultant/Contractor (where applicable)for submission to the Project Team as indicated below:

a. Current Design Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version ofdesign drawing and its approval status- once every two weeks and monthly.

b. Current Tender Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version ofTender drawing- once every addendum and final addendum.




c. Current Drawing for Construction showing the list of most current version of thedrawing.- once every two weeks and monthly

d. Current Manufacturer's Drawing Register showing the list of the most current versionof manufacturer's drawing and its approval status- once every two weeks and monthly.

e. Current Shop Drawing Register showing the list of the most current version of shopdrawing and its approval status- once every two weeks and monthly.

f. Current Combined Services /Loaded Drawing Register showing the list of the mostcurrent version of combined services/ loaded drawings and its approval status- once every two weeks and monthly.

g. The format of the register shall include the following title block and fields. Name of Company Title of Document (e.g. XXXXXXX Submission Register) Date of document. Page number Project/ Package name and Project / Package Contract number

h. The fields for the details of the submissions are as follows: Item coding reference number Item coding revision number Item description Date of submission for review Date of review (date document returned to Contractor) Review Status Remarks

Sample of the layout of the Documents / Drawing Submission Register is shown inAttachment 1.

5.2 Documents

5.2.1 All document submissions for review shall be accompanied with the submission sheet.

5.2.2 Each document for submission shall consist of the following:a. Transmittal Sheetb. Cover page of the submitted documents shall contain the following:

Name of Company Title of Document (e.g. Material/ Technical Data Submission) Document reference number (according to the coding requirements) Document Revision number Date of document/ Issue date Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract Number Contractor’s document endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date and

organization for the following (where applicable):- Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer- Sub Contractor- Contractor- Consultant

List of prerequisite and/or preceding submittal review status.




5.2.3 The particular requirement of documents to be included with the submittals are asfollows:

a. Material/ Technical Data List of proposed material/ technical data Details of Manufacturer/ Supplier Complete original catalogue that have been marked with the proposed material/

equipment Manufacturer's specifications Copies of type test certificates (where applicable) Copies of manufacturer's test certificates/ test records Copies of relevant test certificates/ test reports from SIRIM or other recognized

independent third party testing bodies. Copies of relevant manufacturer's quality test certification (where applicable) Copies of relevant certification from Bomba (where applicable) Copies of relevant certification from JBEG (where applicable). List of compliances with respect to the relevant clauses of the Contract

Specifications.

b. Calculations List of proposed calculations Complete original catalogue that have been marked with the proposed material/

equipment performance graphs/ tables/ reference table/ etc. Manufacturer's specifications System/ Equipment schematics Complete calculations (soft and hard copy) Copies of applicable standards List of compliances with respect to the relevant clauses of the Contract

Specifications.

c. Construction Report / Supervision Site Diary Soil Investigation Report Land Survey (digital) Progress photographs (before, during & after) List of proposed Method Statements Complete Method Statements

d. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Method Statements/Test Procedures List of proposed FAT Method Statements/ Test Procedures Complete FAT Method Statements/ Test Procedures

e. Test Report/ Test Results List of proposed Test Report/ Test Results Copies of test reports/ test results System/ Equipment schematics Copies of applicable standards List of compliances with respect to the relevant clauses of the Contract

Specifications




6. Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Manuals List of proposed O & M Manuals The O & M Manual shall be prepared following the guidelines below:

The Contractor is required to submit the O&M manual in detail to cover the specificsystem installation in the building in accordance to the Contract requirements andaddressing, but shall not be limited to the following Sections and Sub-Sections:

SECTION DESCRIPTION SUB-SECTIONS

1.0 GENERAL- Introduction- Services Identification- List of Abbreviations- Schedule- Directory of Suppliers (includes address,

telephone number, fax number, emailand person in charge.

- Warranty and Guarantee (list all majorequipment with warranty beginning andexpiry dates)

2.0 DESCRIPTIONS OF SYSTEMS(Contractor to submit description of the systems specific to theproject and the technical details.)

A. HVAC - GeneralHigh Vent - Air SystemAir Conditioning - Water Cooling Systems

- DX Systems- Kitchen Extract Systems- Computer Room Systems

B. PLUMBING - Domestic Water Systems- Drainage Systems- Rainwater Systems- Interceptor Systems- Storage Facilities- Fuel Oil Systems

C. FIRE PROTECTION - Sprinkler SystemsSYSTEMS - Pre-Action Systems

- Wet Riser Systems- Pressurization Systems and Smoke Control- Hose reel Systems- Standby Power- Storage Tanks

D. ELECTRICAL - High Voltage SystemsSYSTEMS - Low Voltage Systems

- Emergency and Essential Power System- Emergency Lighting- Lightning Protection- Earthing- Lighting Systems




6. O & M Manuals (cont'd)


E. MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS- Fire Alarm System- Security System- Structured Cabling System- Central Vacuum System

3.0 BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS)- Overview- Cause/Effect- Operating Mode- Fire Mode- Point Charts

4.0 OPERATING PROCEDURES(for each system and sub components. Contractor is to include thatsystem operation instruction under BCS, auto and manual mode.Contractor is also required to include the recommended service andmaintenance schedule (frequency of maintenance) and componentsto be serviced and replaced. A sample log sheet shall be included).

- General description- System description- System Operation Procedures- Initial Set-Up- Routine Inspection Charts- Equipment Start-Up/ Shut Down

Procedures (Contractor to include theoperational settings )

- Filling-Up- Draining Down- Lubrication Charts- Filtration Charts- Preventative Maintenance- Lead/Lag Arrangements- Fault Finding- Special Tools

5.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES- General- Health and Safety- Failure of Electrical Supply- Failure of Gas Supply- Refrigerant Leaks- Water Leaks- Fuel Oil Leaks- Fire Situations on MEP Systems- First Aid Procedures




6. O & M Manuals (cont'd)


6.0 MANUFACTURERS DATA(Contractor to include the Parts List)

- Factory Test Certificates- Certified Drawings- Nameplate Date- Specific/Specialised Maintenance

Recommendations- Performance Curves- Catalogue Cuts

7.0 SPARES(Contractor to include the spare parts lists and price lists)

- Recommended Spare Schedules- Spares Policy Recommendations- Schedule of Spares Supplied at Handover- Price Lists

8.0 TEST CERTIFICATES(Contractor to include factory acceptance tests and site tests)

- Pressure Tests- Environmental Tests- Chlorination Certificates- Chemical Cleaning- Commissioning Checklists- Defects Sign-Offs- Tank Test Certificates- Electrical Safety- Generator Tests- Electrical Tests

9.0 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS AND DESIGN CALCULATIONS(All design calculations to be submitted)

- Design Calculations- Valve Charts- Wiring Diagram (HV)- Wiring Diagram (LV)- Air System Schematics- Water System Schematics

10. AS BUILT DRAWINGS- Schedule of As-Built Drawings- Certified As-Built Drawings




5.3 Drawings

5.3.1 All drawing submissions for review shall be accompanied with the Submission sheet.

5.3.2 Each drawing for submission shall consist of the following:

a. Submission Sheetb. Title block of the drawing submission shall contain the following:

Name of Company Title of Document (e.g. Manufacturer's drawings submission) Drawing reference number (according to the coding requirements) Drawing Revision number Revision description table Notes Scale Date of drawing/ Issue date Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract number Contractor’s drawing endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date and

organization for the following (where applicable):- Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer- Sub Contractor- Contractor- Consultant

5.3.3 For the resubmission of revised or amended manufacturer's drawings, the Contractor isrequired to mark or cloud the affected part of drawings that has been revised oramended, and indicate the associated revision number into the revision triangle. Therevision description shall be updated accordingly.

5.3.5 The particular requirements for the As-Built Drawings submissions are as follows:

a. Contractor shall install the work in accordance with the contract drawings,specification and approved shop drawings within the established erectiontolerances. For the preparation of the As-Built Drawings, shop drawings arerequired to be amended to reflect the 'AS-BUILT' conditions and shall be reworkedto add the actual dimensions of installation or construction.

b. The As-Built Drawings prepared by the Contractor and shall be clearly stamped'AS-BUILT' and indicated with the appropriate drawing coding.

c. The Contractor shall formally notify the Project Team explicitly of all the deviationsof the construction and installation from that indicated in the shop drawings in theform of written description and/or drawings to help define the issue.

d. For the resubmission of revised or amended As-Built Drawings, the Contractor isrequired to mark or cloud the affected part of drawings that has been revised oramended, and indicate the associated revision number into the revision triangle.The revision description shall be updated accordingly.

e. The Contractor is required to prepare and submit the As-Built Drawings for reviewtwo (2) weeks after the completion of the construction and installation works.




5.4 Sample

5.4.1 All Contractor’s transmission and submission of material samples as submission forreview must be accompanied by the Transmittal Sheet and the sample tag.

5.4.2 The sample tag shall be of A4 sized plain white paper of 70 to 80 gm with cardboardbacking and securely fasten to the sample.

5.4.3 The format of the sample tag shall consist of the following:

(Refer to the sample in Attachment 5)

a. The sample tag shall include fields (to be completed by the Contractor) for thefollowing:

Name of Company Title of Document (e.g. Sample Tag) Date of document. Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract number Client name Project Team name Consultant Item/sample coding reference number Item/sample coding revision number Item/sample description

b. The fields shall be provided and duplicated as necessary for each of the review bythe lead consultant and the coordinated review by other consultants (and to becompleted by the respective consultants) shall be as follows:

Date received. Date redirect Review Status Consultant’s signature Consultant’s name Consultant’s company name Remarks




6. REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND MATERIALSSAMPLES

6.1 Review and Approval CycleThe overall review and approval cycle for documents, drawings and materials sample isillustrated in the process flowchart in the Attachment 6.

6.2 Review and Approval of Documents, Drawings and Materials Sample Submission

6.2.1 The Document, Drawing and Materials Sample Submission Guidelines shall be issued tothe Contractor and also distributed to the related Consultants.

6.2.2 The Contractor to prepare the documents/ drawings and materials sample tags forsubmission and review based upon the requirements indicated in the Document, Drawing& Materials Samples Submission Guidelines.

6.2.3 The Contractor shall submit the required number of copies of the completed documents,drawings, material samples to the Project Team Document Control for the distribution forreview and approval. The review and approval shall only be carried out if the precedingactivity and/or prerequisite submission have been reviewed and approved.

6.2.4 Should the documents, drawings and materials samples be rejected then the Contractoris required to correct and revise the documents in accordance to the review commentsand resubmit for review.

6.3 Storage and Display

6.3.1 All approved documents, drawings and materials samples shall be labeled, stored anddisplayed in the Contractor's Site Office and to be accessible for reference at all times.




ATTACHMENT

Attachment 1A - Sample Document/ Drawing Submission Monitoring Register

Attachment 1B - Sample Current Document/ Drawing Submission Register

Attachment 2 - Sample Consultant Submission Sheet

Attachment 3 - Sample Contractor Submission Sheet

Attachment 4 - Sample Drawing Title Block

Attachment 5 - Sample Tag For Material Samples

Attachment 6 - Documents/ Drawings/ Materials Samples Review And Approval Cycle



APPENDIX 11B GUIDELINES DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS & MATERIAL SAMPLESSUBMISSION

CURRENT DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS SUBMISSION REGISTER - ATTACHMENT 1A

Name of Consultant / Contractor’s Company Document Reference No.

Title of Document (eg. Document / Drawing SubmissionRegister)

Date of Document:

Title of Project and Contract Package No. Page No.

Trade / Discipline: DocumentType:

Current Submission:

No.Item CodingReference No.

RevNo. Item Description

Date ofSubmit

Date ofReturn Status Remarks



DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS SUBMISSION MONITORING REGISTER - ATTACHMENT 1B

Name of Consultant / Contractor’s Company Document Reference No.

Title of Document (eg. Document / Drawing SubmissionRegister)

Date of Document:

Title of Project and Contract Package No. Page No.

Trade / Discipline: DocumentType:

Previous Submission(Add more columns ifthere are previoussubmission)

CurrentSubmission:

No.Item CodingReference No.

RevNo. Item Description

Date ofSubmit

Date ofReturn Status

Date ofSubmit

Date ofReturn Status

Remarks:



SAMPLE CONSULTANT SUBMISSION SHEET – ATTACHMENT 2

Consultant Company Logo Consultant’s Company Name

To: Reference No.

Attention: Date:

Document / Drawings Issue Submission

Project Title:

No. Document / Drawing Tile Document / Drawing No. Revision Size Qty.

The above are transmitted for:

Approval / Review Requested

Construction Your comments

Information Your action

Issued By: Acknowledge Receipt By:

Company Company

Name: Name:

Signature: Signature:

Date: Date:



SAMPLE CONTRACTOR SUBMISSION SHEET – ATTACHMENT 3

Name of Contractor’s Company

Title of Document (eg. Transmittal Sheet)

Title of Project and Contract Package No.

DocRef No.

Date ofDoc

DatePrepared:

Date Issued:

Contractor’s Distribution Secondary Consultant’sDistribution and Review

Attentionto:DID

Copyto:

ProjectTeam

Attention to:Consultant (Co.Name)

SecondaryConsultant(Co. Name)

SecondaryConsultant(Co. Name)

DateReceive:

Sign

Name:

DateReceive:

Sign

Name:

Date Receive:

Sign

Name:

DateReceive:

Sign

Name:

DateReceive:

Sign

Name:

Date transmit toSecondaryConsultant:

Date transmit toSecondaryConsultant:

Date transmitto SecondaryConsultant:

Overall status(to be markedby ProjectTeam)

No. Item Coding No. RevNo.

Description Status Remarks Status Remarks Status Remarks Status Remarks

Comments: Consultant (Co.Name)

Date receive fromlast secondaryconsultant:

Date transmit toProject Team:

Project Team

Date receive

Sign:

Name:

DID

Date receive

Sign:

Name:

Project TeamIssue toContractor

Date receive

Sign:

Name:



Sample Drawing Title Block of Consultants Drawings – Attachment 4

Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment Malaysia

Project Team

Project Title:

Drawing Title:

Notes:

The drawing is copyright. Contractors must check dimensions on site. Onlyfigured dimensions are to be used. Discrepancies must be reportedimmediately to the architect before proceeding.

For DID

For Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment Malaysia

For Consultant Date

Design by

Drawn by

Checked by

Signature and endorsement stamp of Principal Architect/ConsultingEngineer

Drawing No:

Amendments

Revision No. Date Remarks Status



MATERIAL SAMPLES TAG – ATTACHMENT 5

Name of Contractor’s Company Document Reference No.

Title of Document (eg. Sample Tag) Date of Document

Title of Project and Contract Package No. Date:

No. Item Coding No. Revision Description

Contractor’s Distribution

Copy to Project Team Attention to: Lead Consultant(Co. name)

Status:

Date received: Date received:

Sign: Sign: Comments:

Name: Name:



Secondary Consultant’s Distribution and Review

Lead Consultant(Co. name)

Secondary Consultant(Co. name)



Date transmit tosecondary consultant:

Date received: Date received: Date received:

Sign and Name: Sign: Sign: Sign:

Date receive from lastsecondary consultant:

Name: Name: Name:

Sign and Name: Status: Status: Status:

Date transmit toProject Team:

Comments: Comments: Comments:

Sign and Name:

Project Team DID Overall Status: Project Team Issue toContractor

Date received: Date received: Comments: Date issue:

Sign: Sign: Sign: Sign:

Name: Name: Name: Name:



DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS / MATERIALS SAMPLE REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE– ATTACHMENT 6


The Document & Drawing Project TeamSubmission Guidelines to be

Issue of Guidelines issued to the Contractor

Contractor prepare The Contractor prepares the ContractorDocuments documents & drawings based

on the Document & DrawingsSubmission Guidelines

`

Contractor submission Contractor’s submission of the ContractorCompleted documents/Drawings/ samples

Project Team / Consultants Project Team/Project Team/Consultants check and review of the Consultants

Check and review of submission submission

NO Approve

-YES

Approval Contractor proceed to Contractorimplementation

DID MANUALVolume 11





Documentation

APPENDIX 11C

Samples Status and VerificationNotes



APPENDIX 11C SAMPLES STATUS AND VERIFICATION NOTES

EXAMPLES OF STATUS NOTES SHOWN/ STAMPED ON DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS OR MATERIALSAMPLES TAG

“DRAFT” indicates document for review before firming up

“PRELIMINARY” indicates initial drawings or documents

“FOR INFORMATION ONLY” documents/ drawings issued for information only

“AS-BUILT” drawings from Contractor received towards end of jobshowing as-built conditions

“SUPERSEDED” drawings that have newer revisions

“REVIEWED” drawings/material samples that have been reviewedand allowed for incorporation in the works

“REVIEWED AND RESUBMIT” drawings/material samples that require resubmissionfor correction before approval granted

“REJECTED” drawings/ material samples rejected and need totalrework or new substitute

“FOR CONSTRUCTION” drawings or sketch issued for construction

“FOR TENDER” document/ drawings issued for tender purposes



CHAPTER 12

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING/FINAL INSPECTION

Chapter 12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING / FINAL INSPECTION


Table of Contents


12.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 12-1

12.2 SCOPE… .................................................................................................................. 12-1

12.3 PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................. 12-1

12.3.1 General ........................................................................................................ 12-1

12.3.2 Kick-off/Startup Meeting for Testing and Commissioning (T&C) ....................... 12-1

12.3.3 Contractor's Submittals ................................................................................. 12-1

12.3.4 T&C Organization Proposal ............................................................................ 12-2

12.3.5 T&C Manual ................................................................................................. 12-3

12.3.6 T&C Programme and Event Schedule ............................................................. 12-4

12.3.7 Testing and Inspection .................................................................................. 12-5

12.3.8 Code Authority Testing ................................................................................. 12-5

12.3.9 Commissioning/Start-Up/Test/Adjust/Balancing .............................................. 12-6

12.3.10 Test Equipment ............................................................................................ 12-6

12.3.11 Snagging/ Defects List System ...................................................................... 12-6

Appendix12A Sample of Kick-Off/Startup Meeting Agenda for Testing and.…………..………...12A- 1

Commissioning

Appendix 12B Sample List of Main Activities for Testing & Commissioning.……………………....12A- 3 Programme and Event Schedule

Appendix 12C Guideline on Electrical Installation.…………………………………….………….…….....12A- 7

Appendix 12D Guideline on Generator Set Test ……………………………………….………………....12A- 22

Appendix 12E Sample List of Test Equipment .…………………………………………………………….12A- 26



12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING / FINAL INSPECTION

12.1 INTRODUCTION

This section of Construction Management provides the general procedure and elements of control in the administration and implementation of testing and commissioning (T&C)

activities by the Contractor, Consultant and Project Team.

Successful operation of a completed facility involves a staged sequence of pre-testing, testing, witnessing, training and information delivery and presented to the Project Team

by the Contractor. The end result is a completed facility with the Project Team being

confident of the proper installation of operating systems, meeting the full intent of the contract drawings and specifications; such systems successfully operated and

demonstrated; and operating personnel fully trained with detailed as-built drawings and operation and maintenance manuals on hand allowing confidence in the ability to operate

and maintain the facility.

Refer also to Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract

administration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.

12.2 SCOPE

The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. It covers both the conventional

and design and build type of contracting. Where there is exception or departure from the conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference to

design and build practice.

Any specific requirements of a particular project are addressed in the project quality plan

or Construction contract.

12.3 PROCEDURE

12.3.1 General

For a successful testing and commissioning, the Contractor is required to thoroughly

plan, organize, schedule and implement the T&C activities.

12.3.2 Kick-off/Startup Meeting for Testing and Commissioning (T&C)

Upon achieving the prerequisite as stated in the construction contract, and/or substantial completion of the installation of the equipments, Project Team will arrange for kick-

off/start-up meeting with the Consultants and the Contractor for the T&C.

Refer to Appendix 12A for a sample of the Kick-off/Startup Meeting agenda for the T&C.

12.3.3 Contractor's Submittals

Contractor's submittals are subjected to the Consultant's review and approval cycle as spelled out in the Documents, Drawings and Material Samples Submission Guideline. The

Contractor's submittals for T&C are as follows:

• T&C Organization Proposal

• T&C Programme and Event Schedule

• T&C Manual



For Design and Build type contract, some of these deliverables may require review and

endorsement from the Contractor's Consultant prior to submission to Project Team.

Specific requirements are as per the respective construction contract.

Refer to CHAPTER 11 - RECORDS, DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION for Documents,

Drawings and Material Samples Submission Guideline.

12.3.4 T&C Organization Proposal

The T&C organization proposal should include proposals of appointments from relevant

parties as follows:

a. The Main Contractor for the appointment of the Commissioning Representative and

Commissioning Specialists (if any).

b. The Consultant for the confirmation of the Consultant's supervision team.

c. The Project Team for the appointment of DID's representatives.

Descriptions of the appointment for the T&C works are as follows:

Main Contractor Commissioning Representative

a. The Main Contractor Commissioning Representative is responsible for the

management, planning, coordination and implementation of the T&C.

b. Commissioning Specialist (if any)

The Contractor may elect to out-source the commissioning to a specialist commissioning company. The use of a Commissioning Specialist by the contractor

does not relieve him of his obligation to name one of his own employees as the

person responsible for progressing commissioning.

If the contractor elects to hire a specialist company, the details of such company

must be reported to the Project Team for the review by the Consultants and the

subsequent approval of the Project Team, prior to such company starting work.

Details to be submitted include the following:

i.Brief introduction of the company and background.

ii.Company profile should include general information i.e. registered address, whether

public or private company or partnership, the Articles and Memorandum of

Association and Forms 9, 24, and 49, authorised paid-up capital, main activities,

and years established.

iii.Curriculum Vitae (CV) of the company’s Directors, Partners, Principals and

Associates, with a complete list of current employees and a clear definition of the professional and non-professional staffs.

iv.Company's registration with authorities, such as Ministry of Finance, PKK or CIDB.

v.Company's track record and list of projects completed with extent of work involvement.

vi.Project organization chart and CV of the key personnel involved in this project (if appointed).

vii.Proposed manpower loading at each phase of the T&C.

viii. Proposed Work Methodology for execution of the testing and commissioning

works.



c. DID's Commissioning Representative

The Project Team should recommend a suitable member of the Project Team as

DID’s representative, who monitors and tracks the T&C works with the Contractor’s Commissioning Representative. He is involved in and informed of all coordination

T&C meetings arranged by the Contractor.

12.3.5 T&C Manual

The Contractor is required to submit the T&C Manual in accordance to T&C Schedule to

the Project Team for review and approval. This T&C Manual may be described as the Commissioning Manual or the Test and Commissioning Manual or the Testing and

Commissioning Manual or as otherwise indicated in the respective construction contract.

The T&C Manual is intended to provide a common framework of standards and the DID's

expectations across the project. It is not a substitute for the individual project specification requirements. It is, however, a minimum standard that all Contractors must

recognize as complementing the construction contract specifications, providing a

framework for facility completion and DID's acceptance.

This T&C Manual, with its suggested minimum requirements and hand over procedures, is required of each Contractor but not limited to the following:

a. Document submission requirements:

i. Transmittal Sheet

ii. Cover page of the submitted documents contains the following:

• Name of Company

• Title of Document (eg. Material/ Technical Data Submission)

• Document reference no. (according to the coding requirements)

• Document Revision no.

• Date of document/ Issue date.

• Project/ Package name and Project/ Package Contract No.

• Contractor’s document endorsement responsibilities of signature, name, date

and organization for the following (where applicable):

• Nominated sub contractor/ Supplier/ Manufacturer

• Sub Contractor

• Contractor

• Consultant

b. T&C Manual to contain the following:

i. Brief description of the equipment/ systems/ sub systems

ii. Latest drawings and schematics of the equipment/ systems/ sub systems

iii. Detailed test and inspection procedures for each equipment/ system/sub systems

including relevant test method statements

iv. Acceptance criteria complete with design calculations

v. Design set-points and settings for equipment/ system/ sub systems

vi. Inspection and Test Plan for T&C

vii. Test forms/ records/ certificates/ checklists

viii. Power turn-on procedures for each equipment/ system/ sub systems

ix. List of tools

x. List of test equipments and valid calibration certificates



xi. T&C personnel organization chart with associated responsibilities, personnel CVs, Specialist Company details, accreditations.

xii. T&C specification compliance list

Emergency shutdown procedures.

12.3.6 T&C Programme and Event Schedule

The Contractor's Commissioning Representative prepares a detailed and comprehensive T&C programme and event schedule (T&C schedule). The T&C schedule is submitted not

later than twelve months prior to the main contract completion date or as otherwise stated in the respective construction contract. The submitted T&C schedule shall be

subjected to the review and acceptance by the Consultants and the Project Team and

assessed against the approved construction programme.

The T&C schedule is based on the input of the Contractors and various trade-contractors’ own detailed programmes and schedule. The overall T&C schedule includes (for each

trade) the main activity items and durations identified within the major components of:

a. Pre-commissioning/ installation testing as required by specification and by the code

authority

b. Final snagging/defect clearance

c. Inspection/ T&C (system operation, test and adjust)

d. Documentation Submittal/ Test Records and O&M Manuals/As-Built Drawings

e. Training

f. Hand over and Project Team’s acceptance

In addition to the T&C Programme and Event Schedule, the Contractor's Commissioning

Representative identifies critical path network items by other trades which could impact/delay progress. Such impact/delay is highlighted on the event schedule with the

schedule revised as necessary to maintain progress.

Progress measured against this schedule is monitored by the Contractor's Commissioning

Representative and reported monthly to the Project Team.

The Contractor is expected to arrange, organize and implement regular Contractor's T&C team meetings. Minutes of the meetings are recorded with action items and responsibility

clearly identified. Weekly meetings are recommended for the final three months of

construction for each facility. Meeting minutes (and progress against the event schedule)

are reported to the Project Team.

The Contractor is responsible for and shall maintain the Snagging/Defects List system

from contract initiation to finish.

The main activity items required to be included for each facility commissioning/ handover

programme are to be project specific in accordance to the construction contract and

prepared by the Contractor, and reviewed and accepted by the Consultant. Although not

specifically listed, such programmes are required for site work utilities and area development work packages.

Refer to Appendix 12B for Sample List of Main Activities for T&C Programme and Event Schedule.



12.3.7 Testing and Inspection

The general guidelines for the administration of activity process for testing/ inspection of equipments/system for T&C are as follows:

a. Specific testing during construction period to be in accordance to the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP).

b. The Contractor/ trade contractor is to carry out the preparation and pre-testing

activities prior to T&C.

c. The Contractor’s Commissioning Representative to confirm schedule, notify

Consultant(s) and the Project Team. The Contractor's Commissioning Representative ensures that all notification are issued through the Request for

Inspection forms and complete with required attachments of test forms, design/work drawings, design calculations, shop drawings and testing method

statements.

d. The Client's Commissioning Representative shall witness the testing where possible

to ensure the Consultant's presence and acceptance of testing carried out. Such testing includes factory acceptance tests conducted overseas.

e. Contractor's Commissioning Representative ensures the testing is carried out in

accordance with the test method statements and compliance to the construction

contract specifications.

f. The Contractor's Commissioning Representative shall ensure that all test records and test certificates are completed with the following:

• Measured values of tests,

• Acceptance criteria obtained from design calculations and construction contract

specifications,

• Status of pass or fail for each of the test and inspections,

• Observed defects for rectification, and,

• Duly signed by all relevant parties.

g. The Contractor’s Commissioning Representative is to log and maintain complete

and signed test certificates and records. One copy each of these test records and certificates is included by the Contractor/ trade contractor into the O&M Manual.

h. Sample test forms and certificates are as attached in Appendix 12C: Electrical

Installation Test Form, Inspection Schedule and Test Report and Appendix 12D:

Generator Set Test Results

12.3.8 Code Authority Testing

The general guidelines for the administration of activity process for code authority

testing/ inspection of equipments/system for T&C are as follows:

a. The Code Authority Testing may commence during construction or/and after commissioning to prove performance to code requirements.

b. For finished system, prior to scheduling the Code Authority Testing, the Contractor confirms in writing the completion of the installation works, the pre-testing, and

preparation for T&C to the Consultant.



c. The Contractor’s Commissioning Representative obtains the Consultant's review and acceptance, as well as the Project Team’s approval for the test/performance

demonstration to proceed, before confirming the schedule and notifying all parties including the Code Authority.

d. The Contractor’s Commissioning Representative, Consultant and the Project Team attend the Code Authority Tests with the Code Official. The Contractor’s

Commissioning Representative provides and secures the Code Authority signature on required documents.

12.3.9 Commissioning/Start-Up/Test/Adjust/Balancing

The Contractor verifies system is complete, disengaged and ready for test and balance. The Contractor submits to the Project Team detailed proposals for test and balance

procedures inclusive of design settings four weeks prior to scheduling such tests.

The Project Team or his appointed delegates will witness as required to ensure that the

Contractor is executing the Works to their satisfaction.

The Contractor's Commissioning Representative logs and maintains signed test and balance data and sends one copy to the Consultant for certification; thereafter one copy

to the Project Team for approval. This is included in the O&M Manual.

12.3.10 Test Equipment

All field test instruments to be used on the works need to comply with the following:-

a. Complete with calibration certificate not more than 6 months old and issued by a

recognized independent testing authority.

b. Copies of calibration certificates together with instrument serial numbers to be

submitted to the Consultant prior to their use on site.

c. Be free from damage, or if damaged during use, are re-calibrated.

d. Are complete with all manufacturers’ instructions. Instructions are followed at all

times by the personnel conducting the test/balance procedure.

e. Contractor provides detailed inventories of all equipment held at site (prior to use) Such inventory lists are forwarded to the Project Team/ Consultant for approval

prior to use.

Refer to Appendix 12E for the sample list of test equipment required for T&C.

12.3.11 Snagging/ Defects List System

The Consultant maintains for the Project team the snagging or the Defects List System from contract initiation to completion. The Defects List is finalized upon issuance of the

Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC).

Additionally each defects report, regardless of origin is copied to the Project Team, who in turn periodically checks that the Consultant properly documents all defects and

subsequently rectified by the Contractor.



The defects list system may also be used to define outstanding/incomplete work. Thus the defects list register may become the single document allowing the Project Team to

monitor progress towards completion. Otherwise, it is a practice that the outstanding/incomplete works (if any) are to be prepared in another register referred as

the List of Outstanding/Incomplete works.

For monitoring and tracking purposes, a continuous log allows the Project Team a

rational basis to judge both the progress of the work and payment for same.

A summary of the guidelines of the Defects List System as applied for the T&C with respect to the Contractor, Consultant and the Project Team is listed as follows:

a. Contractor

The Contractor’s Commissioning Representative maintains the overall Contractor's defects control log. All input to the Contractor's defects control log system is

coordinated through him.

The Contractor's Commissioning Representative reports on a regular basis to the

Project Team through the T&C meetings.

No defect logs are cleared from the defects control log until the defects are properly rectified through the agreed corrective action, then satisfactorily inspected, re-tested

and accepted by the Consultant, then endorsed by the Project Team.

For purposes of monitoring and tracking, two defects control logs may be

maintained. The main log showing all defects is maintained in a complete from and the second log only lists un-cleared defects.

b. Consultant(s)

The Consultant maintains a Defects List register in accordance to his discipline/trade.

Inputs of defects from all parties, either through the routine inspections of the completed installation and/or the schedule inspections and testing, and/or the T&C

are recorded into the Defects List register. The Consultant shall report all defects in

writing to the Contractor through the Project Team.

The Consultant reviews the corrective action/ remedial works proposals by the Contractor for acceptance, attends the inspection and testing of the rectification/

remedial works and assesses for acceptance or rejection.

c. Project Team/DID’s Representative

The Project Team shall randomly check that the Consultant's maintained Defect's List

and Contractor’s maintained Defect Control Log, are in concurrence to ensure that all initiated reports are logged and properly rectified and maintained.

The Project Team shall be involved in the defect clearance procedures with the

Contractor and the Consultant. The Project Team shall not endorse that a defect has

been cleared until he has personally viewed the satisfactory rectification/remedial

works.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 12– Testing and commissioning /

Final Inspection

APPENDIX 12A

Sample of Kick-Off /Startup Meeting Agenda for

Testing & Commissioning (T&C)


Revision 0 : March 2009 12A -1

APPENDIX 12A SAMPLE OF KICK-OFF/STARTUP MEETING AGENDA FOR TESTING& COMMISSIONING

(PROJECT NAME)(PROJECT NO.)

KICK-OFF/STARTUP MEETING FOR TESTING & COMMISSIONING

(DATE)

(VENUE)

Project Team :Consultant/s :

Contractor :

AGENDA

1. Introduction of Respective Members

2. Submittal Statusa. Concept design proposal (for Design and Build type contracts only)

b. Concept design schematic (for Design and Build type contracts only)

c. Design calculations (for Design and Build type contracts only)

d. Design drawings (for Design and Build type contracts only)

e. Material/ Technical data

f. Material Samples

g. Shop drawings

h. Combined services drawings

i. Work Method Statements (WMS)

j. Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)

Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) results include overseas test (if applicable) Installation inspection records

3. Progress and schedule of installation - Status of outstanding installation works.

4. Status of non-conformance report

5. Line of Communication & Correspondencea. Reference used on correspondence and drawings

b. Limit of Authority of designated personnel

c. Named personnel for contract communication

d. Organization for T&C Contractor Specialist Contractor Consultant Project Team



6. Contractor's preparation and deliverables for T&Ca. Organization for T&C

b. T&C Manual

c. T&C Programme and Event Schedule

d. Defects List

e. As-Built Drawings

f. O&M Manual

g. Training

h. Spare Parts and Lists

7. Document & Drawing Submission and Approval

a. Reference used on drawings and documents submission

b. Approval cycles and copies required

c. Approval procedures for Contractor's drawings (for Design and Build type ofContract)

d. Approval procedures for Contractor's material samples to be used in construction.(for Design and Build type of Contract)

8. Request for Work Inspections and Inspection/Test Forms (to refer to ITP Guideline)

9. Reports

a. Weekly Report

b. Monthly Report

10. Project Controls

a. Contractor's/ Trade Contractor's T&C Meeting

b. Project Team/ Contractor T&C Meeting

11. Local Authorities Regulation

Various Contractor's submissions for Authority approval e.g. Building Plans, Bomba'sapproval, Certificate of Fitness for Occupancy (CF)/Certificate of Completion andCompliance (CCC) or other such provisions addressed in construction contract. (ForDesign and Build type of Contract).

DID MANUALVolume 11





Final Inspection

APPENDIX 12B

Sample List of Main Activities forT&C Programme and

Event Schedule



APPENDIX 12B SAMPLE LIST OF MAIN ACTIVITIES FOR T&C PROGRAMME ANDEVENT SCHEDULE

1. The following list is indicative of main activity items required to be included for each facilitycommissioning/ handover programme. Although not specifically listed, such programmes arerequired for site work utilities and area development work packages.

The following list is an example and is NOT EXHAUSTIVE. It is intended to highlight some ofthe main items required to be included in the commissioning/handover programme. The listshould be expanded by the Contractor to cover the specific detailed needs of individualbuildings/ projects and their associated systems.

a. General Activities

i. T&C Manual submission

ii. T&C Programme and event schedule

iii. T&C Activities according to system, sub system and equipment (Contractor tobreakdown the activities)

iv. The Project Team witnessing/ demonstration (by system and sub system)

v. Statutory inspection and tests

vi. Power on dates (by system and sub system)

vii. As-Built Drawings submission

viii. O&M Manual submission

ix. The Project Team operating training schedule (by system and sub system)

x. Insurance certification

b. Mechanical Services

Main Activity Sub-Activity

Chilled/ - Fill and Pressure Test Condenser (by sections)

Water System - Initial Flushing

- Re-fill and Chemically Clean

- Drain, flush, re-fill and water treatment dosing

- Pre-Commission Pumps

- Commission Pumps

- Commission Pressurization System

- Commission Cooling Towers/Chillers

- Check Controls Interface

- Water Balance Systems

Air Systems - Pre-Commission Equipment

- Commission DX Units

- Commission AHUs

- Commission Toilet Fans

- Commission Pressurization Fans

- Commission Ventilation Systems

- Commission Smoke Exhaust/ Make-up Systems



Mechanical Services (cont'd)

Main Activity Sub-ActivityAir Systems

- - Commission Kitchen Exhaust Systems

- Commission Switchgear Room/Transformer Vent Systems

- Commission Automatic Dampers

- Check Controls Interface

- Air Balance Systems

Fire Systems - Pre-Commission Equipment

- Fill and Pressure Test Riser

- Pipework (Wet Systems)

- Fill and Pressure Test Tanks

- Commission Pumps

- Check Fire Alarm Interface

- Flow Switch Checks

- Flow Rate Checks

- Insurance Inspections and

- Compliance Certification

c. Electrical Services

HT switchgear - O/C and E/F relay setup

- Insulation/continuity tests

- Pressure test

- Control and interfacing tests

HT cabling - Insulation/continuity tests

- Pressure test

Transformer - Pressure test

MSB & EMSB - O/C and E/F relay setup


- Pressure test

- Control and interfacing tests

Generator Set - Equipment

- Pre-start test

- AMF interfacing test

- Battery test

- Loading tests

- Cabling

- Insulation/continuity test

- Pressure/megger test

- Equipment earthing

- Earth test



Electrical Services (cont'd)


UPS - UPS unit equipment test

- THD unit test

- Cabling


- Megger tests

- Battery

- Battery load test

- Equipment earthing

- Earth test

Busduct - Insulation/continuity tests

- Megger test

Sub mains cabling - Insulation/continuity tests

- Megger test

Cable riser and Tap-offs - Insulation/continuity tests

- Megger test

DBs - Insulation/continuity tests

- Megger test

- E/F and earth leakage test and setup

Final circuits - Polarity test


- Megger test

MATV System - Riser cabling

- Attenuation tests

- Head-end equipment

- Attenuation tests

PA System - Speaker Wiring Pt.

- Insulation/Continuity tests

- Speaker Unit/ equipment

- Sound test

Lighting ProtectionSystem - Earthing systems test



d. Power-On Activities


Electrical Systems - Power to Owner HV Systems

- Power to LV Systems

- Power to Mechanical Plant

- Power to Building Control System

- Power to Elevator Installation

- Power to Fire Alarm System

- Power to Security System

- Test/Commission Busbar Systems

- Test/Commission MCCs

- Generator Load Testings

- Emergency Systems Tests

- Earthing Tests

DID MANUALVolume 11





Final Inspection

APPENDIX 12C

Electrical Installation CompletionCertificate



APPENDIX 12C ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION COMPLETION CERTIFICATE(BS 7671 : 1992) (notes 1 and 2)

Client’s name/title:

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATIONTick boxes as appropriate

Installation Address:

Extent of installation covered by this certificate

New installation

Addition to existingInstallation

Alteration toexistinginstallation (use continuation sheet if necessary)

PARTICULARS OF THE INSTALLATION

Type of Earthing: TN-C-S TN-S TT TN-C IT

Details of Earth Electrode:Type …………… Location …………………. Method of Measurement ……………. Resistance ….……..Ω

Characteristics of the supply at the origin of the installation:Nominal voltage ……………. Frequency …….. Hz No of Phases …… Maximum demand (load) …………A per phase

Measured Calculated Other

Maximum prospective fault current (note 7)kA

External earth fault loop impedance, Ze Ω

Overcurrent protective device at origin: Type: BS ………………….. Rating ……………….. A

Main switch or circuit-breaker: Number of poles ……….. Type: BS …………… Rating ………..……… A

(If a residual current device, rated residual operating current ……………………. mA)

Method of protection against indirect contact:

1. Earthed equipotential bonding and automatic disconnection of supply

2. Other (described) …………………………………………………………………………..

Main equipotential bonding conductors: Conductor material ……………….. csa …………….. mm2

COMMENTS ON EXISTING INSTALLATION, IN THE CASE OF AN ALTERATION OR ADDITION



DESIGN

I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for the design ofthe electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this form CERTIFY thatthe said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/our knowledge and beliefin accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th Edition IEEWiring Regulations), amended to …………….. (Note 3) except for the departures, if any, stated inthis Certificate.

Details of departures (if any) from BS 7671 : 1992 (120.02)

The extent of liability of the signatory is limited to the work described on page 1 of this form as thesubject of this Certificate.

FOR THE DESIGN OF THE INSTALLATION

Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): ……………………………………………Position: ……………………………………

Signature (Note 4): …………………………………………………………Date (Note 3): …………………………..

For and on behalf of: ………………………………………………………

Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Postcode: ………………………

CONSTRUCTION

I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for theconstruction of the electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this formCERTIFY that the said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/ourknowledge and belief in accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations(16th Edition IEE Wiring Regulations), amended to …………….. (Note 3) except for the departures, ifany, stated in this Certificate.



For the CONSTRUCTION of the installation




Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….




INSPECTION AND TESTING

I/We being the person(s) responsible (as indicated by my/our signatures below) for the inspectionand testing of the electrical installation, particulars of which are described on page 1 of this formCERTIFY that the said work for which I/we have been responsible is to the best of my/ourknowledge and belief in accordance with BS 7671 : 1992. Requirements for Electrical Installations(16th Edition IEE Wiring Regulations), amended to …………….. (Note 3) except for the departures, ifany, stated in this Certificate.



FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE INSTALLATION




Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….


I/We RECOMMEND that the installation be further inspected and tested after an interval of not more than……………………………….



INSPECTION SCHEDULE (Form WR2)

Every Installation shall during erection and/or on completion and before being put into service beinspected and tested to verify, so far as is reasonably practicable, that the requirements of theRegulations are being met.

1. Connection of conduction

2. Identification of conduction

3. Routeing of cables in safe zones or protected against mechanical damage

4. Selection of conductors for current and voltage drop

5. Connection of single-pole devices for protection or switching in phase conductors only

6. Correct connection of socket-outlets and lampholders

7. Presence of fire barriers and protection against thermal effects

8. Method of protection against electric shock

a) protection against both direct and indirect contact

SELV

Limitation of discharge of energy

b) protection against direct contact

Insulation of live parts

Barrier of enclosure

Obstacles

Placing out of reach

PELV

c) Protection against indirect contact

i) Earthed equipotential bonding and automatic disconnection of supply

Presence of earthing conductors

Presence of protective conductors

Presence of main equipotential bonding conductors

Presence of supplementary equipotential bonding conductors

ii) Use of Class …… equipment of equivalent insulation



iii) Non-conducting location

Abrence of protective conductors

iv) Earth-free local equipotential bonding

Presence of earth free equipotential bonding conductors

v) Electrical separation (413-06)

9. Prevention of mutual detrimental influence

i) Proximity of non-electrical services and influences

ii) Separation of Category 1 and Category 2 cables or Category 1 insulation used

iii) Separation of Category 3 cables

10. Presence of appropriate devices for isolating and switching correctly located

11. Presence of undervoltage protective devices where appropriate

12. Choice and setting of protective and monitoring devices (for protection against indirectcontact and/or overcurrent)i) Residual current devices

ii) Overcurrent devices

13. Labelling of protective devices, switches and terminals

14. Selection of equipment and protective measures appropriate to external influences

15. Adequacy of access to switchgear and equipment

16. Presence of danger notices and other warnings

17. Presence of diagrams instructions and necessary information

18. Erection methods

19. Requirements of special locations

Note: Tick to indicate satisfaction with inspectionDelete if item not applicable

Inspected by ……………………………………………………………………

Date ……………………………………………………………………………….



NOTES ON INSPECTIONS – Form WR2

Item

1. SELV An extra-low voltage system which is electrically separate from earth and from othersystems. The particular requirements of the Regulations must be checked (see Regulation411-02)

2. Method of protection against direct contact – will include measurement of distances whereappropriate

Obstacles – only adopted in special circumstances (see Regulation 412-04)

Placing out of reach – only adopted in special circumstances (see Regulation 412-05)

3. Use of Class II equipment – infrequently adopted and only when the installation is to besupervised (see Regulation 413-03)

Non-conducting locations – not applicable in domestic premises and requiring specialprecautions (see Regulation 413-04)

Earth free local equipotential bonding – not applicable in domestic premises, only used inspecial circumstances (see Regulation 413-05)

Electrical separation 9see Regulation 413-06)



TEST SCHEDULE - Form WR3

SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE TESTED

1. Continuity of protective conductors

2. Continuity of ring final circuit conductors

3. Insulation resistance between live conductors and earth

4. Site applied insulation

5. Protection by separation of circuits

6. Protection against direct contact, by barrier or enclosure provided during erection

7. Insulation of non-conducting floors and walls

8. Polarity

9. Earth electcode resistance

10. Earth fault loop impedance

11. Operation of residual current operated devices

12. Functional testing of assemblies

Tick items meeting test requirement. Delete tests not applicable

DEPARTURES FROM REGULATIONS (note should be made of compliance with relevant BritishStandards where appropriate)

ITEM NOT TESTED

FORM OF INSPECTION No. ………………………

SCHEDULES OF TEST RESULTS Form No. ……………….



I/We have carried out the inspection and test of the electrical installation and certify that theinspection and tests indicate to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that the installation is inaccordance with the Regulations for Electrical Installations 16th Edition as amended on ………………..except for departures listed above.

Name (in Block Letters):

Postiton:

Signature:

For and on behalf of:

Address:



INSTALLATION SCHEDULE (including Test Results) - FORM WR4

Contractor: ……………………………….. Address/Location of dis. Board

Test Date:…………………………………. ……………………………………………….

Signature:…………………………………. ……………………………………………….

Instruments:1. Type of Supply TN-S TN-C-S TT rcd tester:………………………………………

2. Ze at Origin……………………ohms continuity:………………………………………

3. PSSC…………………………….. kA insulation:………………………………………

Others:…………………………………………..

Equipment vulnerable to testing:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Description of work completed………………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

OvercurrentDevice

CircuitConductors

Test Results

Circu

it

No

of

Poin

ts

Typ

e

Rating

Short

-Circu

it

Capaci

ty

Live

CPC

Continuity Insulation resistance

Eart

hLo

op

Imped-A

nce

Functional Testing

Pola

rity

Rem

ark

s

R1

+R

2

R2

Phase

/Phase

Phase

/Neutr

al

Phase

/Eart

h

Neutr

al/Eart

h

RCD

Tim

e

Oth

er

A kA mm2 mm2 Ω Ω MΩ MΩ MΩ MΩ ZtΩ I∆N ms

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

22 Main bonding check: Gas ………. Water ……….. Other ………….. Size ……….. mm2

23 Main Earth size …………… mm2

24 Earth Electrode Resistance …………………Ω

Deviations from Wiring Regulations and special notes:



NOTES ON TEST AND INSTALLATION SCHEDULE - Form WR4

Tests shall be carried out in the sequence below and results recorded on the installation scheduleform WR4.

1. Continuity of protective conductors

Every protective conductor including bonding conductors shall be tested to verify it is soundand correctly connected. (See note 2)

2. Continuity of final circuit conductors

A test shall be made to verify the continuity of each conductor including the protectiveconductor of every ring circuit.

The sum of the resistance of the phase conductor and the protective conductor (R1+R2) is tobe inserted in column 11 of the installation schedule. After temperature correction this maybe used, by the addition of Ze, to determine ZS.

Where the alternative method of Regulation 413-02-12 is used for shock protection theresistance of the circuit protective conductor R2 is measured and recorded in column 12.

3. Insulation resistance

Electronic devices shall where necessary be disconnected from the installation so that theyare not damaged by the testing. They must be recorded on the installation schedule and testschedule.

Where the devices have exposed conductive-parts the insulation resistance between theexposed-conductive-parts and phase and neutral conductor connected together shall bemeasured. It must comply with the appropriate British Standard or if there is no standard benot less than 0.5 megohm.

This insulation resistance between phase/neutral, phase/earth, and neutral/earth shall bemeasured and the values recorded in columns 14, 15 and 16. The minimum insulationresistance required for the main switchboard, and each distribution circuit tested separatelywith all final circuits connected, but current using equipment disconnected, is as Table 71A inBS 7671.

4. Site applied insulation

where insulation is applied on site it shall be capable of withstanding a test voltageequivalent to that required by the British Standard for similar type tested equipment. Theinsulated enclosure must provide a degree of protection not less than IP2X.

5. Protection by separation of circuits

Where protection is provided by SELV see Requlations 411-02 and 471-02, where providedby electrical separation see Regulation 413-06 and 471-12 (eg isolating transformer).

6. Protection against direct contact by barrier or enclosure provided during erection – seeRegulation 412-03

7. Insulation of non-conducting floors and walls

See Regulations 413-04 AND 471-10.



8. Polarity

It shall be verified that:

(a) every fuse and single-pole control and protective device is connected in the phaseconductor only

(b) center contact bayonet and Edison screw lampholders have outer contact connected tothe neutral conductor

(c) wiring is correctly connected to socket-outlets and similar accessories

Compliance is to be indicated in column 21 of WR4.

9. Earth electrodes resistance

The earth electrode resistance of TT installations must be measured, and normally rcd isrequired.

10. Polarity

Following energizing of the installation, polarity must be checked before further testing.

11. Earth fault loop impedance Zt.

This will be measured at the furthest point on each circuit and recorded in column 17 of theschedule. The maximum value of Zt is provided by the installation designer or may beassumed to approximate to Zs giving by Tables 41B1, 41B2 and 41D multiplied by 0.96/1.2(for an ambient of 10oc and cables to Table 54C). When Zs is determined by limiting circuitlength, the length shall be recorded in column 22 of Form WR4.

12. Functional testing

The operation of rcds and rcbos shall be tested by simulating a fault condition, independentof any test facility in the device. At rated tripping current rcds must operate within 200 ms.Record operating current and time in column 18 and 19. Effectiveness of the test buttonmust be confirmed.

All switchgear and controlgear, drives, interlocks etc shall be operated to ensure they areproperly mounted, adjusted, are safe and work. Satisfactory operation is indicated by a tickin column 20.

Prospective Fault Current. This may be measured or determined by calculation, orascertained by enquiry. The value is inserted in the form headed “Particulars of theInstallation”.



PERIODIC INSPECTION REPORT FOR AN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION(BS 7671 : 1992) (notes 1)

Details of the Client

Client’s name:

Address:

Purpose for which this Report is required:

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATIONOccupier:

Address:

Domestic Commercial Industrial

Description of Premises: Other

Estimated age of the Electrical Installation: …………………. years

Evidence of Alterations or Additions: Yes No Not Apparent

If “Yes”, Estimate Age: …………… years

Date of last inspection: …………… Records available Yes No

Records held by:

Type of Earthing: TN-C-S TN-S TT TN-C IT

Details of Earth Electrode:Type …………… Location ……………..…………. Method of Measurement ……………. Resistance ….……..Ω

Characteristics of the supply at the origin of the installation:Nominal voltage …………………V Frequency ………….... Hz No of Phases …………….…Maximum demand (load) …………… A per phase

Measured Calculated Other

Maximum prospective fault current (note 7)kA

External earth fault loop impedance, Ze Ω

Overcurrent protective device at origin: Type: BS ………………….. Rating ……………….. A

Main switch or circuit-breaker: Number of poles ……….. Type: BS …………… Rating ………..……… A

(If a residual current device, rated residual operating current ……………………. mA)

Method of protection against indirect contact:

1. Earthed equipotential bonding and automatic disconnection of supply

2. Other (described) …………………………………………………………………………..

Main equipotential bonding conductors: Conductor material ……………….. csa …………….. mm2



EXTENT AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INSPECTION

Extent of Electrical Installation Covered by this Report (Note 5):

Limitations:

RECOMMENDATIONS (Note 9)

Referring to the “Schedule(s) of Inspection and Test Results”, and subject to thelimitations specified above

Recommendationsas detailed below

No remedial work required, or

The following items:

One of the following numbers shall be placed alongside each of the items detailedabove (Note 6).

1 requires urgent attention 2 requires improvements

3 requires further investigation

Does not comply with BS 7671: 1992 (as amended) (This does not4 necessarily imply that the electrical installation is unsafe).

SUMMARY OF THE INSPECTION

Date(s) of the inspection:

General condition of the installation (Note 7):

Overall assessment: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory

(Note 2)

SCHEDULE OF THE INSPECTION: See sheet(s) attached

SCHEDULE OF TEST: See sheet(s) attached

SCHEDULE OF THE INSPECTION AND TEST RESULTS: See sheet(s) attached



NEXT INSPECTION

I/We recommend that the installation should be re-inspected after an interval of not more than……………. Months/years (Note 8)

DECLARATION

To the best of our knowledge and belief I/We confirm that the details recorded above and in theattached Schedule(s) of Inspection and Test Results and the Recommendations are an accurateassessment, within the limits specified, of the condition of the electrical installation as above.

INSPECTED BY: …………………………………………………..

Signature: …………………………………………………………..

Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): ………………………………..

Date of signing: ………………………………………………….

REVIEWED BY: …………………………………………………..

Signature: …………………………………………………………..

Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS): ………………………………..


Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….




NOTES ON PERIODIC INSPECTION REPORT - Form WR5

1. This Periodic Inspection Report form shall only be used for the reporting on the condition ofan existing installation.

2. The Report, shall include schedules of both the inspection and the test results. Additionalsheets of test results may be necessary for other than a simple installation. The pagenumbers of each sheet shall be indicated, together with the total number of sheets involved.

3. The intended purpose of the Periodic Inspection Report shall be identified, together with therecipient’s details in the appropriate boxes.

4. The maximum prospective fault current recorded should be the greater of either the short-circuit current (between the live conductors) or the earth fault current (between phaseconductor(s) and an exposed-conductive-part).

5. The ‘Extent and Limitations’ box shall fully identify the elements of the installation that arecovered by the report and those that are not; this aspect having been agreed with the clientand other interested parties before the inspection and testing is carried out.

6. The recommendation(s), if any, shall be categorized using the numbered coding 1-4 asappropriate against each recommendation.

7. The “Summary of the Inspection’ box shall clearly identify the condition of the installation interms of safety.

8. Where the periodic inspection and testing has resulted in a satisfactory overall assessment,the time interval for the next periodic inspection and testing shall be given. The IEEGuidance Note 3 provides guidance on the maximum interval between inspections for varioustypes of buildings. If the inspection and test reveals that parts of the installation requireurgent attention, it would be appropriate to state an earlier re-inspection date having dueregard to the degree of urgency and extent of the necessary remedial work.

9. If the space available on the model form for information on recommendations is insufficient,additional pages shall be provided as necessary.

DID MANUALVolume 11





Final Inspection

APPENDIX 12D

Generator Set Test Results

Chapter 12 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING/FINAL INSPECTION


APPENDIX 12D GENERATOR SET TEST RESULTS

Specification for Three Phase Generator Set

PROJECT NAME:

CONTRACTOR NO.

CONTRACTOR’SNAME ANDADDRESS

GENERATOR SET DETAILS

ENGINE Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture

COVERNOR Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture

FUEL PUMP Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture

ENGINE RADIATOR Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture

ALTERNATOR Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture

AUTOMATICVOLTAGEREGULATOR

Remarks

Make

Model

Serial No.

Year of Manufacture



TEST SITE CONDITION

Before Test After Test Remarks

Pressure (mm Hg.)

Temperature (oc)

Dry

Wet

Relative Humidity (%)

INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST (500V, M.Ohm)

Before Test After Test Remarks

ALTERNATOR

Armature

Field

EXCITER

Armature

Field

NO LOAD VOLTAGE RANGE TEST

AVR Maximum set AVR Minimum set Remarks

VOLTAGE (V)

RY

YB

BR

FREQUENCY (Hz)

PROTECTIVE DEVICE TESTS

Set Values Test Values Remarks

Alarm Trip Alarm Trip

Overspeed (rpm)

Lubricating Oil LowPressure (Kg/cm2)

Lubricating Oil HighTemperature (oc)

Cooling Water HighTemperature (oc)

SUDDEN LOAD INCREASE / DECREASE TEST –see remark (2)

Load (%) (see remarks below)Sudden Increase – see remark (1) Sudden Decrease – 100% to 0%

Before Instant After Before Instant After

Frequency (Hz)

Voltage (V)

Engine Speed (rpm)

Time of Stability(sec)

Remarks: (1) If not specified elsewhere, record all readings for sudden load increase:Stage 1:0% to 50%; Stage 2:50% to 80% and Stage 3: 80% to 100%

(2) Use transient recorders for all parameter recordings. All recordings shall be submitted.



ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCELo

ad

(kW

/%)

Tim

e Voltage (V) Current (A)

Pow

er

Fact

or

Outp

ut

Fre

quency

(Hz)

RY YB BR R Y B

REMARKS

TEST SITE: Name and Address



ENGINE PERFORMANCELo

ad

(kW

/%)

Tim

e

Fuel Consumption Temperature (oc)

Lub

Oil

Pre

ssure

(Kg/c

m2)

Engin

eSpeed

(rpm

)

Colo

ur

of

Exh

aust

Gas

Flo

wm

ete

r

Readin

g

Weig

ht

(kg)

Litr

e/m

inor

kg/m

in

Coolin

g

Wate

r

Lubrica

ting

Oil

Room

Dry

Wet

/%

REMARKS

TESTED BY (Name & Designation) WITNESSED BY: (Name & Designation)

Date: Date:

DID MANUALVolume 11





Final Inspection

APPENDIX 12E

Sample List ofTest Equipment



APPENDIX 12E SAMPLE LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT

1. Suggested Test Equipment for Air-Conditioning - Water Systems

INSTRUMENT & DUTY TYPICAL RANGES

1.1 Differential Pressurea. Mercury Manometer 0-60 kpab. Fluorocarbon Manometer 0-5 kpa

1.2 System Gauge Pressurea. Dial Pressure Gauge 0-10 bar

1.3 Rotationa. Mechanical Tachometer 0-3000 RPMb. Optical Tachometer 0-3000 RPM

1.4 Currenta. Induction Ammeter 0-1200 AMPb. Hall Effect Ammeter 0-1000 AMP

1.5 Temperaturea. Digital Electronic -50/+1200Cb. Contact Thermometer

2.0 Suggested Test Equipment for Air-Conditioning - Air Systems

2.1 Velocitya. Pilot Tube in conjunction

with inclined tube Manometer 3-20 m/sb. Rotating Vane Anemometer 0-5 m/sc. Flow hoods(s) to fit various

diffuser and grille applications

2.2 Pressurea. Inclined tube Manometer 0-2 kpab. Diaphragm Air Pressure Gauge 0-250 kpac. Micro manometer 0-2000 pa

2.3 Currenta. Induction Ammeter 0-1200 AMPb. Hall Effect Ammeter 0-1000 AMP

2.4 Rotationa. Mechanical Tachometer 0-3000 RPMb. Optical Tachometer 0-3000 RPM

3.0 Suggested Test Equipment - Acoustical/Vibration

3.1 Sound Pressurea. Octave Band Analyzer 1st-8th Band

with one third band resolution3.2 Vibration Analyzer

a. Physical measurement 0-100 mils in discrete stepsof peak amplitude


PART III : COMPLETION ANDHAND OVER STAGE

CHAPTER 13

AS-BUILT, O&M MANUALAND OTHER DELIVERABLES

Chapter 13 ASBUILT, O&M MANUAL AND OTHER DELIVERABLES


Table of Contents


13.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 13-1

13.2 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 13-1

13.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 13-1

13.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 13-1

13.3.2 As-Built Drawings ......................................................................................... 13-1

13.3.3 Operation and Maintenance Manual (O & M Manual)....................................... 13-2

13.3.4 Spare Parts .................................................................................................. 13-3

13.3.5 Test Records / Warranties............................................................................. 13-4

Appendix 13A As-Built Drawing, O&M Manual, Test Records and Warranties, ………………..….13A- 1Review and Approval Cycle

Appendix 13B Sample Index of O&M Manual…………………………………………………………..……..13A- 2



13 AS-BUILT, O&M MANUAL AND OTHER DELIVERABLES

13.1 INTRODUCTION

This section of Construction Management covers the relevant documents to be handedover to DID and/or rightful beneficiary by the Contractor prior to the issuance ofcertificate of practical completion.

Refer also to Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contractadministration for Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.

13.2 SCOPE

The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. It covers both the conventionaland design and build type of contracting. Where there are exceptions or departures fromthe conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference todesign and build practice.

Any specific requirements of a particular project are addressed in the project quality planor Construction contract.

13.3 PROCEDURE

13.3.1 General

In general, there is a requirement for the Contractor to hand over relevant documentssuch as As-built drawings, Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manual, test records andwarranties to DID and other rightful beneficiary. Sufficient copies are made fordistribution to all the beneficiaries.

The review and approval process of these documents/ drawings is as per Appendix 13A.

13.3.2 As-Built Drawings

This procedure for As-Built Drawings is read with the Document & Drawing SubmissionGuideline in Chapter 11 of the Manual.

Generally all work is installed as per the approved shop drawings. Where on-siterevisions are necessary to overcome coordination problems, such revisions areincorporated into marked-up copies of the working drawings on a regular basisthroughout the course of the works. These marked-up prints form the basis of As-BuiltDrawings and Construction drawings.

The Contractor submits a schedule of the proposed As-Built Drawings when submittingthe draft O&M Manual.

All drawings are clearly marked “As-Built Drawings” in minimum 12 mm high lettering. Allsubmittals of As-Built Drawings are prepared and submitted for review and approvalcycle via the guidelines in the Document & Drawing Submission Guideline. Whereconstruction drawings are revised during the contract period, the “As-Built Drawings”must be clearly marked, “As-built Differs From Contract Drawing”.

All manufacturer-supplied drawings are provided with the standard project title block andissued as As-Built Drawings as set out above.



The quantities and types of print to be issued for As-Built Drawings are the same as fornormal document issues, as set out in the Document & Drawing Submission Guidelineunless stated otherwise in the construction contract.

For Design and Build type of contract, the main Contractor submits design calculationswhere required to verify certain design element incorporated in the Consultant’sdrawings.

All existing revision information on working drawings is removed prior to their issue for“As-Built” status. A new series starting “ABI” is instituted for first “as-built” issue.

13.3.3 Operation and Maintenance Manual (O & M Manual)

This procedure for O&M Manual is read with the Document & Drawing SubmissionGuideline in Chapter 11 of the Manual.

The Contractor provides the specified number (as indicated in the respective constructioncontract) of O&M Manuals and submits as provided in the Document & DrawingSubmission Guideline.

The O&M Manual is submitted by the Contractor initially in draft format for the ProjectTeam’s review, a minimum of 30 days (or as stated in the construction contract) beforethe intended demonstration/handover with the final version a minimum of 7 days (or asstated in the construction contract). The Project Team ensures the draft O&M Manual isreviewed by the appropriate maintenance department. The Contractor ensures that thenecessary information is requested from all other parties in adequate time for the aboverequirements to be met.

For Design and Build contracting, the Contractor ensures his consultants had reviewedthe draft O&M Manual before submitting to the Project Team.

The specific requirements for the O&M Manual submittals are as follows:

a. The O&M Manual cover is preferably to be of stiffened PVC/Rexine covered 4 ringclip binders in an agreed colour. The manual cover and spine tab shall contain theproject name and title, generally as set out in the attached sample format.

b. The manual page size shall be ISO size A4.

c. Each section and sub-station within the manual(s) shall be sub-divided with colourcoded and numbered dividing tabs.

d. The O&M Manual shall also incorporate manufacturers’ technical literature andspare parts manuals.

e. All test certificates, balancing and adjusting reports, code authority compliancedocuments shall be included in the O&M Manual.

A sample of the typical O&M Manual index, which is to be amended to suit individualproject requirements, is enclosed in Appendix 13B. In all cases the Contractor'sCommissioning Representative submits to the Project Team for review and approvalwithin the above listed time frame.

It is likely that some sub-sections of the manual will need to be a complete manual intheir own right; however the format, cover and number system is coordinated with othermanual(s) to form a comprehensive set.



13.3.4 Spare Parts

The Contractor's Commissioning Representativer duly notifies the Project Team andcoordinates the supply of all specified spare parts to the DID's operations staff.

The information for a given project is organised by system identification and includes thefollowing:-

a. A list of spare parts, special tools, lubricants etc. for each item of equipmentpurchased as part of the relevant trade contract.

b. Similar lists to (1) above covering spare parts etc. for all equipment for each sparepart that is not included in the Contract.

c. A list of spare items for standard system i.e. fuses, gasket etc.

The above lists are based on manufacturer’s recommendation and cover a period of oneyear after hand over of equipment/system to DID.

The standard spare parts schedules provide the following minimum information:-

a. Manufacturers’ part name

b. Manufacturers’ name, address, phone and fax numbers

c. Manufacturers’ part number

d. Quantity recommended for one year

e. Unit price

f. Lead time

g. Shelf life

h. Alternative suppliers of parts

i. Local stocklist(s) name, address, phone and fax number

The Contractor submits the preliminary lists of spare parts, tools etc. a minimum of 60days (or as stated in the construction contract) prior to intended system hand over forthe review and approval by the Project Team with the Consultant. The reservation of theright to add to, reduce or omit entirely the recommendations contained on these lists isaccording to the construction contract.

Upon approval by the Project Team for the spare parts lists either in their original oramended form, the Contractor's Commissioning Representative instructs as necessarythe supply of those items covered by the relevant trade contracts.

Those items so supplied will be in the manufacturers’ original packaging and tagged witha unique number coordinated with the relevant hand over schedule.

These parts are available for hand over to DID's operations personnel at least 30 daysprior to hand over of the associated systems or as indicated in the construction contract.



13.3.5 Test Records / Warranties

All test records and warranties submitted by the Contractor are subjected to the reviewand acceptance by the Project Team and the Consultant. The test records and warrantiessubmitted are to comply with and in accordance to the requirements as indicated in therespective construction contract.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 13– As-Built, O&M Manual and

Other Deliverables

APPENDIX 13A

As-Built Drawings, O&M Manual,Test Records and

Warranties Review andApproval Cycle



APPENDIX 13A AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, O&M MANUAL, TEST RECORDSAND WARRANTIES REVIEW AND APPROVAL CYCLE


Contractor prepare Test The Contractor prepares the ContractorRecords/Drawings/ test records, documents &

Documents drawings based on theDocument & DrawingsSubmission Guidelines

Contractor submission Contractor’s submission of Contractorthe completed test records/documents/drawings

Project Team / Consultants ProjectProject Team/Consultants check and review of the Team/

check and review of submission submission Consultants

NOApprove

YES

Contractor to prepare, submit Contractorcopies to relevant parties andproceed with implementation

Submission / Implementation

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 13– As-Built, O&M Manual and

Other Deliverables

APPENDIX 13B

Sample Index of O&M Manual



APPENDIX 13B SAMPLE INDEX OF O&M MANUAL

TYPICAL INDEX TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

IMPORTANT NOTE :-

The following list is not exhaustive. It is intended to highlight some of the main items required tobe included in the operating and maintenance manuals. The list will need to be expanded to coverthe specific detailed needs of the individual buildings and their system.


1.0 GENERAL - Introduction- Services Identification- List of Abbreviations- Schedule- Directory of Suppliers (includes address,telephone no, fax no., email and person in charge.- Warranty and Guarantee (list all majorequipments with warranty beginning and enddates)

2.0 DESCRIPTIONS OF SYSTEMS(Contractor to submit description of the systems specific to the project and thetechnical details.)

a. Heating, Ventilation - General& Air Conditioning - Air System

- Water Cooling Systems- DX Systems- Kitchen Extract Systems- Computer Room Systems

b. PLUMBING - Domestic Water Systems- Drainage Systems- Rainwater Systems- Interceptor Systems- Storage Facilities- Fuel Oil Systems

c. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS - Sprinkler Systems- Pre-Action Systems- Wet Riser Systems- Pressurization Systems and Smoke Control- Hosereel Systems- Standby Power- Storage Tanks

d. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - High Voltage Systems- Low Voltage Systems- Emergency and Essential Power System- Emergency Lighting- Lightning Protection- Earthing- Lighting Systems




e. MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS - Fire Alarm System- Security System- Structured Cabling System- Central Vacuum System

3.0 BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM - Overview(BCS) - Cause/Effect

- Operating Mode- Fire Mode- Point Charts

4.0 OPERATING PROCEDURES(for each system and sub components. Contractor to include that system operationinstruction under BCS, auto and manual mode. Contractor also required to includethe recommended service and maintenance schedule (frequency of maintenance)and components to be serviced and replaced. A sample log sheet shall beincluded.)

- General description- System description- System Operation Procedures- Initial Set-Up- Routine Inspection Charts- Equipment Start-Up/ Shut Down Procedures

(Contractor to include the operational settings)- Filling-Up- Draining Down- Lubrication Charts- Filtration Charts- Preventative Maintenance- Lead/Lag Arrangements- Fault Finding- Special Tools

5.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - General- Health and Safety- Failure of Electrical Supply- Failure of Water Supply- Failure of Gas Supply- Refrigerant Leaks- Water Leaks- Fuel Oil Leaks- Fire Situations on MEP Systems- First Aid Procedures

6.0 MANUFACTURERS DATA (Contractor to include the Parts List)- Factory Test Certificates- Certified Drawings- Nameplate Date- Specific/Specialised- Maintenance Recommendations- Performance Curves- Catalogue Cuts




7.0 SPARES (Contractor to include the spare parts lists and price lists)- Recommended Spare Schedules- Spares Policy Recommendations- Schedule of Spares Supplied at Handover- Price Lists

8.0 TEST CERTIFICATES(Contractor to include factory acceptance tests and site tests)

- Pressure Tests- Environmental Tests- Chlorination Certificates- Chemical Cleaning- Commissioning Checklists- Snagging Sign-Offs- Tank Test Certificates- Electrical Safety- Generator Tests- Electrical Tests

9.0 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS AND DESIGN CALCULATIONS(All design calculations to be submitted.)

- Design Calculations- Valve Charts- Wiring Diagram (HV)- Wiring Diagram (LV)- Air System Schematics- Water System Schematics

10.0 AS BUILT DRAWINGS - Schedule of As-Built Drawings- Certified As-Built Drawings



CHAPTER 14

TRAINING

Chapter 14 TRAINING


Table of Contents


14.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 14-1

14.2 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 14-1

14.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 14-1

14.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 14-1

14.3.2 Training Of DID's Operation Personnel ........................................................... 14-1

Appendix 14A Sample of Training Agenda ………………………………………………………………………14A-1

Chapter 14 TRAINING



Chapter 14 TRAINING


14 TRAINING

14.1 INTRODUCTION

This section of Construction Management provides the procedure and guideline on therequirement of training for the DID’s operational personnel before hand over.

Training is crucial to ensure DID’s operational personnel acquires adequate knowledge,information and skills to operate and maintain the facility handed over by the Contractorto DID.

Refer also to Chapter 17 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration forPre-Completion Inspection.

14.2 SCOPE

The Procedure applies to all projects undertaken by DID. It covers both the conventionaland design and build type of contracting. Where there are exceptions or departures fromthe conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the Procedure in reference todesign and build practice.

Training that is not for the operation and maintenance of equipment/facilities handedover by the Contractor is not covered in this chapter.


14.3 PROCEDURE

14.3.1 General

To ensure successful training, the Sub-Contractor (where applicable) and Contractor isrequired to thoroughly plan, organize, schedule and implement the training activities.

14.3.2 Training Of DID's Operation Personnel

This section defines the general guideline for the scope and content of the training ofDID's operations personnel.

Given the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 and theneed to maintain warranty conditions, it is an absolute pre-requisite that full trainingoccurs prior to hand over of any equipment or systems.

The Project Team provides the Contractor’s Commissioning Representative with the DID'sdesignated operations personnel names and responsibilities prior to the start of requiredsystem training. The Project Team coordinates the training schedule for the personnelwith the Contractor’s Commissioning Representative.

The Contractor's Commissioning Representative coordinates all training proposals into acomprehensive training schedule. This schedule is submitted to the Project Team forreview and approval. The Contractor Commissioning Representative incorporates allreasonable requirements into a final training programme and arranges attendance of therequired training personnel.

Training on equipment is carried out by engineers/ instructors of the original equipmentmanufacturer (OEM) supplemented by the Contractor as necessary.

Chapter 14 TRAINING


In submitting a comprehensive training schedule, the Contractor must confirm thefollowing:

1. Name and title of person(s) carrying out training

2. Name of company employing trainer(s)

3. Proposed location of training i.e. job site, classroom or factory

4. Details of training aids to be used, i.e. manual, audiovisual etc.

5. Details of any spares/tools to be provided

For each training session a training agenda is provided, generally set out as per theattached sample format in Appendix 14A.

Where practicable the contractor arranges to video tape the training session and providesa copy of the tape for the DID's retention or as otherwise indicated in the constructioncontract.

Personnel who attended training are to submit the required feedback form to the ProjectTeam.

The Contractor prepares and submits reports on the training conducted to the Projectteam including an evaluation on the training’s effectiveness.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 14– Training

APPENDIX 14A

Sample Training Agenda

Chapter 14 TRAINING


APPENDIX 14A SAMPLE TRAINING AGENDA

TRAINING AGENDA

BUILDING: ___________________________________________

Date ______________________

Time ______________________

Location ______________________

(Insert Title)

1.0 OPENING INTRODUCTION BY CHAIRPERSON

a. Introduction of Instructors

b. Introduction of The Project Team

c. Introduction of Manufacturers Specialists

d. Presentation of Course Aims/Scope

2.0 TRAINING (CLASSROOM)

a. Description of Systems and Equipment

b. Inter-relationship with other Systems

c. Recommended Maintenance Requirements

d. Preventative Maintenance Check Lists and recommended Spare Parts

e. Health and Safety Precautions

3.0 FIELD TRAINING

a. View equipment at Location

b. Demonstrate Maintenance Access

c. Review of Overall System and Associated Interfaces with Other Systems

d. Demonstrate Actual Start-Up Procedures

e. Demonstrate Replacement of Common Spare Parts

f. Hands on activities (as appropriate)

4.0 REVIEW OF O&M DOCUMENTATION AND SPARE PARTS LIST

a. Site Review to Compare with Actual Installation of Accuracy

b. Review Description of Systems and Certified Manufacturers Drawings



CHAPTER 15

FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER

Chapter 15 FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER


Table of Contents


15.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 15-1

15.2 SCOPE ................................................................................................................... 15-1

15.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 15-1

15.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 15-1

15.3.2 Joint site inspection and outstanding works.................................................... 15-1

15.3.3 Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC) ........................................................ 15-2

15.3.4 Certificate of Fitness/Certificate of Completion and Compliance ....................... 15-2

15.3.5 Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings ........................................... 15-3

15.3.6 Training ....................................................................................................... 15-3

15.3.7 Handing Over of Project................................................................................ 15-3

15.3.8 Partial Occupation ........................................................................................ 15-4

Appendix 15A Sample Form of Outstanding Works………………………………………………………...15A- 1

Appendix 15B Sample Checklist for Completed Works ……….………….……………….…….…..…...15A- 2

Appendix 15C Test Records, As-Built Drawings, O&M Manual Review & Approval Cycle……...15A- 7

Appendix 15D Sample Project Team Recommendation Report for Issuance of CPC .…………..15A- 8

Appendix 15E Recommendation for Preparation of Issuance of Hand Over Certificate ..…..15A- 11



15 FINAL INSPECTION AND HAND OVER

15.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides the overall procedure and elements of control in theimplementation of final inspection, review and acceptance of the construction works anddeliverables up to the stage of issuance of Hand Over Certificate.

Refer to Chapter 17 and 18 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administrationfor Pre-Completion Inspection and Defects Management respectively.

This procedure for final inspection and hand over is read in conjunction with the 3preceding chapters, Chapter 12 (T&C), 13 (As-built and O&M) and 14 (Training) of theManual.

15.2 SCOPE

In general, the following procedures address a common approach to both conventionaland design and build type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions ordepartures from conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the procedure inreference to design and build practice.


15.3 PROCEDURE

15.3.1 General

In the event of hand over of the completed works initiated either by the Contractor orClient, the Project Team is to ensure that associated prerequisites as provided in thecontract have been met.

15.3.2 Joint site inspection and outstanding works

The Contractor shall arrange a joint site inspection/evaluation with the Consultants,Project Team and the Client (where applicable) prior to hand over. Upon the jointevaluation, the Project Team prepares the list of outstanding works (if any) and theprogramme for completing the outstanding works, and issues them to the contractor forfull completion to the satisfaction of the Project Team.

See Appendix 15A for sample Form of Outstanding Works and Appendix 15B for sampleChecklist for Completed Works.

For Design and Build type of contracts, Contractor’s Consultants prepares and submitsrecommendation report through the Contractor to the Project Team for checking andvalidation.



15.3.3 Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC)

The Project Team ensures the Contractor meets the prerequisites as per the constructioncontract (or such allowable provisions in the construction contract) through a review andacceptance cycle of the Contractor's application with the Consultant (for Design and Buildtype contract subject to the availability of consultancy service for the project package).

Resubmission by the Contractor is required for unacceptable application. See Appendix15C for the review and acceptance process.

The Contractor arranges a joint site inspection/evaluation with the Consultants, ProjectTeam and the client, where applicable, (who could be utility providers or otherGovernment Agency or Department), prior to the Contractor’s application for the CPC.

Upon successful submission of all relevant documents, records and drawings by theContractor, the Consultant prepares and submits recommendation report to the ProjectTeam for check and validation. The Project Team consolidates the Consultant’srecommendation and the deliverables submitted by the Contractor and makesrecommendation to the SO. Checklist on the pertinent deliverables prior to the issuanceof hand over certificate is included in the Project Team’s recommendation report.

See Appendix 15D for a sample Project Team’s recommendation report for issuance ofCPC.

For Design and build type of contract, the Contractor’s Consultant prepares and submitsthe recommendation report and the deliverables through the Contractor to the ProjectTeam for check and validation.

Upon endorsement by SO (or by the person so empowered) of the recommendations, theProject Team prepares the CPC for issuance to the Contractor.

The Defects Liability Period starts from the date of issuance of the CPC.

15.3.4 Certificate of Fitness/Certificate of Completion and Compliance

The Project Team ensures that the Consultants carry out the various statutoryinspections together with relevant authorities for compliance with relevant statutoryrequirements in securing Certificate of Fitness (CF)/ Certificate of Completion andCompliance (CCC), through CF/CCC Meetings with the Contractor and Consultants,preferably in conjunction with the issuance of CPC.

Consultant shall submit to relevant authorities all pertinent documents, records anddrawings, with copies to the Project Team.

Local Authority may impose certain conditions prior to issuance of approval and ProjectTeam and Consultant need to clearly identify outstanding matters for necessary action byContractor before next application for certification.



15.3.5 Hand Over of Records, Documents and Drawings

It is required to hand over records and documents to a beneficiary (besides the DID) ofthe facilities built. Project Team ascertains necessary copies are made for submission anddistribution to the beneficiaries.

Documents and drawings that fall under this category include As-Built drawings,Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals, warranties and test records.

The Contractor’s submission of these documents and drawings is subjected to check forcompleteness and review by the Project Team, Consultant’s endorsement and stamp ofAs-Built drawings and Consultant’s review of the O&M Manual, warranties and testrecords. The Contractor needs to resubmit the incomplete documents and drawings asreviewed. Refer to Appendix 15C for the review and approval process of thesedocuments.

For Design and Build type contracts, Contractor’s submission of these documents anddrawings is subjected to the check for completeness and review by Project Team;Contractor’s Consultant‘s endorsement of As-Built Drawings, O&M Manuals, Warrantiesand test records. The review and approval process of these documents and drawings issimilar to the above i.e. Appendix 15C.

15.3.6 Training

There may also be a requirement for training of personnel (of the beneficiary) withrespect to operation and maintenance. Refer to Chapter 14 for procedure on training.

The Contractor coordinates all training proposals into a comprehensive trainingprogramme. This programme is submitted for the review and approval of the ProjectTeam and Consultants.

The Contractor carries out training only upon the acceptance by the Consultant on thecompleteness of the Contractor’s training material with verification by the Project Team;the Contractor’s satisfactory completion of As-Built Drawings and O&M Manuals, andsubmission of warranties and test records. The review and approval process of thesedocuments is similar to the above i.e. Appendix 15C.

The Project Team arranges the attendees for Contractor’s training.

15.3.7 Handing Over of Project

Upon successful completion of project carried out for the beneficiary and submission ofall relevant documents, records and drawings by the Contractor, the Consultant preparesand submits recommendation report to the Project Team for check and validation. TheProject Team consolidates the Consultant’s recommendations and the deliverablessubmitted by the Contractor. Checklist on the pertinent deliverables prior to the issuanceof hand over certificate is included in the Project Team’s recommendation report. SeeAppendix 15E for a sample recommendation report.

For Design and build type of contract, the Contractor’s Consultant prepares and submitsthe recommendation report and the deliverables through the Contractor to the ProjectTeam for check and validation.

The Project Team shall issue an official letter to the beneficiary to formalize the handingover.



15.3.8 Partial Occupation

Prior to the practical completion of the whole Works, DID may but with the consent ofContractor, take possession of and occupy any part of the completed Works. Where anypart of the Works is taken possession of and occupied by DID prior to completion of thewhole of the Works, the following apply:

1. A Certificate of Partial Occupation must be issued within seven (7) days of the takingpossession and occupation of the part of the Works. The Certificate must state theestimated value of the part of the Works taken possession of and occupied.

2. The DLP for the part of the Works taken possession of and occupied commences onthe date DID takes possession of and occupies the same.

3. The LAD specified in the Contract is reduced in the proportions which the value ofthe part taken possession of and occupied bears to the Contract Sum.

4. The provisions of the Contract as regards of insurance and release of thePerformance Bond are not affected.

Please refer also to Chapter 17 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contractadministration for Completion.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 15– Final Inspection and Hand Over

APPENDIX 15A

Sample Form of Outstanding Works



APPENDIX 15A SAMPLE FORM OF OUTSTANDING WORKS

Records of Outstanding Works List:

Project Name:

Block:

Note* : A – Outstanding Works

No. Location Description Remarks Status*

Level Area

Main Contractor: Consultant: Project Team

Signature: ………………………… ………………………………….. …………………………………

Name: ……………………………… ………………………………….. …………………………………

Date: ……….……………………… ………………………………….. …………………………………

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 15B

Sample Checklist forCompleted Works



APPENDIX 15B SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR COMPLETED WORKS

A Floor

Screed: Ponding – not deeper than thick of 3mmCracks not wider than 0.5mmNo hollownessFalls in wet areas to be in the correct directionExpansion joints at intervalsStaircase variance – treads and risers not to exceed 5mm

Tile: Consistent sizeSurface even and leveledJoints aligned and consistent (3-6mm or otherwise specified)Chipping, cracks should not present Tolerance - +/-3mm

Timber Strips: No nodesNo gaps between stripsEdges to be properly sealedFree from defects, damages, insects, etc.Surface tolerance approx. 3mm in 2.0m

Carpets: Stretched and evenJoints should not be easily detectableProper termination at edgesUnderlining provided

Water tightness: No leakagesIf the floor is found to be leaking, the floor is considered to havefailed the assessment

B Wall

Alignment According to drawing (Setting out deviation not more than 5mm)Square ness maintained at right anglesInterfacing of two different finishes

Brickwork Alignment – horizontal and verticalStiffener position – approx. 3m to 3.5mLintel for brick wall exceeding 3.5m in heightsBearing end for lintel above opening 100mm – 150mm minExmet every 4th courseTie bar to columns or r.c. wall

Plaster Cracks along wall (not more than .3mm wide and 500mm long)Square ness at cornersHollowness should not be detected between coats of plasterVertical / horizontal alignment – not more than +/-3mm in 1.8mStraightedges). Squash courts – vertically 10mm in 4.0m

Title Joint aligned and not more than 3mm unless otherwise specifiedTolerance across joint (less than 6mm – 1mm, 6mm or more –2mm)Refer MS1294 part 1:1992 22.8.1Tile size to be consistent +/- 1mmObserved for chipped edges, cracks, stains



Cladding Proper anchorage of panelsJoints width to be consistentEvenness of surface 3mm/1.2m or as per manufacturer’s methodstatementSealant material to be compatible w/ cladding materialsGranite / stone cladding – 0.5mm over 1m straight lines or as permanufacturer’s method statement

Painting Plaster surface free from defects i.e. indentation, mortar dropping,cracks, etc.Surface evenly paintedGood opacity – no patchiness from touch up etc.Free from peeling

C Ceiling

Skim Coats Surface evennessFormwork joints are ground smoothLeaks or stainsPaintwork with good opacity

False Ceiling(suspendedsystem)

Alignment of rail / hangersSufficient hangers and clipsSurface should be even. Deflection of any components must notexceed 1/360 of span

D Doors and Windows

Door Alignment – vertical and horizontalGap between door and wallIn tumescent strip for fire rated door (fire stop)Door to be properly sanded down (timber door) and good paintfinishedGap between doorframe and door leaf (3mm all sides, 6mm at theBottom

Windows Alignment in relation to wallNo leakageEase of opening and closingGood fit of locking deviceGlazing clean, evenly sealed for alum. Window

Roller Shutter Fire rating if anyAlignment of rail, verticality, ease of operationQuality of finished (damaged, etc.)

E Plumbing &Sanitary Fittings

Gully & Floor Traps No damage or blockageSecurity fixPosition in relation to FFL (lowest position)

Sanitary fittings Comply with schedule as per architects requirement and specsFirmly securedNo leakages at joints



Pipes Alignment in relation to other building servicesInclined pipes laid to proper gradientNo leakages at jointsBrackets firmly secured and adequately spacedPainted with good opacity and/or to relevant authority color-coding

requirement

F Roof

Construction Materials firmly secured as per manufacturer’s method statementsPonding should not be deeper than 3 mmNo damages

Waterproofing Suitability of base to receive waterproofing materialsTo comply with manufacturer’s specificationsComplete adhesion to baseSufficient lapping at jointsSuitability of waterproofing type in relation to the function of theareas i.e. planter, rooftop, toilets, etc.No sign of damage and leakage

Gutters No choking/pondingFall constructed accordingly towards outletsWater tightnessSufficient RWDP provided

G M&E on Ceilings

Smoke detector,Sprinkler heads,Head sensor, PASpeakers,Emergency light

Neatness of fitAlignmentIn relation to coordinated ceiling plan

H M&E on Walls

Fire Alarm,“KELUAR” sign,Exposed Ductwork,Elec. Switch plates,Power points,Thermostat, fireextinguishers, Hosereels

Workmanship and neatness of fitPosition as per authority requirements

I Staircase

Railings Welding joint must be groundAlignment (vertical & horizontalBase anchorageHeight to conform to by-laws (900mm max. at flight, 900mm min atlanding)

Tread &Risers Width of 1100mm and more requires railing both sidesRisers to be consistent throughout but not to exceed 180mmTreads min. size 255mmWidth of staircase to be consistent throughout including landingStaircase exceeding 2225mm in width requires intermediate railingRefer by-law 106 – 108, 168



J Ramps

Handicap Width not to be less than 1200mmRest areas to be provided at intervals of 6000mm (1200mm width)Railing to be continuous at height between 840mm to 875mm andfixed not less than 50mm and not more than 100mm from anyadjacent wallRailing dia. to be not less than 40mm and not more than 50mmGradient for handicap ramp to be 1:12

Carpark Gradient not to 1:7 max. preferred 1:10 and absolute 1:10 at curvesectionWidth to be 3.0m min for straight ramp and 3.7m at curve230mm (W) x 150mm (H) kerb to be provided in the middle toseparate in and out for two way traffic ramp.

K Aprons and Drains

Drains Free flowing and no siltationNo ponding of waterConcrete slab over drain properly secured

Aprons No pondingCracks max. of 1mm wide and 0.5m longCleanliness

L Roads and Carparks

Side drains Free flowing and no mortar droppingHairline cracks not wider than 0.5mmNo chipping and damaged to pre-cast section

Road Surface No pondingRoad painting according to the approved drawing

Kerb Correct alignment (20mm/50mm)Evenness at jointsNo chipping or cracks

Road sign As per specificationsFirm and secure at basePainted evenly



M Footpath & Turfing

Footpath Even surface and neat edgesNo concrete droppingInstalled as per manufacturer’s method statement

Turfing No pondingTurfing evenly, no dead grass, and no construction debrisCross and longitudinal gradient of 1:50 and 1:100 respectively

Plants Planted as per specsHealthy (free from insect, pest, etc.)No construction debris at planters

N Fences andGates

Fences and Gates According to boundary surveyRailing and metal support are galvanized or painted (no rust)Anchored securely to ground (sufficient footing)Vertical tolerance (4mm/1.2m)

O Misc

CarparkRequirements

Driveway – one way 6.0m and 7.3m for two way traffic – for 90degree parking spacesStall dimension – min. 2.4m x 4.8m, preferred 2.5m x 5.0m – forcarHeight clearance to underside of beams, M&E at areas to be usedfor parking of wheeled vehicle shall not be less than 2.0mThe controlled entrance for a carpark of 500 cars and above shouldhave a min of two lanes. The exit shall be a min. of 2 lanes. Max.parking stalls allowable for one point of access shall be 600.

Handicap Toilet To comply to clause 14 – 22 of MS 1184: 1991

Safety and Health Basic safety equipment i.e. safety boot, hard hat, safety goggle, etc.Proper safety platform for work above groundScaffolding erectionPortable toilet, or proper washroom areasPonding water – mosquito etc.

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 15C

Test Records, As-Built Drawings andO&M Manual Review and

Approval CycleFlow Chart



APPENDIX 15C Test Records, As-Built Drawings and O&M Manual Review andApproval Cycle


The Contractor prepares the ContractorContractor prepare Test test records, documents &Records/Drawings/ drawings based on theDocuments Document & Drawings

Submission Guidelines

Contractor submission Contractor’s submission of Contractorthe completed test records/documents/drawings

Project Team / Consultants Project Team /Consultants Project Team/Check and review of submission check and review of the Consultants

submission

NO Approve

YES

Contractor to prepare, submit Contractorcopies to relevant parties andproceed with implementation

Submission / Implementation

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 15D

Recommendation Report forIssuance of Certificate

of Practical Completion



APPENDIX 15D SAMPLE PROJECT TEAM’S RECOMMENDATION REPORT FORISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF PRACTICAL COMPLETION

Our Ref:

Date:

To: (SO/PD)

Dear Sir,

(Insert Project/Package Title)- Recommendation for Certificate of Practical Completion

We refer to the above matter.

In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the Works have been jointly inspectedin the presence of the Contractor, the Consultants and Project Team, and have been found to bepractically completed on (insert date) with Contractor's undertaking to complete the outstandingworks vide their letter ref. ............................

We attach herewith summary of CPC submission checklist as per Appendix A and draft of Certificateof Practical Completion with attachments for your kind signature.

Thank you.

Yours faithfully,

Project Team



RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATEOF PRACTICAL COMPLETION

Project Title: Project No:

Contractor's Name: Contractor's Address:

NO DESCRIPTION ACTION REVIEW COMMENTS

1.0 Application letter from Contractor To attach Yes No

2.0 Joint site evaluation (DID/Project Team/ Consultant/Contractor

To attach Yes No

3.0 Consultant’s recommendation To attach Yes No

4.0 List of outstanding works(prepared by Consultant/ ProjectTeam and agreed by Contractor)

To attachlist andprogramtocomplete

5.0 Letter of undertaking tocomplete outstanding works fromContractor

To attach Yes No

6.0 Schedule of Defects To attach Yes No

7.0 NCR’s closed To confirm Yes No

8.0 Commissioning tests completeand test result submitted, signedby P.E. & witnessed by ProjectTeam and authorities (whererequired)

To confirm Yes No

9.0 Training completed To confirm Yes No

10.0 As-Built drawings submitted To confirm Yes No

11.0 O & M manuals submitted To confirm Yes No

12.0 Manufacturer’s warranteesassigned

To confirm Yes No

13.0 Certificate of Fitness/ Certificateof Completion and Complianceobtained (if required)

To confirm Yes No

14.0 Others (please specify)

We recommend for youragreement for the preparation ofissuance of Certificate ofPractical Completion

Yes No

Prepared by:

......................................Project Team



CERTIFICATE OF PRACTICAL COMPLETION

USE JKR 203S-Pin. 2/83Perakuan Siap Kerja

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 15E

Recommendation forPreparation of Issuanceof Hand Over Certificate



APPENDIX 15E SAMPLE OF RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OFISSUANCE OF HAND OVER CERTIFICATE

To: Client

RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF HAND OVER CERTIFICATE

Project Title: Package No:



1.0 Application letter from Contractor To attach Yes No

2.0 Joint site evaluation (Project Team/Consultant/ Contractor

To attach Yes No


4.0 List of outstanding works (preparedby Consultant/ Project Team andagreed by Contractor)

To attachlist andprogram tocomplete

5.0 Letter of undertaking to completeoutstanding works from Contractor

To attach Yes No

6.0 NCR’s closed To confirm Yes No

7.0 Commissioning tests complete andtest result submitted, signed by P.E.& witnessed by Project Team andauthorities (where required)

To confirm Yes No

8.0 Training completed To confirm Yes No

9.0 As-Built drawings submitted To confirm Yes No

10.0 O&M manuals submitted To confirm Yes No

11.0 Manufacturer’s warrantees assigned To confirm Yes No

12.0 CF/CCC obtained (if required) To confirm Yes No

13.0 Others (please specify)

Prepared by: Reviewed by:

...................................... .........................................Consultant / Contractor Project Team


PART IV : DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

CHAPTER 16

MAINTENANCE/DEFECTS MANAGEMENT

Chapter 16 MAINTENANCE / DEFECTS MANAGEMENT


Table of Contents


16.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 16-1

16.2 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 16-1

16.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 16-1

16.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 16-1

16.3.2 Defects Inspection........................................................................................ 16-1

16.3.3 Defects Liability Period.................................................................................. 16-2

16.3.4 Final Certificate ............................................................................................ 16-3

Appendix 16A Sample Checklist for Defects of Completed Works……………………………………...16A- 1

Appendix 16B Sample Form of List of Defects…………………………………………………………………16A- 2

Appendix 16C Sample Project Team Recommendation Report for Issuance of CMGD………...16A- 4

Appendix 16D Sample Bank Guarantee for Guarantee Period……………………………………..…….16A- 7

Appendix 16E Sample Statutory Declaration…………………………………………………………………..16A- 9

Appendix 16F Sample of Project Team’s Recommendation for Final Certificate…..……………16A- 10



16 MAINTENANCE / DEFECTS MANAGEMENT

16.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides the overall procedure and elements of control in the maintenanceand management of defects from the period of the initiation of Certificate of PracticalCompletion (CPC) up to the issuance of Final Certificate (FC) to the Contractor.

Refer to Chapter 18 and 19 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administrationfor Defects Management and Final Account and Final Certificate, respectively.

This procedure for maintenance/defects management is read in conjunction with thepreceding Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Hand over) of the Manual.

16.2 SCOPE

The procedure covers both the conventional and design & build type of contracting. Anyspecific requirements of a Project are addressed in the Project Quality Plan (PQP).

16.3 PROCEDURE

16.3.1 General

This procedure is written in anticipation that events unfold in a chronological order(although it is not always possible) in the implementation of project management. Thereare activities that run through the entire phase of the project rather than in stages.

In general, the following procedures address a common approach to both conventionaland Design and Build type of contracting method. Where there are exceptions ordepartures from conventional contracting, specific mention is made in the procedure inreference to design and build practice.

16.3.2 Defects Inspection

The Defects Liability Period (DLP) starts from the date of issuance of the Certificate ofPractical Completion (CPC). The procedure for issuance of CPC is per Chapter 15.

Prior to the issuance of the CPC, the Contractor arranges a joint defects inspection withthe Consultants, Project Team and, where applicable, the Client (who could be utilityproviders or other Government Agency or Department).

Upon the joint evaluation, the Consultant prepares the list of defects and submits to theProject Team for checking and validation. See Appendix 16A for sample Checklist forDefects of Completed Works and Appendix 16B for sample Form of List of Defects.

For Design and Build type contract, the Contractor may proceed with their in-houseinternal inspection and generate the Defects List.

The Defects List is referred to as the Records of Defects List, List of Defects, Snag List,etc. whichever is appropriate as referred in contract documents.



16.3.3 Defects Liability Period

There may be demobilization of Project Team upon the issuance of the CPC. As such,remaining members of Project Team or such other designated personnel are assigned asDLP Task Force to monitor and manage Contractor's compliance during DLP. TheConsultant continues with his responsibility during the DLP as per the consultancyagreement.

Monitoring of rectification works and maintenance of Defects List is through the updatingof the Defects List on a regular basis, as agreed.

The Project Team carries out regular inspection to monitor progress after agreeing withthe Contractor on the interval of the Defects List update.

The Contractor, Consultants and the Project Team inspect reports and complaints ofdefects recorded into the List of Defects. The Project team ensures all defective worksidentified are rectified and properly closed out by monitoring and tracking the List ofDefects through scheduled DLP meetings, and through inspections of the rectificationworks arranged by Contractor.

Upon expiry of DLP and in accordance with the construction contract, the Consultantprepares and submits the draft final Defects List to the Project Team for review andverification for issuance by SO as the Schedule of Defects (if any).

For Design and Build type contracts, the Contractor prepares and submits Schedule ofDefects to the Project Team for review and verification for issuance by PD as theSchedule of Defects (if any).

Upon receipt of Schedule of Defects by Contractor, the Contractor rectifies defects withinthe instructed period. The Contractor arranges joint inspection with attendance of theProject Team and Consultants to verify the rectification works. Project Team andConsultants jointly prepare recommendations to SO/PD on options by addressing thefollowing (where applicable):

To accept satisfactory rectification works

a. To accept rectification works or works as it is and to deduct diminution of value(for inclusion into the Final Account).

b. To accept rectification works or works as is and rectification by others and backcharged to Contractor (for inclusion into the Final Account).

The Project Team reviews and consolidates these options and the Consultant’s input intothe recommendations for issuance of Certificate of Completion of Making Good of Defects(CMGD) for endorsement by SO/PD.

Refer to Appendix 16C for a sample Project Team’s recommendation report for issuanceof CMGD. Checklist on pertinent deliverables prior to the issuance of CMGD is included inProject Team’s recommendation report.

The issuance of the CMGD is as per Conditions of Contract. A sample CMGD is included inthe Project Team’s recommendation report.



16.3.4 Final Certificate

Upon the issuance of CMGD, and in accordance with the construction contract, theProject Team conducts final check and verification for the fulfillment of Contractor'scontractual obligations and requests the Contractor's submission of the following:

a. Design Guarantee Bond for Design and Build contract (if applicable). Refer toAppendix 16D for a sample format.

b. Statutory Declaration. Refer to Appendix 16E for a sample format.

The Project Team compiles the Contractor's submission (where applicable) and uponverification, recommends to DID the issuance of Final Certificate to Contractor. Refer toAppendix 16F for a sample Project Team’s recommendation report. A sample checkliston the deliverables prior to the issuance Final Certificate is included in Project Team’srecommendation report.

Upon approval by SO/PD, the approved Final Certificate is issued to the Contractor andother relevant parties including a copy to DID for final payment.

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 16– Maintenance / Defects Management

APPENDIX 16A

Checklist for Defects ofCompleted Works

– External Architectural

APPENDIX 16A SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEFECTS OF COMPLETED WORKS - EXTERNAL ARCHITECTURAL

1 G.F.R.C FINISHING 2 P.C. PANEL FINISHING 3 CURTAIN WALL / WINDOW

A Damaged / Broken A Damaged / Broken A Damaged / BrokenB Incomplete B Incomplete B IncompleteC Not Leveled / Waviness C Not Leveled / Waviness C Not Leveled / WavinessD Others D Others D OthersE Stained E Stained E StainedF Misaligned F Misaligned F Misaligned / TiltedG Tapering G Tapering G Substandard SealantH Rough / Unwanted Textured H Rough / Unwanted Textured H Poor Framing WorksI Scratched I Scratched I ScratchedJ Substandard Joints J Substandard Joints J Substandard JointsK Cracked / Hair Line Cracks K Cracked / Hair Line Cracks KL Substandard Groove Line L Substandard Groove Line LM M MN N N

4 FRAMELESS GLASS 5 CANOPY 6 LOUVRE GRILLE

A Damaged / Broken A Damaged / Broken A Damaged / BrokenB Incomplete B Incomplete B Missing / Not InstalledC Tilted C Not Leveled / Tilted C Not LeveledD Others D Others D OthersE Stained E Stained E StainedF Misaligned F Substandard Installation F Substandard InstallationG Improper Sealant Works G Scratched G ScratchedH H Warped Aluminium Panel HI I Scratched IJ J Substandard Joints JK K Insufficient Run-off / Ponding KL L Improper Sealant Works LM M MN N N

7 LIGHT FIXTURE 8 MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURE 9 STAINLESS STEEL RAILING9

A Damaged / Broken A Damaged / Broken A DentedB Incomplete B Not Installed / Missing B Improper Rubber GasketC Tilted / Slanting C Substandard Quality C LooseD Others D Others D OthersE Scratch Painting / Stained E Scratch Painting / Stained E StainedF Misaligned F Misaligned F Verticality Out / TiltedG Substandard Workmanship G Substandard Workmanship G Substandard InstallationH Incorrect Location H Incorrect Location H Substandard JointsI I IJ J J

10 MISCELLANEOUS 11 ? 12 ?

A Poor Cleanliness A AB Water Stagnant / Ponding B BC C CD D DE E EF F FG G GH H H



DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 16B

Sample Form of List of Defects- Architectural and Electrical Works



APPENDIX 16B SAMPLE FORM OF LIST OF DEFECTS - ARCHITECTURAL ANDELECTRICAL WORKS

Records of Defects List: Architectural

Project Name:

Block:

Note* : A – Outstanding Works / B – Defects / C - Observation


Level Area


Signature: ………………………………… ………………………………….. ………………………………

Name: ……………………………………… ………………………………….. ……..………………………

Date: ……….……………………………… ………………………………….. ………………………………



APPENDIX 16B SAMPLE FORM OF LIST OF DEFECTS - ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS

Records of Defects List: Electrical

Project Name:

Block:

Note* : A – Outstanding Works / B – Defects / C - Observation


Level Area


Signature: ………………………………… ………………………………….. ………………………………

Name: ……………………………………… ………………………………….. ……..………………………

Date: ……….……………………………… ………………………………….. ………………………………

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 16C

Recommendation Report forCertificate of Completion of

Making Good Defects



APPENDIX 16C SAMPLE PROJECT TEAM’S RECOMMENDATION REPORT FORCERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF MAKING GOOD DEFECTS

Our Ref:

Date:

To: (SO/PD)

Dear Sir,

(Insert Project/Package Title)- Recommendation for Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects


In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the rectification works have beenjointly inspected in the presence of the Contractor, the Consultants and Project Team, and havebeen found that the defects, imperfections, shrinkages and any other faults in respect of the Worksand described in Appendix A which were required to be made good under the Conditions ofContract have been completely made good on ............................

*and other rectification works/other works described in Appendix A accepted with options asfollows:

*1. Works accepted as it is and to deduct diminution of value in Final Account amounting toRM ...........................

*2. Works *rectified/*to be rectified by others and to be back-charged to Contractor anddeduction to be included in the Final Account amounting to RM .........................

We attach herewith summary of submission checklist as per Appendix B and draft of Certificate ofCompletion of Making Good Defects for your kind signature.

Thank you.

Yours faithfully,

Project Team

(Note: * - To delete whichever not applicable)



RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OFMAKING GOOD DEFECTS

Project Title: Project No:



1.0 Copy of signed Certificate ofPractical Completion

To attach Yes No

2.0 End of Defects Liability Period To insertdate

Yes No

3.0 Joint site evaluation (ProjectTeam/Consultant/ Contractor)

To attachcomments

Yes No

4.0 Acceptance of Rectification To attachlist

Yes No


6.0 Others (please specify) To attach Yes No

We recommend for youragreement for the preparationof issuance of Certificate ofCompletion of Making GoodDefects

Yes No

Prepared by:

....................................…….Project Team



CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF MAKING GOOD DEFECTS

USE JKR 203Y-Rev. 1/99Perakuan Siap Memperbaiki Kecacatan

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 16D

Sample Bank Guarantee forGuarantee Period

(Design Guarantee Bond)



APPENDIX 16D SAMPLE BANK GUARANTEE FOR GUARANTEE PERIOD(DESIGN GUARANTEE BOND)

BANK GUARANTEE FOR GUARANTEE PERIOD

This Agreement is made the .……….....………....….. day of ...................…... 20 .……..... between

........................................................................…....... Company's number ……..........................

whose registered office is at ...........................................…….................................. (hereinafter

called "the Guarantor") of one part and ……….......(insert Client's name)...............................……….,

Company no. .............., a company incorporated in Malaysia whose registered office is at

…..............................…………………………………………………… (hereinafter called "the Employer") of

the other part.

WHEREAS

1. This Agreement is supplemental to a Contract No. ....................... (hereinafter called "the

Contract") made the ………....…..... day of ..................... 20 ………... between

.………................................................................................................……........................ of the

one part whose registered office is at ............................................................…….......................

(hereinafter called "the Contractor") and the Employer of the other part whereby the

Contractor has agreed to design, construct and complete the

...................................................................................... Project No. ....................... for the sum

of Ringgit Malaysia ……………..................................................…………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………. (RM ....….................... )

2. The Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the Employer against any defect or damage of failureto the design, equipment, materials or workmanship of the Works in the manner hereinafterappearing.

Now the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Employer as follows:

1. If any defect or damage or failure shall occur to the Design, Equipment, materials or

workmanship of the Works then the Guarantor shall indemnify and pay the Employer

unconditionally on demand by the Employer in writing without proof or conditions and not

withstanding any objection by the Contractor or any other third party, the sum of Ringgit Malaysia

…............................................................................. (RM ...........................) or such part

thereof as may be demanded provided that the Guarantor's liability to pay the Employer as

aforesaid shall correspondingly be reduced proportionate to any partial demand having been made

as aforesaid.



2. The Guarantor shall not be discharged or released from this Guarantee by any

arrangement between the Contractor and the Employer with or without the consent of the

Guarantor or by any alteration in the obligation undertaken by the Contractor or any forbearance

whether as to payment, time, performance or otherwise.

3. This Guarantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain in force for a period of five (5) years

after the issuance of the Final Certificate for the Works.

Signed for and on behalf )of the Guarantor ) (signature)

.........................................................…

Name: .............................................….

Designation: .....................….............….

Company's seal/ stamp: ...….…...........…

In the presence of the )witness ) (signature)

.........................................................…..

Name: .............................................……

IC or Passport No. ..................................

Occupation: ..................……………………….

Signed for and on behalf )of the Employer ) (signature)

.........................................................…….

Name: .................................…..........…….

Designation: ........................…...........…….

Company's seal/ stamp: ......….…...…...…….

In the presence of the )witness ) (signature)

.........................................................………

Name: ...................................…........……….

IC or Passport No. ......................................

Occupation: ................…………………………....

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 16E

Sample of Statutory Declaration



APPENDIX 16E SAMPLE OF STATUTORY DECLARATION

STATUTORY DECLARATION

(Insert name of Contractor's Director) of (insert NRIC no.) of (insert Contractor's company name)do solemnly and sincerely declare:-

I am the (designation of the Contractor's Director) of insert Contractor's company name) engagedfor (insert title of contract) (insert the contract no.)

That the workmen who have been engaged by us on the works, including to the best of myknowledge and belief all workmen employed by us and my sub-contractors (including "Labour Sub-Contractor) have received all wages due to them in connection with such employment and that alldues or contributions under the Employment Ordinance and any other laws relevant to theemployment of Workmen have been paid.

And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true, and by virtue ofthe provisions of the Statutory Declarations Act, 1960.

…....................................................................Contractor's Signature and Company's Chop

Name : ..............................................

Date : ..............................................

Declared at the Commissioner of Oath

DID MANUALVolume 11





APPENDIX 16F

Recommendation Report forthe Issuance of Final Certificate



APPENDIX 16F SAMPLE PROJECT TEAM’S RECOMMENDATION REPORTFOR THE ISSUANCE OF FINAL CERTIFICATE

Our Ref:

Date:

To:

Dear Sir,

(Insert Project/Package Title)- Recommendation for Final Certificate


In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, we certify that the Contract Sum has been adjustedas necessary in accordance with the terms of the above mentioned Conditions is RM .....................and the amount paid to the Contractor under interim Certificates excluding retention fund is RM......................... and that RM ...................... is a balance due *from/to the Employer *to/fromContractor and subject to any deductions authorized by the Contract Conditions shall be a debtpayable from the thirtieth day after the issuance of the certificate.

The Contractor has satisfactorily submitted their Statutory Declaration *and the Design GuaranteeBond (* delete if not applicable) vide their letter ref. ....................................

We attach herewith summary of submission checklist as per Appendix A and draft of FinalCertificate for your kind signature.

Thank you.

Yours faithfully,

Project Team



RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION OF ISSUANCE OF FINAL CERTIFICATE

Project Title: Package No:



1.0 Copy of signed Certificate ofPractical Completion

To attach Yes No

2.0 Copy of signed Certificate ofCompletion of Making Good ofDefects

To attach Yes No

3.0 Copy of Submission of StatutoryDeclaration

To attach Yes No

4.0 Copy of Submission of DesignGuarantee Bond (if applicable)

To attach Yes No

We recommend for yourconsideration for the preparationof issuance of Final Certificate

Yes No

Prepared by:

......................................Project Team



FINAL CERTIFICATE

USE JKR 66A (Pin. 2/1999)Perakuan Akaun dan Bayaran Muktamad


PART IV : DEFECTS LIABILITY STAGE

CHAPTER 17

FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT

Chapter 17 FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT


Table of Contents


17.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 17-1

17.2 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................... 17-1

17.3 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 17-1

17.3.1 General........................................................................................................ 17-1

17.3.2 Project Information....................................................................................... 17-1

17.3.3 Project Description ....................................................................................... 17-1

17.3.4 Project Cost ................................................................................................. 17-1

17.3.5 Project Schedule........................................................................................... 17-2

17.3.6 Project Analysis ............................................................................................ 17-2

Appendix 17A Sample Format Project Final (Completion) Report………………………………………17A- 1



17 FINAL (COMPLETION) REPORT

17.1 INTRODUCTION

The procedure sets out the format and guidelines in preparing project final (completion)report.

Refer to Chapter 19 of Volume 10 for the procedure on contract administration for FinalAccount and Final Certificate.

This procedure for Final Report is read in conjunction with Chapter 11 (Records,Drawings and Documentation) and Chapter 15 (Final Inspection and Hand over) of theManual.

17.2 SCOPE

The procedure covers both the conventional and design and build type of contracting.

17.3 PROCEDURE

17.3.1 General

The project final report is prepared by the Project Team at the completion of the project.A concerted effort must be made to index and put all pertinent records of the project intoan organized archive stored for use on future projects. This report is prepared either inEnglish or Bahasa Malaysia as deemed appropriate.

The project final report describes the background, purpose and overall information of theproject including project scope, accomplishment, evaluation results and lessons learnt. Italso outlines the key conclusions and main recommendations.

This document serves to facilitate the dissemination of the knowledge gained from theproject. The lessons learnt from one project forms part of the common knowledge withinDID community. It will also serves as a guide to the Project Teams undertaking otherprojects in the future.

A sample project final (completion) report is included in Appendix 17A.

17.3.2 Project Information

In this section, information on project name; owner; various Consultants involved andContractor will be included.

17.3.3 Project Description

In this section, overall and various elements of the project are described. The variouselements include civil, structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical services.

17.3.4 Project Cost

Cost information of the project e.g. budget; contract award; final contract sum; reasonsfor major variations and unit cost for various construction elements are made available inthis section.



17.3.5 Project Schedule

Information on project original schedule, project final schedule at completion, delay(s)and reasons for delay(s) is reported in this section.

17.3.6 Project Analysis

In this section, overviews of the successes and failures are reported. Analysis on theperformance of project key players e.g. Consultants, Contractor and Sub-contractors etc.is included. Lessons learnt from the project are highlighted in this section.

Formatted: Font: Bold

Formatted: Font: Bold

DID MANUALVolume 11




Chapter 17– Final (Completion) Report

APPENDIX 17A

Sample Format– Project Final (Completion) Report

– Building Projects



APPENDIX 17A SAMPLE FORMAT - PROJECT FINAL (COMPLETION)REPORT – BUILDING PROJECTS

1.0 Project Name -

2.0 Project Owner(Division)

-

3.0 Design Consultants - Project Manager

- Architect

- Civil & Structure Engineers

- Mechanical & Electrical Engineer

- Quantity Surveyors

- Landscape Architect

- Planner.

- Geologist

- Hydrologist

4.0 Project Description - Project Purpose

- Design Criteria

- Scope of Contractor

5.0 General - Number Stories

- Number Basement

- Total Height

- Total Built Up (without carparks)

- Total Built up (with carparks)

- Design parameters- capacity or occupancy levels (ie.100m/person)

6.0 Architectural

7.0 Civil

8.0 Structural - Structural System- Live Loads- Superimposed Dead Loads- Typical Slab thickness- Concrete grades



9.0 Foundation - Foundation type

- Footing

- Soil/Ground condition

10.0 Mechanical - 1. Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation Services.- 2. DOMESTIC COLD WATER- 3. Fire Fighting System- 4. Lift Services

11.0 Electrical - 1. Electrical Load Estimate- 2. Lighting Level

12.0 System - 3. Irrigation System- 4. Drainage System

13.0 ID -14.0 Landscape - Plant & Plant Maintenance

15.0 Cost - BudgetSub structure/ Superstructure RM

- Contract AwardSub structure/ Superstructure RM

- Final Contract SumSub structure/ Superstructure RM

- Reasons for major variationsSub structure/ Superstructure

- Cost/sq. ftSub structure/ Superstructure - C/S RM

MEP RMSYSTEMS RM

ID RM

16.0 Schedule - Original Schedule- Final Schedule report at completion- Days delayed at end of project- Reason for delays

17.0 Analysis - Overview of the success of the contract

- Analysis of performance of key players i.e. consultants,contractors

- Lessons learned

- Highlight for future project reference.